Skip to main content

Full text of "Lebanon Valley College Catalog"

See other formats


LebanonVklley  College 

of  Pennsylvania 


Undergraduate 

and 

Graduate 

Catalog 

1990  -  1991 


125th  Anniversary  Issue 

Founded  1866 


Annville,  Pennsylvania  17003-0501 


Cover:  Professor  Susan  Verhoek  with  biology  student  Linda  Stine  in  the 
Garber  Science  Center  solarium.  Photo  by  Kevin  Weber. 

Page  two:  Top  photograph  of  Professor  John  Norton  by  Kevin  Weber. 
Bottom  photograph  of  Professor  Richard  Cornelius  with  junior  Lance 
Dieter  by  Seitz  and  Seitz  Photography. 

Lebanon  Valley  College  does  not  discriminate  on  the  basis  of  race,  color,  national  and  ethnic 
origin,  sex,  age,  religion  or  handicap. 

Production  of  this  catalog  is  under  the  direction  of  the  Registrar's  Office.  Information  included 
is  correct  as  of  the  date  of  publication.  Unexpected  changes  may  occur  during  the  academic 
year;  therefore,  the  listing  of  a  course  or  program  in  this  catalog  does  not  constitute  a 
guarantee  or  contract  that  the  particular  course  or  program  will  be  offered  during  a  given  year. 


Lebanon  Wley  College 

of  Pennsylvania 


Undergraduate 

and 

Graduate 

Catalog 

1990  -  1991 


125th  Anniversary  Issue 

Founded  1866 


Annville,  Pennsylvania  17003-0501 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 


Academic  Calendar 

1990-1991 4 

1991-1992 5 

Campus  Map 6 

Mission  of  Lebanon  Valley  College 7 

Undergraduate  Information 

Admissions 8 

Continuing  Education 10 

Undergraduate  Academic  Regulations  &  Procedures 

Degrees 11 

Academic  Procedures 13 

Non-Traditional  Credit 16 

Grading  System 18 

Special  Programs 23 

Undergraduate  Academic  Programs 

General  Education 24 

Leadership  Studies  Scholar  Program 26 

Honors  Program 28 

Cooperative  Programs 30 

Internships 32 

Independent  Study 34 

Tutorial  Study 36 

Special  Topics  Courses 36 

Departmental  Programs 36 

Undergraduate  Degree  Requirements 
and  Course  Descriptions 66 

Graduate  Academic  Programs 

Admissions 142 

Academic  Procedures 143 

Degree  Requirements 146 

Course  Descriptions 146 

Directory 

Board  of  Trustees 150 

Administration 153 

Faculty 159 

Support  Staff 167 


1990  - 1991  ACADEMIC  CALENDAR 


FIRST  SEMESTER 


August 

23 

Thursday,  8:00  a.m. 

23 

Thursday,  10:00  a.m. 

23 

Thursday,  2:00  p.m. 

26 

Sunday,  Noon 

27 

Monday,  8:00-11:30  a.m. 

27 

Monday,  6:00  p.m. 

28 

Tuesday,  8:00  a.m. 

October 

8 

Monday,  5:00  p.m. 

12 

Friday,  5:00  p.m. 

16 

Tuesday,  8:00  a.m. 

19 

Friday,  5:00  p.m. 

November 

16 

Friday,  9:30  p.m. 

26 

Monday,  8:00  a.m. 

Residence  halls  open  new  students 

Freshman  Experience 

Opening  Convocation 

Residence  halls  open 

Add/Drop  Day 

Evening  classes  begin 

Day  classes  begin 

Mid-term  grades  due 
Mid-term  pause  begins 
Classes  resume 
Change  of  registration  deadline 

Thanksgiving  vacation  begins 
Classes  resume 


December  7  Friday,  9:30  p.m. 

10-14  Monday-Friday 

14  Friday,  9:30  p.m. 


Classes  end 

Final  examinations 

Semester  ends 


SECOND  SEMESTER 


January 

13 

Sunday,  Noon 

14 

Monday,  8:00-10:00  a.m. 

14 

Monday,  10:00  a.m. 

February 

25 

Monday,  5:00  p.m. 

March 

8 

Friday,  5:00  p.m. 

22 

Friday,  9:30  p.m. 

April 

2 

Tuesday,  8:00  a.m. 

May 

2 

Thursday,  9:30  p.m. 

4-9 

Saturday-Thursday 

9 

Thursday,  9:30  p.m. 

11 

Saturday,  9:00  a.m. 

11 

Saturday,  11:00  a.m. 

Residence  halls  open 
Add/Drop  Day 
Classes  begin 

Mid-term  grades  due 

Change  of  Registration  deadline 
Spring  vacation  begins 

Classes  resume 

Classes  end 

Final  examinations 

Semester  ends 

Baccalaureate  Service 

122nd  Annual  Commencement 


1991  -  1992  ACADEMIC  CALENDAR 


FIRST  SEMESTER 


August  22  Thursday,  8:00  a.m. 

22  Thursday,  10:00  a.m. 

22  Thursday,  2:00  p.m. 

25  Sunday,  Noon 

26  Monday,  8:00-11:30  a.m. 

26  Monday,  6:00  p.m. 

27  Tuesday,  8:00  a.m. 


Residence  halls  open  new  students 

Freshman  Experience 

Opening  Convocation 

Residence  halls  open 

Add/Drop  Day 

Evening  classes  begin 

Day  Classes  begin 


October 


9 
18 


Friday,  5:00  p.m. 
Tuesday,  8:00  a.m. 
Wednesday,  5:00  p.m. 
Friday,  5:00  p.m. 


Fall  break  begins 

Classes  resume 

Mid-term  grades  due 

Change  of  Registration  deadline 


November     22 


Friday,  9:30  p.m. 


Thanksgiving  vacation  begins 


December        2  Monday,  8:00  a.m. 

6  Friday,  9:30  p.m. 

9-13  Monday-Friday 

13  Friday,  9:30  p.m. 


Classes  resume 
Classes  end 
Final  examinations 
Semester  ends 


SECOND  SEMESTER 


January         12  Sunday,  Noon 

13  Monday,  8:00-10:00  a.m. 

13  Monday,  10:00  a.m. 


Residence  halls  open 
Add  Drop  Day 
Classes  begin 


February 


24 


Monday,  5:00  p.m. 


Mid-term  grades  due 


March 


6 

6 

16 


Friday,  5:00  p.m. 
Friday,  9:30  p.m. 
Monday,  8:00  a.m. 


Change  of  Registration  deadline 
Spring  vacation  begins 
Day  classes  resume 


April  15  Wednesday,  9:30  p.m. 

20  Monday,  7:00  p.m. 

30  Thursday,  9:30  p.m. 


Easter  Vacation 
Classes  resume 
Classes  end 


May  2-7  Saturday-Thursday 

7  Thursday,  9:30  p.m. 

9  Saturday,  9:00  a.m. 

9  Saturday,  11:00  a.m. 


Final  examinations 
Semester  ends 
Baccalaureate  Sendee 
123rd  Annual  Commencement 


Lebanon 

Valley 

College 


'  /ACADEMIC  AND 
ADMINISTRATIVE  QUADRANGLE 

1.  Humanities  Center  and  Administrative  Offices: 
Academic  Departments;  History  and  American 
Studies  Department,  Political  Science  and 
Economics  Department.   Administrative  Offices; 
Business  Office,  Controller  and  Treasurer, 
Continuing  Education  Office,  Media  Services, 
President,  Registrar,  Secretary  of  the  College, 
Security  and  Safety,  Telephone  Services, 

Vice  President  and  Dean  of  the  College  and 
Vice  President  for  Administration 

2.  Blair  Music  Center:  Education  Department,  Music 
Department,  Lutz  Recital  Hall,  and  Sound 
Recording  Technology  Studios 

3.  Miller  Chapel:  Religion  and  Philosophy  Depart- 
ment, Chaplain,  and  Student  Activities  Offices 

4.  Academic  Center:  Emmett  C.  Roop  Management 
Department  Wing,  Mathematical  Sciences 
Department,  Computer  Services  Department 

5.  Art  Studios 

6.  Garber  Science  Center:  Biology  Department, 
Chemistry  Department,  Physics  Department, 
Psychology  Department,  and  ROTC 

7.  Gossard  Library 

8.  Carnegie  Building:  Admission  and  Financial  Aid 
Office,  Student  Affairs  Office,  and  Career  Planning 
and  Placement  Center 

9.  Laughlin  Hall:   Advancement  Office,  Alumni 
Programs  Office,  Annual  Giving  Office,  College 
Relations  Office,  Development  Office,  Planned 
Giving  Office,  Publications  Office,  Sports  Infor- 
mation Office 

10.  Wagner  House:   Sociology  and  Social  Work 
Department,  Leadership  Studies  Program,  and 
Academic  Support  Center 

11.  English  House  ( 1 12  College  Avenue):    English 
Department 

12.  Foreign  Language  House  ( 104  College  Avenue): 
Foreign  Language  Department 

13.  Fencil  Building 


RESIDENTIAL  QUADRANGLE 

Allan  W.  Mund  College  Center:  Conference 
Services  Office,  Dining  Halls,  Little  Theater,  Snack 
Shop,  Student  Activities  Offices,  Student  Life 
Programs  Office,  WLVC 

15.  Mary  Capp  Green  Residence  Hall 

16.  Vickroy  Residence  Hall 

17.  Keister  Residence  Hall 

18.  Hammond  Residence  Hall 

19.  Funkhouser  Residence  Hall 

20.  Silver  Residence  Hall 

21 .  North  College  Residence  Hall 

22.  Shroyer  Health  Center 

23.  Centre  Residence  Hall 

SPORTS  AND  RECREATION 
COMPLEX 

24.  Lynch  Memorial  Intercollegiate  Athletics  and 
Physical  Education  Center 

25.  Arnold  Sports  and  Recreation  Complex 

26.  Edward  H.  Arnold  Sports  Center:  Indoor  Track, 
Pool,  Recreational  Facilities 

27.  Football  Stadium  and  All-Weather  Track 

28.  Soccer  Field 

29.  Baseball  Field 

30.  Field  Hockey  Field 

31.  Tennis  Courts 

32.  Softball  Field 

OTHER  FACILITIES 

33.  Kreiderheim:   President's  Residence 

34.  Main  Campus  Entrance 

35.  South  Campus  Entrance 

36.  Bollinger  Plaza 

37.  Heating  Plant 

38.  Annville  United  Methodist  Church 

39.  Maintenance  Shops/Storage 

40.  Maintenance  Offices 

PARKING  LOTS 

41.  East  45.     Arnold  Sports  Center 

42.  Residence  Halls  46.    South 

43.  Mund  47.    Garber 

44.  Arnold  Field  48.     Laughlin 


THE  MISSION  OF  THE  COLLEGE 

The  Mission  of  Lebanon  Valley  College  arises  directly  from  its  origins  as  a  church 
related  college.  We  emphasize  that  fact  by  maintaining  affiliation  with  the  United 
Methodist  Church  and  by  affirming  the  Judeo-Christian  tradition  as  the  perspec- 
tive for  our  policies. 

The  best  way  to  understand  the  mission  of  Lebanon  Valley  College  is  to  focus  on 
what  it  is  we  hope  for  our  students.  We  want  our  students: 

to  develop  a  genuine  concern  for  cooperative  living  and  community 
service; 

to  attain  a  heightened  sense  of  moral  and  spiritual  values  through  a 
deepened  awareness  of  how  people  have  thought  of  themselves  in 
relation  to  nature,  to  society,  and  to  God; 

to  appreciate  the  close  and  unmistakable  relationship  among 
rational  thought,  creative  imagination,  and  moral  commitment;  and 
to  deal  candidly  and  intelligently  with  the  past,  the  present,  and  the 
future  and  their  interrelationship. 

This  assertion  of  hope  for  our  students  possesses  three  distinctive  characteristics. 
( 1 )  While  this  is  not  a  list  of  priorities  in  rank  order,  neither  is  it  mere  coincidence 
that  cooperation  with  and  service  to  others  comes  first.  (2)  Moral  commitment  is 
not  affirmed  as  one  of  a  laundry  list  of  qualities  nor  does  it  appear  as  an 
afterthought.  Rather  it  is  inherent  or  explicit  in  all  the  desired  outcomes.  ( 3 )  The 
broad  description  of  our  program  which  these  objectives  implies  identifies  quali- 
ties which  we  attempt  to  achieve  through  both  general  education  and  major  study, 
but  the  stress  throughout  is  on  interrelationships,  not  on  knowledge  in  isolation. 
We  want  our  students  to  be  as  knowledgeable,  as  aesthetically  sensitive,  as  skillful 
as  possible,  but  we  want  more  than  that  for  them. 

The  motto  of  the  College,  taken  from  the  Gospel  of  John  is  "You  shall  know  the 
truth  and  the  truth  shall  make  you  free."  But  our  aim  is  not  merely  to  free  our 
students  from  ignorance,  superstition,  prejudice,  narrowness  of  vision.  It  is  also 
to  free  them  for  a  life  of  service  to  others.  That  purpose  we  affirm  in  the  concept 
of  leadership  which  gives  focus  to  the  ideals  of  education  by  reiterating  the  central 
value  of  the  liberal  arts  tradition  in  a  democratic  society:  to  prepare  people  to  make 
a  difference,  to  contribute  significantly  to  their  various  communities. 


UNDERGRADUATE  INFORMATION 

Admissions  For  Day  Students 
High  School  Preparation 

All  admission  candidates  should  have  completed  16  credit  units  and  graduated 
from  an  accredited  secondary  school,  or  present  an  equivalency  certificate  (G.E.D. ). 
Of  the  16  units,  4  should  be  in  English,  2  in  foreign  language,  2  in  mathematics, 
1  in  science  and  1  in  social  studies. 


Application  Procedure 

A  candidate  for  admission  to  Lebanon  Valley  College  must  submit  a  completed 
application  form  with  the  required  application  fee,  Scholastic  Aptitude  or  American 
College  Test  results  and  an  official  transcript  of  high  school  grades.  Students 
planning  to  transfer  to  Lebanon  Valley  must  submit  official  transcripts  of 
completed  college  or  university  work.  Lebanon  Valley  College  does  not  require  the 
College  Board  Achievement  Test. 

All  candidates  are  encouraged  to  visit  the  campus  for  a  personal  interview. 
Applicants  for  admission  into  music,  sacred  music  or  music  education  programs 
are  required  to  audition  on  campus;  audition  applications  are  available  from  the 
Admissions  Office.  For  further  information  contact: 

Admissions  Office 
Lebanon  Valley  College 
Annville,  PA  17003-0501 
(717)  867-6181 

or 
(800)  445-6181 


Student  Finances 

Payment  for  tuition,  room,  board,  and  other  charges  is  due  by  a  published  deadline 
prior  to  the  beginning  of  each  semester.  Students  failing  to  meet  this  deadline  will 
be  required  to  make  special  arrangements  with  the  Business  Office  before  their 
course  registrations  will  be  processed.  Questions  about  student  finances  should  be 
addressed  to  the  Business  Office. 


Refund  Policy 

Students  withdrawing  from  a  course,  or  the  school,  will  receive  a  refund  prorated 
according  to  the  following  schedule: 

Time  Period  Refund 

During  the  first  week  of  classes  100% 

During  the  second  week  of  classes  80% 

During  the  third  week  of  classes  50% 

After  the  third  week  of  classes  0% 

Summer  School 

During  the  first  week  of  classes  100% 

During  the  second  week  of  classes  50% 

After  the  second  week  of  classes  0% 

Part-time  and  continuing  education  students  should  consult  the  refund  schedule 
published  by  the  Continuing  Education  Office. 

No  refund  is  allowed  on  room  charges. 

Deferred  Payment 

Lebanon  Valley  College  offers  a  deferred  payment  plan  for  those 
families  who,  after  exploring  other  options,  are  unable  to  meet  the  College's 
prepayment  requirements.  Two  agents  have  been  appointed  to  process  deferred 
payment  applications  for  Lebanon  Valley  College: 

Academic  Management  Services  IPP/HES  Trust 

Pawtucket,  Rhode  Island  02861  c/o  Municipal  Services  Dept. 

Phone:  1-800-556-6684  Dauphin  Deposit  Bank  and  Trust  Co. 

P.O.  Box  2937 
>  Harrisburg,  PA  17105 

The  College  has  no  financial  interest  in  either  of  these  plans  and  offers  them  as 
a  convenience  to  students  and  parents.  Students  who  are  receiving  monthly  Social 
Security  or  Veteran's  Education  Benefits  may  defer  the  amount  covered  by  these 
benefits. 


Continuing  Education  Center 

Lebanon  Valley  College's  Continuing  Education  Center  offers  credit  programs  on 
four  levels:  certificate,  associate,  baccalaureate,  and  diploma.  Certificates  are 
starter  programs  that  approximate  the  beginning  of  a  four-year  college  experi- 
ence, ideal  spring-boards  from  which  to  go  on  for  an  associate  or  bachelor's  degree. 
Diploma  programs  are  intended  for  persons  who  have  already  been  awarded  a 
bachelor's  degree  in  one  discipline  and  desire  to  study  another  discipline  in  some 
depth  and  breadth. 

A  second  bachelor's  degree  may  be  awarded  to  adult  students  who  already  have 
received  a  bachelor  of  arts  or  sciences  from  LVC  or  another  accredited  college  or 
university.  In  such  cases,  students  only  must  complete  the  major  requirements  for 
the  second  degree  or  a  minimum  of  thirty  credits,  whichever  is  greater. 

Courses  in  the  Continuing  Education  Center  are  offered  on  the  Annville  campus 
in  evenings,  on  weekends  and  in  summer  sessions. 

The  Continuing  Education  Center  publishes  course  schedules  fall,  spring  and 
summer.  To  obtain  copies  of  course  schedules  or  to  receive  detailed  information 
on  all  academic  programs  for  adults  call  717-867-6213  or  write  Continuing 
Education  Center,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  Annville,  PA  17003-0501. 

A  candidate  for  admission  to  any  of  Lebanon  Valley  College's  Continuing  Educa- 
tion degree  programs  must  submit  a  completed  application  form  with  the  required 
application  fee.  An  official  high  school  transcript  is  required.  Adult  students 
planning  to  transfer  to  Lebanon  Valley  also  must  submit  official  transcripts  of  any 
completed  college  or  university  courses.  Official  transcripts  relating  to  military  or 
business  courses  also  may  prove  to  be  useful.  Although  students  may  begin  taking 
classes  before  they  have  been  accepted,  they  must  speak  with  a  counselor  before 
registering  for  the  courses.  To  arrange  an  admissions  interview  with  a  counselor 
call  717-867-6213.  Decisions  on  all  adult  student  applications  usually  are  made 
within  one  month  after  the  last  required  transcript  is  received. 


10 


UNDERGRADUATE  ACADEMIC 
REGULATIONS  AND  PROCEDURES 

Attendance  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  is  a  privilege  not  a  right.  To  provide  the 
necessary  atmosphere  in  which  teaching  and  learning  can  occur,  the  College 
expects  that  the  conduct  of  all  campus  citizens  will  conform  to  accepted  standards. 
The  College  has  the  right  to  require  the  withdrawal  of  any  student  whose  actions 
are  inimical  to  the  purposes  of  the  institution.  The  following  academic  regulations 
are  announcements  and  do  not  constitute  a  contract  between  the  student  and  the 
College.  The  College  reserves  the  right  to  change  these  regulations  and  procedures 
as  it  deems  necessary  for  the  accomplishment  of  its  purposes,  but  wherever  pos- 
sible, a  student  will  proceed  to  graduation  under  the  regulations  in  effect  at  the 
time  of  his/her  entrance  at  the  College. 

Degrees 

Baccalaureate  Degrees 

Lebanon  Valley  College  confers  eight  baccalaureate  degrees.  Bachelor  of  Arts  for 
students  completing  requirements  in  the  following  major  programs:  American 
studies,  economics,  English,  foreign  language,  French,  general  studies,  German, 
history,  music,  philosophy,  political  science,  psychology,  religion,  sociology,  Spanish 
and  certain  individualized  majors. 

Bachelor  of  Science  for  students  completing  requirements  in  the  following  major 
programs:  accounting,  actuarial  science,  health  care  management,  biochemistry, 
biology,  chemistry,  computer  information  systems,  computer  science,  cooperative 
engineering,  cooperative  forestry,  economics,  elementary  education,  general 
studies,  hotel  management,  international  business,  management,  mathematics, 
music  education,  physics,  psychobiology,  and  certain  individualized  majors. 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  Chemistry,  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Medical  Technology, 
Bachelor  of  Music,  Bachelor  of  Music  in  Sacred  Music,  and  Bachelor  of  Music  in 
Sound  Recording  Technology,  and  Bachelor  of  Social  Work  for  students  complet- 
ing requirements  for  the  appropriate  major  program. 

Associate  Degrees 

Through  the  Continuing  Education  Center,  students  may  earn  the  Associate  of 
Science  degree  in  accounting,  general  studies  or  management  or  the  Associate  of 
Arts  degree  in  general  studies. 


11 


Privacy  of  Student  Records 

In  accordance  with  the  Family  Rights  and  Privacy  Act  of  1974,  the  College  does  not 
release  any  student  education  records  without  written  consent  and  request  of  the 
student,  or  as  prescribed  by  law. 

A  student  has  the  right  to  inspect  his  or  her  educational  records  maintained  by  the 
College.  It  is  the  student's  responsibility  to  contact  the  appropriate  office  of  the 
College  to  make  the  necessaryarrangements. 

The  College  makes  public  such  directory  information  as  name,  address,telephone, 
date  of  birth,  major  field  of  study,  degrees  and  awards  received,  previous  schools 
attended,  participation  in  activities,  and  athletic  information. 

Credit  Hours 

A  credit  hour  is  the  unit  to  measure  academic  progress.  Each  course  has  a  credit 
designation  approximately  equal  to  the  number  of  hours  to  be  spent  in  class  each 
week.  A  course  requiring  three  hours  of  class  attendance  each  week  will  carry 
three  credit  hours.  Credit  for  laboratories  is  generally  awarded  at  one-half  the 
regular  rate. 

Graduation  Requirements 

Candidates  for  a  baccalaureate  degree  must  obtain  122  credit  hours,  except  for 
continuing  education  students  who  are  exempt  from  the  physical  education  re- 
quirement and  must  obtain  120  credit  hours.  Credit  hours  are  accumulated  in 
three  separate  categories:  general  education  requirements,  major  requirements, 
and  electives. 

Candidates  for  an  associate  degree  must  accumulate  at  least  60  credit  hours 
including  the  course  work  appropriate  to  their  major  program.  Fifteen  of  the  last 
eighteen  credit  hours  toward  the  degree  must  be  in  residence. 

The  general  education  program  is  that  part  of  the  curriculum  that  is  shared  by 
all  students  in  all  majors.  The  nine  areas  of  required  courses  reflect  45  -  49 
credit  hours. 

The  major  programs  each  require  at  least  24  credit  hours  of  course  work. 

Electives  are  those  courses  selected  by  the  student  that  reflect  neither  major 
nor  general  education  requirements. 

Candidates  for  degrees  must  also  take  in  residence  30  credit  hours  of  the  36  taken 
immediately  prior  to  graduation.  Course  work  taken  in  all  of  the  College's 
programs  qualify  as  work  done  in  residence. 


12 


Advising  Program 

Each  student  has  a  faculty  advisor  whose  role  is  to  counsel  about  registration 
procedures,  course  selections,  academic  requirements,  and  regulations.  The 
student  is  required  to  obtain  the  advisor's  counsel  and  approval  before  registra- 
tion, withdrawal,  election  of  pass/fail  option,  and/or  change  in  credit/audit  status. 

Academic  Procedures 

Arrangement  of  Schedules 

Each  student  arranges  a  semester  program  of  courses  in  consultation  with,  and 
by  approval  of,  his  or  her  faculty  advisor.  Students  already  in  attendance  do  this 
during  registration  periods.  New  students  accomplish  this  on  orientation  days. 

Limit  of  Hours 

To  be  classified  as  full-time,  a  student  must  take  at  least  twelve  credit  hours  in 
a  semester.  Seventeen  credit  hours  is  the  maximum  permitted  without  approval 
from  the  student's  advisor  and  permission  of  the  Registrar.  Audited  courses  are 
counted  in  determining  the  course  load,  but  physical  education  and  music 
organizations  are  not.  To  be  permitted  to  take  more  than  17  credits  the  student 
should  have  a  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  3.0  or  higher,  or  be  enrolled  in 
the  Honors  Program,  or  be  a  senior.  Students  shall  pay  the  prevailing  tuition  rate 
for  each  credit  hour  beyond  17  (not  counting  physical  education  and  music 
organizations). 

Class  Standing 

Students  are  classified  academically  at  the  beginning  of  each  year.  Membership 
in  the  sophomore,  junior  or  senior  classes  is  granted  to  students  who  have  earned 
a  minimum  of  28,  56,  or  84  credit  hours  respectively. 

Transfer  Credit 

A  student  applying  for  advanced  standing  after  having  attended  another  accred- 
ited institution  shall  send  an  official  transcript  to  the  Dean  of  Admissions.  If 
requested,  the  student  must  provide  copies  of  the  appropriate  catalogs  for  the 
years  of  attendance  at  the  other  institution  or  institutions. 

Credits  are  accepted  for  transfer  provided  the  grades  are  C-  (1.67)  or  better  and 
the  work  is  equivalent  or  similar  to  work  offered  at  Lebanon  Valley  College. 
Grades  thus  transferred  count  for  credit  hours  only,  not  for  quality  points. 

A  candidate  for  admission  holding  an  associate  degree  from  a  regionally  accred- 
ited college  can  be  admitted  with  full  acceptance  of  course  work  at  the  previously 
attended  institution.  Course  work  in  the  major  field,  however,  for  which  the 
applicant  has  received  a  D  shall  not  be  counted  toward  fulfilling  the  major 
requirement. 

13 


Because  Lebanon  Valley  College  is  a  liberal  arts  institution,  consideration  of  full 
acceptance  of  the  associate  degree  will  be  granted  with  the  understanding  that  the 
candidate  has  followed  a  basic  course  of  study  compatible  with  the  curriculum  and 
academic  programs  of  the  College  and  has  been  enrolled  in  a  transfer  program.  A 
total  of  60  credits  will  be  accepted  for  an  associate  degree  and  57  credits  for  a 
diploma  program.  A  maximum  of  90  credit  hours  will  be  accepted  toward  a 
baccalaureate  degree. 

In  most  instances  the  applicant  may  be  expected  to  complete  the  baccalaureate 
degree  within  two  years.  However,  when  the  requirements  of  a  particular  major 
field  or  the  nature  of  the  previous  study  demand  additional  work  beyond  two 
years,  the  applicant  will  normally  be  notified  at  the  time  of  admission. 

Discontinuance  of  Courses 

The  College  reserves  the  right  to  withdraw  or  discontinue  any  course. 

Registration  and  Preregistration 

Students  are  required  to  register  for  courses  on  designated  days  of  each  semester. 
Students  who  register  later  than  the  designated  times  shall  be  charged  a  fee. 
Students  desiring  to  register  later  than  one  week  after  the  opening  of  the  semester 
will  be  admitted  only  by  special  permission  of  the  Registrar. 

A  major  course  of  study  must  be  declared  no  earlier  than  the  end  of  the  second 
semester  Freshman  year,  but  no  later  than  when  30  credit  hours  have  been 
completed. 

Change  of  Registration 

Change  of  registration,  including  pass/fail  elections,  changes  of  course  hours 
credit,  changes  from  credit  to  audit  and  vice  versa,  must  be  approved  by  signature 
of  the  advisor.  In  most  instances,  registration  for  a  course  shall  not  be  permitted 
after  the  course  has  been  in  session  for  one  full  week.  With  the  permission  of  the 
advisor,  a  student  may  withdraw  from  a  course  at  any  time  through  the  last  day 
of  semester  classes  (see  grading  policy).  A  fee  is  charged  for  every  change  of  course 
made  at  the  student's  request  after  Add/Drop  Day. 

Auditing  Courses 

Students  may  register  to  audit  courses  with  the  approval  of  their  academic 
advisor.  Audited  courses  are  counted  in  considering  the  course  load  relative  to  the 
limit  of  hours.  No  grade  or  credit  is  given  for  an  audited  course,  but  the  registrar 
will  record  the  audit  on  the  transcript  if  the  student  attends  regularly.  A  change 
of  registration  from  credit  to  audit  or  from  audit  to  credit  must  be  accomplished 
by  the  end  of  the  eighth  week  of  semester  classes. 


14 


Pass/Fail 

After  attaining  sophomore  standing  (28  credit  hours)  a  student  may  elect  to  take 
up  to  two  courses  per  semester  and  one  per  summer  session  on  pass/fail  basis; 
however,  only  six  such  courses  can  be  counted  toward  graduation  requirements. 
No  courses  taken  pass/fail  may  be  used  to  meet  either  general  education,  major 
requirements,  or  pre-  or  co-requisites  for  classes.  A  student  may  select  or  cancel 
a  pass/fail  registration  any  time  during  the  first  eight  weeks  of  a  semester.  Passing 
with  honors  will  be  designated  by  the  grade  PH  indicating  that  a  grade  of  B+  or 
higher  was  earned. 

Repetition  of  Courses 

A  student  receiving  a  grade  of  D+  or  lower  in  a  course  may  repeat  that  course  once 
for  a  higher  grade.  For  purposes  of  graduation  requirements  semester  hours  credit 
count  only  once.  For  purposes  of  cumulative  point  average  only  the  higher  grade 
counts;  but  the  lower  grade  remains  on  the  permanent  record  card.  If  a  course 
failed  at  Lebanon  Valley  is  repeated  at  another  institution  the  credit  may  be 
transferred,  but  the  original  grade  remains  part  of  the  cumulative  point  average. 

Concurrent  Courses 

A  student  enrolled  for  a  degree  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  may  not  carry  courses 
concurrently  at  any  other  institution  without  prior  consent  of  his  or  her  advisor 
and  the  Registrar. 

External  Summer  Courses 

A  student  registered  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  may  not  obtain  credit  for  the 
courses  taken  during  the  summer  in  another  college,  unless  such  courses  have 
prior  approval  of  his  or  her  advisor  and  the  Registrar. 

Attendance  Policy 

Each  student  is  responsible  for  knowing  and  meeting  all  requirements  for  each 
course,  including  regular  class  attendance.  At  the  opening  of  each  semester  the 
instructors  shall  clearly  inform  students  of  class  attendance  regulations.  Violations 
of  those  regulations  shall  make  the  student  liable  to  receive  a  grade  of  F  in  the 
course.  Upon  the  recommendation  of  the  instructor  and  the  approval  of  the 
Registrar  a  grade  of  W  will  be  assigned  during  the  eight  weeks  of  the  semester, 
and  an  F  will  be  assigned  after  that  date. 

Excused  absences  do  not  absolve  students  from  the  necessity  of  fulfilling  all  course 
requirements. 


15 


Advanced  Placement 

Advanced  Placement  with  credit  for  appropriate  courses  shall  be  granted  to 
entering  students  who  make  scores  of  4  or  5  on  College  Board  Advanced  Placement 
examinations.  For  scores  of  3,  final  determination  is  made  by  the  appropriate 
department.  Advanced  Placement  without  credit  may  be  granted  on  the  basis  of 
the  Achievement  Tests  of  the  College  Board  examinations  or  such  other  proficiency 
tests  as  may  be  determined  by  the  Registrar  and  by  the  chairperson  of  the 
department. 

Second  Bachelor's  Degrees 

A  person  who  has  earned  a  bachelor's  degree  from  Lebanon  Valley  College  or 
another  accredited  college  or  university  may  earn  a  second  bachelor's  degree  by 
meeting  the  following  requirements: 

1.  A  minimum  of  30  additional  undergraduate  credits  must  be  completed  suc- 
cessfully at  Lebanon  Valley. 

2.  All  graduation  requirements  for  the  major  of  the  second  degree  must  be  met 
satisfactorily. 

3.  Course  work  completed  successfully  as  part  of  the  first  degree  program  may 
be  used  to  satisfy  the  graduation  requirements  of  the  second  major. 

4.  No  course  already  taken  in  the  first  degree  program  may  be  repeated  in  the 
second  degree  program. 

5.  Teacher  Certification  credits  may  not  be  counted  toward  a  second  degree. 

6.  Graduates  from  other  accredited  colleges  or  universities  shall  not  be  required 
to  meet  any  Lebanon  Valley  general  education  requirements. 

7.  No  courses  in  the  second  degree  program  may  be  met  satisfactorily  through  such 
non-traditional  means  as  Challenge  Examinations,  CLEP,  or  Credit  for  Life 
Experience. 

8.  No  internships  may  be  used  to  satisfy  the  30  credit  rule,  unless  such  internship 
is  required  in  the  second  degree  program. 

9.  No  courses  in  the  second  degree  program  may  be  taken  Pass/Fail. 

Undergraduate  Non-Traditional  Credit 

Lebanon  Valley  College  recognizes  the  ability  of  highly  motivated  students  to 
master  specific  areas  of  study  on  their  own  initiative  and  provides  programs  to 
allow  these  students  the  opportunity  to  gain  credit.  Any  matriculated  student 
may  earn  a  maximum  of  30  credits  toward  a  bachelor's  degree  or  a  maximum  of 
15  credits  toward  an  associate's  degree  through  non-traditional  means  (experien- 
tial credit,  advanced  placement,  CLEP,  challenge  examinations). 


16 


Challenge  Exams  Policy 

Only  the  courses  listed  in  the  College  curriculum  may  be  challenged  for  credit. 
Full-time  students  should  request  challenge  examinations  through  their  aca- 
demic advisors.  Part-time  students  and  those  students  enrolled  through  the 
continuing  education  program  should  make  application  or  challenge  exams 
through  the  Continuing  Education  Center.  All  requests  must  be  approved  by  the 
Registrar  and  the  chairperson  of  the  department  in  which  the  course  is  listed. 

Challenge  exams  are  considered  to  be  comprehensive  examinations  in  the  subject 
area  and  are  graded  Pass/Fail.  The  grading  criteria  for  passing  a  challenge  exam 
shall  be  determined  by  each  department.  There  is  a  fee  for  each  challenge 
examination.  This  fee  is  for  preparation  and  grading  of  the  examination  and  is 
charged  without  regard  to  the  test  results.  Challenge  exams  may  not  be  taken  by 
students  who  have  received  any  grade  in  a  course  equivalent  to  or  more  advanced 
than  the  course  for  which  the  student  is  requesting  credit  by  examination. 
Challenge  exams  may  not  be  used  for  the  purpose  of  acquiring  credit  for  a  course 
previously  failed.  Practicums,  internships,  seminars,  research  courses,  independent 
study,  and  courses  with  required  laboratory  components  are  not  subject  to  credit 
by  examination. 

CLEP  (College  Level  Examination  Program)  Policy 

Credit  shall  be  granted  to  those  students  who  score  well  on  CLEP  examinations 
that  are  approved  by  the  College.  To  receive  credit,  a  student  must  score  above  the 
50th  percentile  on  the  objective  section  and  above  a  C,  as  determined  by  the 
appropriate  academic  department,  on  the  essay  section. 

A  maximum  of  6  credits  shall  be  awarded  for  each  examination;  of  these  credits, 
only  3  may  be  applied  to  the  general  education  requirements,  in  the  appropriate 
area.  Credit  shall  be  granted  only  to  students  who  have  matriculated  at  Lebanon 
Valley  College. 

Normally,  requests  for  CLEP  credit  must  be  approved  by  the  Registrar  before  the 
student  has  completed  30  credits. 

Credit  for  Life  Experience  Policy 

Lebanon  Valley  College  provides  for  the  awarding  of  undergraduate  academic 
credit  for  knowledge  acquired  through  non-academic  experience  in  subjects  in  the 
College  curriculum.  The  experience  should  have  a  direct  relation  to  the  material 
taught  in  a  course  in  the  College  curriculum  and  should  extend  over  a  sufficient 
period  to  provide  substantive  knowledge  in  the  relevant  area.  Matriculated 
students  who  believe  they  qualify  for  such  credit  may  petition  the  appropriate 
department  through  academic  advisors.  Students  enrolled  in  the  Continuing 
Education  program  must  petition  through  the  Continuing  Education  Center.  This 


17 


petition  must  (1)  detail  the  relevant  experience  in  question,  (2)  provide  appropri- 
ate supporting  evidence,  (3)  note  the  equivalent  College  course  by  department  and 
number,  and  (4)  state  the  number  of  credit  hours  sought.  The  appropriate 
department  will  consult  with  the  academic  advisor  or  the  Continuing  Education 
Center  to  determine  the  best  means  (interview,  examination,  portfolio,  etc.)  for 
evaluating  the  experience. 

Approval  of  experiential  credit  for  full-time  students  must  be  made  in  writing  over 
the  signatures  of  the  academic  advisor,  the  appropriate  department  chairperson, 
and  the  Dean  of  the  College.  Approval  of  experiential  credit  for  students  enrolled 
through  the  continuing  education  program  must  be  made  in  writing  over  the 
signatures  of  the  Director  of  Continuing  Education,  the  appropriate  department 
chairperson,  and  the  Dean  of  the  College. 

Experiential  credit  cannot  exceed  six  credit  hours  in  one  academic  year  and  cannot 
exceed  a  maximum  of  twelve  credit  hours  in  the  degree  program. 

Grading  Systems  and  Grade  Point  Averages 

Student  work  is  graded  A  (distinguished  performance),  B  (superior  work),  C 
(satisfactory  achievement),  D  (requirements  and  standards  met  a  minimum 
level),  F  (Course  requirements  not  met).  For  each  credit  hour  in  a  course,  students 
receive  the  following  quality  points: 


A 

4.00 

A- 

3.67 

B  + 

3.33 

B 

3.00 

B- 

2.67 

C  + 

2.33 

c 

2.00 

C- 

1.67 

D  + 

1.33 

D 

1.00 

D- 

.67 

F 

.00 

The  numerical  values  of  grades  are  as  follows: 


A 

90-100 

B 

80-89 

C 

70-79 

D 

60-69 

F 

59  and  below 

18 


F  carries  no  credit  or  quality  points,  but  grades  of  F  are  used  in  calculating  the 
grade  point  averages.  The  cumulative  grade  point  average  is  calculated  by 
dividing  the  quality  points  by  the  credit  hours  completed. 

Candidates  for  a  degree  must  obtain  a  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  2.00,  and 
a  major  grade  point  average  of  2.00.  Only  grades  in  courses  taken  at  Lebanon 
Valley  College,  and  the  LVC-Washington  Semester  programs  are  used  to  deter- 
mine grade  point  averages. 

Students  in  the  classes  of  1991  and  1992  and  all  continuing  education  degree 
candidates  admitted  before  July  1,  1989  must  meet  graduation  requirements  by 
earning  a  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  1.75.  Students  in  the  classes  of  1993 
and  1994  and  all  continuing  education  candidates  admitted  after  July  1,  1989 
meet  graduation  requirements  of  earning  a  grade  point  average  of  2.00.  All 
students  must  have  a  2.00  grade  point  average  in  their  major,  any  second  major, 
and  any  minor. 

A  student  may  not  take  a  course  that  has  a  prerequisite  course  he/she  has  failed. 

In  addition  to  the  above  grades,  the  symbols  I,  W,  WP,  and  WF  are  used.  I  indicates 
that  the  work  is  incomplete  (certain  required  work  postponed  by  the  student  for 
substantial  reason  with  the  prior  consent  of  the  instructor),  but  otherwise 
satisfactory.  This  work  must  be  completed  within  the  first  eight  weeks  of  the  next 
semester,  or  the  I  will  be  changed  to  an  F.  Appeals  for  an  extension  of  time  must 
be  presented  to  the  registrar  by  the  first  week  of  the  next  semester.  W  indicates 
withdrawal  from  a  course  through  the  eighth  week  of  semester  classes.  In  case  of 
withdrawal  from  a  course  thereafter  through  the  last  day  of  semester  classes,  the 
symbol  WP  is  used  if  the  work  has  been  satisfactory  and  WF  if  unsatisfactory.  The 
grade  of  WF  is  calculated  as  an  F  in  the  grade  point  averages.  For  physical 
education  a  grade  of  either  S  (satisfactory)  or  U  (unsatisfactory)  is  recorded. 

Once  a  grade  has  been  recorded  it  may  not  be  changed  without  the  approval  of  the 
instructor  and  the  Registrar.  Students  who  feel  the  grade  may  be  inaccurate 
should  contact  the  instructor  at  once,  but  in  no  case  later  than  the  end  of  the 
semester  following  the  course  in  question. 

Academic  and  Graduation  Honors 

The  Dean's  List 

Students  achieving  a  3.40  grade  point  average  while  carrying  at  least  12  credit 
hours  for  grade  shall  be  named  to  the  Dean's  List  at  the  end  of  each  semester. 


IP 


Graduation  Honors 

After  completing  a  minimum  of  60  credit  hours  of  residence  work  a  student  may 
qualify  for  graduation  honors.  The  honors  to  be  conferred  are  Summa  Cum  Laude 
for  grade  point  averages  of  3.75  -  4.0,  Magna  Cum  Laude  for  grade  point  averages 
of  3.60  -  3.74,  and  Cum  Laude  for  grade  point  averages  of  3.40  -  3.59. 

Departmental  Honors 

All  major  programs  provide  the  opportunity  for  departmental  honors  work  during 
the  junior  and  senior  years.  For  specific  information,interested  students  should 
contact  the  appropriate  department  chairperson.  Generally,  departmental  honors 
consist  of  a  reading  and/or  research  project  producing  a  thesis  or  essay.  This 
project  is  undertaken  on  a  subject  of  the  student's  own  choosing  under  the 
supervision  of  a  faculty  advisor.  Opportunity  also  exists  to  do  creative  work.  A 
maximum  of  9  hours  credit  may  be  earned  in  departmental  honors. 

Phi  Alpha  Epsilon 

Students  graduating  with  grade  point  averages  of  3.50  are  eligible  for  induction 
into  Phi  Alpha  Epsilon,  provided  they  have  earned  a  minimum  of  60  credit  hours 
of  residence  work. 

Academic  Dishonesty 

Students  are  expected  to  uphold  the  principles  of  academic  honesty.  Academic 
dishonesty  shall  not  be  tolerated. 

For  the  first  academic  dishonesty  offense,  no  action  shall  be  taken  beyond  failure 
from  the  course,  at  the  option  of  the  faculty  member.  A  letter  of  warning  shall  be 
sent  to  the  student  by  the  Dean  of  the  College,  explaining  the  policy  regarding 
further  offenses,  and  the  right  of  appeal. 

For  a  second  offense,  failure  in  the  course  is  mandatory,  and  the  Dean  shall  so 
inform  the  faculty  member(s)  involved.  Additionally,  the  Dean  of  the  College  has 
the  authority  to  take  further  action,  up  to  and  including  expulsion  from  the  College. 

For  a  third  offense,  failure  in  the  course  and  expulsion  from  the  College  are 
mandatory. 

The  Dean  of  the  College  has  the  authority  to  make  a  determination  of  whether 
actions  or  reasonable  suspicions  of  actions  by  a  student  constitute  academic 
dishonesty  "offenses"  as  above. 

Information  related  to  academic  dishonesty  offenses  must  be  passed  by  the  faculty 
member  to  the  Dean  of  the  College.  The  Dean  shall  retain  the  information  for  at 
least  as  long  as  the  student  involved  is  enrolled  at  the  College.  Information  and 


20 


evidence  concerning  academic  dishonesty  are  the  property  of  the  College. 

All  actions  against  a  student  for  academic  dishonesty  offenses  can  be  appealed  to 
the  Dean  of  the  College,  who  will  serve  as  final  arbiter. 

Probation  and  Suspension 

Students  in  Classes  of  1991  and  1992  can  be  placed  on  academic  probation, 
suspended  or  dismissed  if  their  academic  standing  fails  to  come  up  to  the  grade 
point  average  shown  in  the  following  table: 


Suspension 

or 

Probation 

Dismissal 

1st  semester 

1.25 

2nd  semester 

1.50 

1.25  cumulative 

3rd  semester 

1.65 

4th  semester 

1.75 

1.50  cumulative 

5th  semester 

1.75 

6th  semester 

1.75 

1.65  cumulative 

7th  semester 

1.75 

in  all  courses 

8th  semester 

1.75 

Students  in  the  Classes  of  1993  and  1994  can  be  placed  on  academic  probation, 
suspended  or  dismissed  if  their  academic  standing  fails  to  come  up  to  the  grade 
point  average  shown  in  the  following  table: 


Semester  Hours 

1-18 
19-36 
37-54 
55-72 
73-90 
91  or  more 


Suspension  or 

Probation 

Dismissal 

1.50 

1.60 

1.50  cumulative 

1.70 

1.80 

1.70  cumulative 

1.90 

2.00 

1.90  cumulative 

A  student  placed  on  academic  probation  is  notified  of  such  status  by  the  Dean  of 
the  College  and  informed  of  the  College  regulations  governing  probationers. 
Students  on  probation  are  expected  to  regulate  their  work  and  their  time  in  a  most 


21 


determined  effort  to  bring  their  performances  up  to  the  required  standard.  A 
student  on  probation  who  desires  to  begin  a  new  activity  or  continue  in  an  activity 
already  begun,  shall  submit  an  appeal  to  the  Associate  Dean  for  Students.  After 
consultation  with  the  student's  major  advisor  and  parents,  the  Associate  Dean  for 
Students  will  render  a  binding  decision. 

A  student  suspended  for  academic  reasons  normally  is  not  eligible  for  reinstatement 
for  one  semester.  A  student  seeking  reinstatement  must  petition  in  writing  to  the 
Dean  of  the  College. 

A  student  twice  suspended  shall  be  considered  for  readmission  only  after  complet- 
ing appropriate  academic  work  at  an  accredited  college. 

Withdrawal  from  College  and  Readmission 

To  withdraw  from  College  a  student  must  complete  an  official  withdrawal  form 
obtained  from  the  Registrar.  Continuing  Education  students  must  complete  an 
official  withdrawal  form  obtained  from  the  Continuing  Education  Director. 
Readmission  of  a  student  requires  written  permission  from  the  Dean  of  the 
College. 

Veterans'  Services 

Veterans  who  are  eligible  to  receive  educational  benefits  must  report  their 
enrollment  to  the  Registrar  after  they  register  for  each  semester  or  summer 
session.  The  Registrar  will  then  submit  certification  to  the  Veterans  Administration. 

Veterans  who  are  attending  Lebanon  Valley  College  for  the  first  time  must 
complete  the  appropriate  forms  in  the  Registrar's  Office  before  certification  will 
be  sent  to  the  Veteran  Administration. 

Veterans  with  questions  about  the  College  or  their  status  with  the  College  should 
contact  the  Registrar. 

Serviceman's  Opportunity  Colleges 

Lebanon  Valley  College  has  been  designated  as  an  institutional  member  of 
Serviceman's  Opportunity  Colleges  (SOC),  a  group  of  over  400  colleges  providing 
postsecondary  education  to  members  throughout  the  world.  As  an  SOC  member, 
Lebanon  Valley  College  recognizes  the  unique  nature  of  the  military  lifestyle  and 
has  committed  itself  to  easing  the  transfer  of  relevant  course  credits,  providing 
flexible  residency  requirements,  and  crediting  learning  from  appropriate  military 
training  and  experiences. 

22 


Teacher  Certification 

for  Non-Matriculated  Students 

Lebanon  Valley  College  offers  teacher  certification  to  a  variety  of  special  students. 
Students  with  degrees  from  other  colleges,  or  teachers  seeking  certification  in 
other  fields,  or  Lebanon  Valley  College  alumni  seeking  certification  for  the  first 
time  may  receive  certification.  All  students  must  present  official  transcripts  of 
college  work,  or  their  previous  teacher  certification  to  the  Registrar.  The 
Education  Department,  the  Registrar  and  the  appropriate  academic  department 
shall  evaluate  the  record  and  recommend  the  appropriate  course  of  action.  A  fee 
shall  be  charged  for  this  service. 

Off-Campus  Programs 

The  College  offers  several  off-campus  experiences  for  which  students  may  register 
and  receive  credit. 

Study  Abroad 

Students  have  opportunity  for  study  abroad  through  the  College's  membership  in 
the  International  Student  Exchange  Program,  which  consists  of  a  network  of  more 
than  150  colleges  and  universities  in  24  countries  and  through  the  Lebanon  Valley 
College  in  Cologne  Program.  Details  are  available  from  the  Associate  Academic 
Dean.  The  College  also  assists  students  in  locating  and  gaining  admission  to  other 
foreign  study  programs;  however  participation  in  programs  other  than  the 
International  Student  Exchange  Program  may  affect  the  level  of  financial  aid 
provided.  In  all  cases,  the  proposed  course  of  study  must  be  approved  by  the 
appropriate  department. 

Washington  Semester  Program 

Juniors  and  seniors  in  any  major  field,  who  have  at  least  a  2.5  grade  point  average 
and  have  had  basic  courses  in  American  national  government,  are  eligible  to 
participate  in  this  program  with  approval  of  their  department  chairperson.  This 
program  is  offered  in  cooperation  with  The  American  University  in  Washington, 
DC.  Information  is  available  from  the  chairperson  of  the  Department  of  Political 
Science  and  Economics. 


28 


Undergraduate  Academic  Programs 

General  Education  Program  and  Requirements 

Through  the  General  Education  Program,  the  College  most  directly  expresses  its 
commitment  to  the  ideal  of  liberal  education  that  underlies  its  statement  of 
purpose.  The  Program  consists  of  three  elements:  Leadership  Studies,  the  Core, 
and  Distributive  Requirements.  The  program's  chief  goals  are  to  provide  the 
essential  foundation  for  the  growth  of  knowledge  and  for  making  the  connections 
between  experience  and  learning.  All  degree  students  must  complete  the  program 
outlined  below. 

Leadership  Studies 

In  keeping  with  its  commitment  to  fostering  an  understanding  and  enhancing  the 
development  of  leadership  the  College  requires  all  students  to  complete  success- 
fully a  course  in  this  area. 

Area  1 .  Leadership  Studies.  3  credit  hours .  To  introduce  all  students  to  theories 
of  leadership  and  to  analyze  practical  applications  of  those  theories.  LSP  100  or 
LSP  111  (for  Leadership  Award  students  and  other  students  as  approved  by  the 
Director  of  Leadership  Programs). 

Core 

The  College  requires  that  all  students  successfully  complete  the  following  inter- 
disciplinary courses: 

GED  120.  The  Western  Experience:  Our  Cultural  Heritage.  A  study  of  how 
life  in  the  late  Twentieth  Century  has  been  influenced  by  historical  developments 
in  Europe  and  America,  including  the  growth  of  science,  the  rise  of  national  states, 
social  classes  and  values,  and  changing  views  of  the  world.  3  credits. 

GED  140.  Human  Culture  and  Behavior.  Culture  as  a  context  of  human 
behavior.  The  nature  and  definition  of  culture.  The  biological  and  social  sources 
of  culture.  Culture,  language,  personality.  The  impact  of  culture  on  social  life  and 
on  the  individual;  examples  from  Western  and  non-Western  sources.  3  credits. 

GED  160.  The  Aesthetic  Experience.  The  artist's  achievement.  Inter-rela- 
tionships among  the  arts.  The  creative  process.  Questions  of  form  versus  content. 
Art  as  the  product  of  a  specific  socio-historical  context.  3  credits. 


24 


Distributive  Requirements 

By  requiring  students  to  study  a  variety  of  academic  areas  the  distribution 
requirement  encourages  each  student  to  acquire  an  understanding  of  the  broad 
spectrum  of  ideas  and  patterns  of  thinking  that  constitute  the  liberal  arts.  No 
course  taken  pass/fail  or  required  for  the  first  major  may  be  used  to  meet  the 
distribution  requirement.  Mathematics  and  computer  science  majors  are  exempt 
from  the  requirements  of  Area  3. 

Area  2.  Communications.  6  credit  hours.  To  develop  effective  speaking  and 
writing  skills.  Two  sequential  courses  in  English  composition.  ENG  111,  112,  or 
HON  201. 

Area  3.  Mathematics  and  Computers.  3-6  credit  hours.  To  understand  math- 
ematics as  a  way  of  thinking  and  as  a  tool  for  problem  solving.  One  integrated 
mathematics/computer  course  (MAS  100)  or  one  mathematics  course  and  one 
computer  course.  Eligible  courses  are  CSC  147  or  170  plus  one  from  MAS  111,  150, 
160,  161,  170.  MAS  100  fulfills  entire  requirement. 

Area  4.  Foreign  Language.  6  credit  hours.  To  gain  perspective  on  the  role  of 
language  in  human  affairs.  Two  sequential  courses  in  a  foreign  language  (or 
exemption  by  examination).  All  foreign  language  courses  numbered  101, 102, 201, 
202  are  eligible. 

Area  5.  Historical  and  Cultural  Contexts.  6  credit  hours.  To  establish  and 
explore  the  nature  of  human  society.  GED  120  and  GED  140;  or  HON  202. 

Area  6.  Science  and  Technology.  7  -  8  credit  hours.  To  discover  scientific 
principles  and  discuss  related  moral  and  ethical  questions.  Two  laboratory 
courses  in  biology,  chemistry,  physics  or  psychology  (the  two  courses  need  not  be 
in  the  same  science).  Eligible  courses  are  BIO  101,  102,  111,  112,  CHM  100,  111, 
112,  113,  114,  PHY  100,  103,  104,  111,  112,  or  PSY  120. 

Area  7.  Aesthetic  Experience.  6  credit  hours.  To  learn  to  appreciate  works  of 
art  and  gain  insight  into  creative  process.  GED  160  and  one  course  in  art,  music 
or  literature.  Eligible  courses  are  ART  110, 201, 203,  ENG  200, 227, 228,  FRN  311. 
312,  GMN  311,  312,  MSC  100,  341,  342,  SPA  311,  312;  or  HON  204. 

Area  8.  Values,  Persons  and  World  Views.  6  credit  hours.  To  explore  the 
relationship  between  world  views  and  value  systems.  Two  courses  in  religion  or 
philosophy  (the  two  courses  need  not  be  in  the  same  discipline ).  PHL  1 10. 220, 230. 
240,  REL  110,  111,  112,  120,  140,  222;  or  HON  203. 


25 


Area  9.  Physical  Activity.  2  credit  hours.  To  develop  an  interest  in  physical 
activity  as  a  part  of  total  fitness.  Two  courses  in  physical  education  involving 
conditioning  or  life-long  sports.  Any  physical  education  course  is  eligible. 


The  Leadership  Program 


Leadership  Studies  is  a  vital  component  of  the  education  of  every  Lebanon  Valley 
College  student.  In  addition  to  the  priority  on  leadership  in  various  disciplinary 
courses,  an  interdisciplinary  course  involving  the  study  of  leadership  theories  and 
processes  (LSP  100  or  LSP  111)  is  required  as  part  of  the  General  Education 
program  for  all  students.  Beyond  these  basics,  Lebanon  Valley  offers  three 
advanced  courses  in  Leadership  Studies. 

The  Leadership  Studies  Scholar  Program  provides  a  thorough  grounding  in  the 
fundamentals  of  leadership,  in  both  theory  and  application.  This  program  consists 
of  a  four-course  sequence  spread  over  the  four  years  of  undergraduate  study.  None 
of  these  courses  may  be  taken  Pass/Fail. 

The  Leadership  Studies  Scholar  Program  is  available  to  all  students  in  the  College 
who  wish  to  continue  their  study  of  leadership,  both  to  broaden  their  understanding 
of  leadership  theories  and  processes  and  to  increase  their  self- awareness  in  their 
roles  as  leaders  and  followers. 

The  Leadership  Studies  Scholar  Program  seeks  to  achieve  the  following  outcomes 
for  all  participating  students: 

1.  An  understanding  of  the  theories  and  models  of  leadership. 

2.  Knowledge  of  how  people  in  diverse  social  and  cultural  contexts  have 
assumed  leadership  roles  and  performed  as  leaders. 

3.  A  critical  awareness  of  how  ethics  and  values  help  determine  whether 
responsible  leadership  or  mere  manipulation  (the  irresponsible  use  of 
power  and  authority)  will  occur. 

4.  Increased  self-awareness  and  understanding  of  how  a  person's  behavior 
affects  relationships  in  leader/follower  situations. 

5.  Awareness  and  appreciation  of  the  responsibilities  and  difficulties  inher- 
ent in  leadership. 

6.  Enhanced  potential  to  assume  a  role  as  leader  or  responsible  follower 
within  a  group,  organization  or  community. 


26 


Leadership  Studies  Scholar  Program 

LSP  100  or  LSP  111;  Ethics:  REL  222,  PHL  220,  or  HON  202;  LSP  350  and  LSP 
400. 


Leadership  Studies  Courses 

100,  111.  Theories  and  Applications  of  Leadership  Processes. 

Theories  and  concepts  of  leadership,  power  and  authority.  Analysis  of  their 
practical  applications.  Specific  areas  to  be  covered  include  group  dynamics, 
communication  skills,  conflict  resolution,  motivation,  decision-making,  values 
clarification,  self-assessment,  and  ethics.  Prerequisite:  For  LSP  111  permission 
of  instructor.  3  credits. 

330.  Ethical  Issues  and  Values  in  Leadership.  A  critical  examination  of  the 
ethical  and  valuational  questions  that  reside  at  the  core  of  both  leadership  and 
leadership  theories.  Prerequisite:  LSP  100  or  111.  3  credits. 

350.  Advanced  Leadership  Studies.  Models  and  theories  of  leadership  as 
exemplified  in  selected  case  studies.  Analysis  of  leadership  in  other  cultures  and 
assessment  of  the  student's  own  leadership  style  are  also  included.  Prerequisite: 
LSP  100  or  111;  PHL  220  or  REL  222.  3  credits. 

400.  Leadership  Internship.  Prerequisite:  LSP  350.  3-12  credits. 

Faculty: 

Carolyn  R.  Hanes,  Professor  of  Sociology  and  Social  Work  and  Leadership 
Studies.  Ph.D.,  University  of  New  Hampshire  (see  Department  of  Sociology  and 
Social  Service). 

Daniel  B.  McKinley,  Director  of  Leadership  Studies.  Assistant  Professor  of 
Leadership  Studies.  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland.  M.A.L.S.,  Wesleyan  Univer- 
sity. Mr.  McKinley  maintains  an  interest  in  small  group  development  and  offers 
leadership  labs  for  communication  skills  development. 

Leon  E.  Markowicz,  Professor  of  Leadership  Studies.  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania.  He  teaches  courses  in  the  Leadership  Studies  Program  and  assists 
in  developing  and  coordinating  Leadership  internships.  He  serves  local  business 
as  communications  consultant.  Dr.  Markowicz  is  a  Fellow  of  the  Pennsylvania 
Writing  Project  and  is  active  in  the  Lancaster-Lebanon  Writing  Council. 


27 


Barbara  Jones  Denison,  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Leadership  Studies. 
Ph.D.,  Northwestern  University.  She  is  interested  in  Leadership  and  group 
interaction,  especially  in  voluntary  organizations,  and  acts  as  a  consultant  for 
religious  and  women's  groups. 

In  addition  to  the  appointed  faculty,  leadership  studies  courses  are  offered  by 
faculty  members  from  other  disciplines  within  the  College. 

Honors  Program 

The  honors  program  is  designed  for  superior  students  who  are  keenly  motivated 
to  expand  their  intellectual  horizons,  develop  their  originality  and  curiosity,  and 
challenge  their  intellectual  abilities. 

The  program  seeks  to  sharpen  critical  and  analytical  thinking,  develop  verbal  and 
written  expression,  encourage  intellectual  independence,  and  foster  sensitive  and 
informed  investigation  of  human  values. 

To  achieve  these  goals,  the  program  offers  a  demanding,  stimulating  and  integrated 
alternative  to  the  general  requirements  of  the  College. 

Entering  students  and  first  semester  freshman  are  selected  on  the  basis  of 
interviews  and  scholastic  records. 

Requirements:  Students  graduate  with  college  honors  after  they  have  completed 
the  honors  program  with  a  3.00  grade  point  average  or  better  overall  and  in  the 
honors  courses. 

Honors  Courses 

201.  Honors  Communication.  Writing  and  speaking  clear,  grammatical  and 
articulate  English.  Listening  and  reading  well.  Searching  information  sources 
and  applying  those  sources  ethically.  Analyzing  and  drawing  conclusions. 
3  credits. 

202.  The  Individual  and  Society.  An  investigation  into  the  structures  of 
society,  their  origins,  and  their  impact  upon  human  values.  Emphasis  on  the 
interaction  of  the  individual  and  the  socio-cultural  environment.  Evaluation  of  the 
approaches  of  the  various  social  sciences.  6  credits. 


28 


203.  Human  Existence  and  Transcendence.  A  close  examination  of  questions 
and  issues  pertaining  to  human  existence  and  the  ways  in  which  mankind  has 
attempted,  religiously  and  philosophically,  to  rise  above  the  conditions  of  human 
existence.  This  course  seeks  to  describe  and  examine  the  commonalities  and 
differences  between  religion  and  philosophy  as  each  discipline  addresses  itself  to 
existence  and  transcendence.  6  credits. 

204.  Human  Creativity.  A  study  of  the  major  forms  of  literature,  music,  and 
plastic  art,  designed  to  acquaint  students  with  functions,  values  and  aesthetic  and 
cultural  contexts  of  art,  as  well  as  to  enhance  their  response  to  art  works.  6  credits. 

Honors  Seminars 

The  honors  seminars  are  intensive  studies  of  topics  offered  for  junior  and  senior 
honors  students.  The  honors  students  choose  the  topics  for  the  seminars,  help 
select  the  instructors  and  assist  in  the  design  of  the  seminars  with  the  instructors. 
Each  participant  in  the  honors  program  shall  complete  two  honors  seminars. 

Honors  Independent  Study 

An  independent  study  project,  the  capstone  of  the  honors  program,  provides  the 
opportunity  to  carry  out  an  extensive  academic  study  of  the  student's  own  design. 
The  project,  overseen  by  a  faculty  member,  must  be  approved  by  the  Honors 
Director.  When  acceptable  to  an  academic  department  such  independent  study 
may  serve  as  the  basis  for  departmental  honors.  Upon  completion,  the  project  will 
be  presented  publicly.  3  credits. 

Graduation  Requirements 

In  addition  to  the  honors  program  and  major  requirements,  honors  students  take: 
one  leadership  course;  two  (2)  one-semester  courses  in  science;  two  (2)  sequential 
courses  in  a  foreign  language  or  exemption  by  examination  or  one  foreign 
language  course  at  the  300  level;  a  one-semester  integrated  course  in  mathematics 
and  computer  science  (MAS  100)  or  one  course  in  mathematics  and  one  course  in 
computer  science;  and  two  (2)  courses  in  physical  education. 


29 


Cooperative  Programs 
Allied  Health  Professions 

Lebanon  Valley  College  has  established  a  cooperative  program  ("2+2")  with 
Thomas  Jefferson  University  in  Philadelphia,  PA  for  students  interested  in  the 
allied  health  professions.  The  College  of  Allied  Health  Sciences  of  Thomas 
Jefferson  University  offers  baccalaureate  programs  in  cytotechnology/cytogenet- 
ics,  dental  hygiene,  diagnostic  imaging  (radiography/ultrasound),  medical  tech- 
nology, and  occupational  therapy,  and  also  offers  an  entry-level  master's  program 
in  physical  therapy. 

Students  spend  two  years  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  taking  required  courses  in 
the  basic  sciences  and  other  disciplines.  During  the  second  year,  application  is 
made  to  Thomas  Jefferson  University.  Admission  to  Thomas  Jefferson  University 
is  not  automatic,  and  depends  upon  the  academic  record,  recommendations  and 
an  interview.  If  accepted,  the  student  spends  two  years  (three  years  for  physical 
therapy)  at  Thomas  Jefferson  University  taking  professional  and  clinical  courses. 
Upon  successful  completion  of  the  program,  the  student  is  awarded  a  baccalau- 
reate degree  (or  master,  for  physical  therapy)  by  Thomas  Jefferson  University. 

Lebanon  Valley  College  also  maintains  a  cooperative  program  with  Hahnemann 
University  in  Philadelphia  for  students  interested  in  medical  technology  ("2+3"). 
Students  spend  two  years  at  Lebanon  Valley  and  three  years  at  Hahnemann 
University.  The  program  at  Hahnemann  University  combines  both  classroom/ 
laboratory  study  and  off-campus  salaried  work  experience.  Admission  procedures 
are  similar  to  those  described  above.  Upon  successful  completion  of  this  program, 
the  student  is  awarded  the  baccalaureate  degree  by  Hahnemann  University. 

Engineering 

In  the  cooperative  "3+2"  engineering  program  a  student  earns  a  B.S.  degree  from 
Lebanon  Valley  College  and  a  B.S.  degree  in  one  of  the  fields  of  engineering  from 
another  institution.  Lebanon  Valley  has  cooperative  agreements  with  Case 
Western  Reserve  University,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  and  Widener  Univer- 
sity. Students  who  pursue  this  cooperative  engineering  program  take  three  years 
of  work  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  and  then  usually  take  two  additional  years  of 
work  in  engineering. 


30 


Forestry  and  Environmental  Studies 

Students  completing  a  three-year  program  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  studying 
the  liberal  arts  and  the  sciences  basic  to  forestry  and  environmental  sciences  may 
apply  for  admission  to  the  cooperative  forestry  program  with  Duke  University. 
Upon  completion  of  the  first  year  of  the  two-year  (plus  one  summer)  program  at 
Duke  University,  the  student  will  receive  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  from 
Lebanon  Valley  College.  After  completion  of  the  program  at  Duke,  the  student  will 
receive  the  professional  degree  of  Master  of  Forestry  (M.F.)  or  Master  of  Envi- 
ronmental Management  (M.E.M.)  from  Duke  University.  Students  may  major  in 
biology,  economics,  political  science,  or  mathematics  at  Lebanon  Valley  College. 

For  specific  program  requirements  in  forestry,  see  page  88.  For  those  in  environ- 
mental studies,  see  page  86. 


Medical  Technology  and  Nuclear  Medicine  Technology 

The  student  spends  three  years  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  taking  courses  to  fulfill 
the  requirements  of  the  College  and  of  the  National  Accrediting  Agency  for 
Clinical  Laboratory  Sciences.  Before  or  during  the  third  year  of  the  program,  the 
student  applies  to  a  hospital  with  a  C  AHEA  approved  school  of  medical  technology 
where  he/she  spends  the  fourth  year  in  training.  Admission  is  not  automatic  and 
depends  upon  the  academic  record,  recommendations  and  an  interview.  Upon 
satisfactorily  completing  the  clinical  year,  the  student  is  awarded  the  degree  of 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  Medical  Technology  by  Lebanon  Valley  College.  The  College 
is  affiliated  with  the  following  hospitals:  Sacred  Heart  Hospital  (in  Allentown), 
Harrisburg  Hospital,  Polyclinic  Medical  Center  of  Harrisburg,  Jersey  Shore 
Medical  Center-Fitkin  Hospital,  Lancaster  General  Hospital,  and  Reading  Hos- 
pital and  Medical  Center.  However,  the  student  is  not  limited  to  these  affiliations 
and  may  seek  acceptance  at  other  approved  hospitals  (refer  to  the  Allied  Health 
Professions  section  for  additional  programs  in  medical  technology). 

The  College  offers  a  program  for  students  interested  in  nuclear  medicine  technology 
("3+1").  The  College  is  affiliated  with  the  schools  of  nuclear  medicine  technology 
at  the  University  of  Virginia  Medical  Center  and  J.F.  Kennedy  Medical  Center, 
Edison,  NJ.  Admission  is  not  automatic  and  depends  upon  the  academic  record, 
recommendations  and  an  interview.  Application  may  also  be  made  to  other 
accredited  programs.  Upon  successful  completion  of  the  program,  students  are 
awarded  the  baccalaureate  degree  by  Lebanon  Valley  College. 


81 


UNDERGRADUATE 
PROGRAMS  OF  STUDY 

Internships 

An  internship  is  a  practical  and  professional  work  experience  that  allows  students 
to  participate  in  the  operations  of  business,  industry,  education,  government,  or 
not-  for-  profit  organizations.  Internships  provide  students  with  the  opportunity 
to  integrate  their  classroom  learning  with  on-  the-  job  experience.  Students  test 
the  practical  application  of  their  liberal  arts  learning  in  a  variety  of  professional, 
service,  and  occupational  settings. 

For  one  semester  hour  of  credit,  the  intern  should  invest  at  least  45  clock  hours  of 
time  in  the  internship.  The  internship  essentially  involves  a  contract  between  the 
student,  the  faculty  advisor,  and  the  on-site  internship  supervisor.  In  addition  to 
the  practical  on-site  experience,  internships  typically  require  special  readings, 
reports ,  j  ournals  and  faculty  conferences .  Students  may  enroll  for  three  to  twelve 
credit  hours  of  internship  in  any  one  semester.  A  maximum  of  fifteen  credit  hours 
in  internships  may  be  used  towards  the  graduation  requirements.  All  internships 
have  a  course  number  of  400. 

Additionally,  Elementary  Education  and  Secondary  Education  majors  are  required 
to  complete  successfully  a  student  teaching  field  experience.  Hotel  management 
majors  are  also  required  to  complete  successfully  three  supervised  field  experiences 
for  a  total  of  9  credits.  There  are  no  internships  in  art,  music,  or  philosophy. 

The  adjacent  is  a  summary  of  departmental  internship  policies. 


32 


Internships 


Discipline 

Eligible 

Prerequisite 

Hrs. 

Other 

Students 

Per  Sem. 

Requirements 

Accounting 

Jr/Sr  Mjr. 

1-  12 

2.75  GPA 

Actuarial 

Jr/Sr  Mjr. 

1-  12 

Science 

American 

3-6 

Studies 

Biochemistry 

Jr/Sr  Mjr. 

1-  12 

2.00  GPA 

Biology 

Jr/Sr  Mjr. 

1-4 

Chemistry 

Jr/Sr  Mjr. 

1-  12 

2.00  GPA 

Computer 

Jr/Sr  Mjr. 

1-  12 

Science 

Economics 

Jr/Sr  Mjr. 

1-  12 

2.75  GPA 

English 

Communications 
Majors  only 

1-  12 

French 

1-  12 

German 

1-  12 

History 

3-6 

International 

Jr/Sr  Mjr. 

2.75  GPA 

Business 

Leadership 

LSP  350 

3-  12 

Management 

Jr/Sr  Mjr. 

1-  12 

2.75  GPA 

Mathematics 

Jr/Sr  Mjr. 

1-  12 

Physics 

1-  12 

Political 

PSC  111  &  112 

1-12 

Science 

Psychobiology 

Jr/Sr  Mjr. 

PSY  100  or  120 

1  -  12 

Psychology 

Jr/Sr  Mjr. 

PSY  100  or  120 

1-  12 

Religion 

1-6 

Social  Work 

SWK341or342 

1-  12 

2.20  GPA  &  40  hr.  vol. 

Sociology 

1-  12 

18  cr.  in     Sociology 

Sound  Recording 

RCT  388  &  487 

4 

Technology 

Spanish 

1-  12 

83 


Independent  Study 


Independent  Study  provides  students  with  an  opportunity  to  undertake  a  pro- 
gram of  supervised  reading,  research,  or  specialized  teaching  methods,  usually  on 
subjects  not  incorporated  in  existing  formal  courses.  Independent  Study  shall  not 
be  used  to  approximate  an  existing  course  for  a  single  student  or  to  cover  projects 
more  properly  described  as  Internships. 

For  one  semester  hour  of  credit,  the  Independent  Study  student  should  invest  at 
least  45  clock  hours  of  time  in  reading,  research,  or  report  writing.  The  Independent 
Study  essentially  involves  a  contract  between  the  student  and  the  faculty  advisor. 

Students  may  enroll  for  one  to  nine  credit  hours  of  Independent  Study  in  any  one 
semester.  A  maximum  of  nine  credit  hours  in  Independent  Study  may  be  used 
toward  the  graduation  requirements.  All  Independent  Studies  have  a  course 
number  of  500.  The  following  is  a  summary  of  departmental  Independent  Study 
policies. 


34 


Independent  Study 


Discipline 

Eligible 
Students 

Prerequisite 

Hrs.  Per  Sem. 

Accounting 

Jr/Sr  Mjr. 

1-6 

Actuarial  Science 

1-3 

American  Studies 

1-9 

Biochemistry 

CHM311  &312 

2-3 

Biology 

1-9 

Chemistry 

1-9 

Computer  Science 

1-9 

Economics 

Jr/Sr  Mjr. 

1-6 

Education 

1-3 

Elementary  Education 

1-3 

English 

1-3 

French 

FRN316 

1-6 

German 

1-6 

History 

1-3 

International  Business 

Jr/Sr  Mjr. 

1-6 

Leadership 

Jr/Sr 

LSPlOOor  111 

3-  15 

Studies 

Standing 

Management 

Jr/Sr  Mjr. 

1-6 

Mathematics 

1-6 

Philosophy 
Physics 

1-3 
1-3 

Political  Science 

1-3 

Psychobiology 

1-9 

Psychology 

PSY  100  or  120 

1-6 

Religion 

1-3 

Social  Work 

Jr/Sr  Mjr. 

2.50  GPA  & 
contract  inst.  & 
student 

1-3 

Sociology 

Jr/Sr  Mjr. 

2.50  GPA  & 
contract  inst.  & 
student 

1-3 

Spanish 

1-6 

There  are  no  independent  study  courses  in  art,  hotel  management,  music  and 
sound  recording  technology. 


35 


Tutorial  Study 


Tutorial  Study  provides  students  with  a  special  opportunity  to  take  an  existing 
formal  course  in  the  curricula  that  is  not  scheduled  that  semester  or  summer 
session.  Students  desiring  a  Tutorial  Study  must  have  an  appropriate  member  ol 
the  faculty  agree  to  supervise  the  study  on  a  one-on-one  basis. 

For  one  semester  hour  of  credit,  the  student  should  invest  at  least  45  clock  hours 
of  time  in  the  Tutorial  Study.  The  Tutorial  Study  essentially  involves  a  contract 
between  the  student  and  the  faculty  advisor.  The  typical  Tutorial  Study  involves 
readings,  research,  report  writing,  faculty  conferences,  and  examinations.  All 
Tutorial  Study  courses  have  the  same  course  number  as  the  existing  formal 
catalog  course. 


Special  Topics  Courses 


From  time  to  time,  departments  may  offer  Special  Topics  courses  using  the 
following  course  numbers:  290-298,  390-398,  and  490-498.  Special  Topics  courses 
are  formal  courses  that  are  not  listed  permanently  in  the  curricula  and  that  are 
offered  infrequently.  These  courses  examine  comparatively  narrow  subjects  that 
may  be  topical  or  special  interest.  Several  different  topics  may  be  taught  in  one 
semester  or  academic  year.  A  specific  course  title  shall  be  used  in  each  instance 
and  shall  be  so  noted  on  the  student  record. 

Department  Of  Art 

The  Art  Department,  through  course  work  and  the  minor  program,  provides  an 
opportunity  for  creative  expression  and  a  richer  understanding  of  accomplish- 
ments in  the  visual  arts. 

No  major  is  offered  in  Art.  For  the  minor  and  course  descriptions,  see  page  69. 

Faculty: 

Richard  A.  Iskowitz,  Associate  Professor  of  Art.  Chairperson.  M.F.A.,  Kent 
State  University.  He  teaches  art  history,  aesthetics  and  studio,  and  is  director  of 
the  Mund  Center  art  exhibits.  Professor  Iskowitz'  special  interest  is  photography 
and  his  work  is  exhibited  frequently  in  juried  competition. 

Marie  F.  Riegle,  Lecturer  in  Art,  M.F.A.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University. 
Her  teaching  interests  are  art  history,  printmaking,  painting  and  drawing. 


36 


Donald  Winer,  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Art,  M.A.F.A.,  University  of 
Missouri.  Mr.  Winer  is  curator  emeritus  of  The  Pennsylvania  Collection  of  Fine 
Arts,  William  Penn  Museum.  His  teaching  specialties  include  art  history  espe- 
cially Pennsylvania  arts  and  crafts. 

R.  Gordon  Wise,  Adjunct  Professor  of  Art,  Ed.D.,  University  of  Missouri.  Dr. 
Wise  is  a  Professor  of  Art  at  Millersville  University  and  specializes  in  art 
education. 


Department  Of  Biology 


The  aims  of  the  program  for  biology  majors  are:  (1)  to  provide  a  thorough 
understanding  of  the  principles  of  biology  and  background  in  disciplines  basic  to 
biology;  (2)  to  develop  skills  in  the  application  of  the  scientific  method  and  in  the 
retrieval  and  communication  of  technical  information;  and  ( 3 )  to  train  students  for 
employment  at  the  baccalaureate  level  and  to  provide  preparation  for  those 
interested  in  graduate,  professional  and  medical  programs. 

The  department  offers  a  major  program  in  biology,  and  joint  majors  in  biochemistry 
and  psychobiology.  For  the  major  and  course  descriptions  in  biology,  see  page  71. 
For  those  in  psychobiology,  see  page  124. 

For  Cooperative  Programs,  see  page  30. 

Faculty: 

Dale  J.  Erskine,  Associate  Professor  of  Biology.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Oklahoma. 
He  teaches  animal  physiology,  introduction  to  immunology,  human  biology,  and 
participates  in  general  biology.  He  believes  in  introducing  his  students  to  a  wide 
range  of  laboratory  experiences  including  modern  instrumentation  and  computer- 
assisted  data  collection.  His  research  interests  are  in  temperature  regulation  and 
thermal  tolerance,  heat  energy  budgets,  and  computer  analysis  and  simulation  of 
animal-environment  interactions.  He  is  also  director  of  the  Summer  Youth 
Scholars  Institute. 

Sidney  Pollack,  Professor  of  Biology.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania.  He 
teaches  courses  in  genetics,  microbiology,  human  biology,  and  general  biology.  He 
is  the  academic  advisor  for  students  preparing  for  the  allied  health  professions. 
His  research  interests  include  Paramecium  genetics. 

Susan  Verhoek,  Professor  of  Biology.  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University.  She  teaches 
plant  form  and  function  at  the  general  biology  level,  and  form,  interrelationships 


37 


and  systematics  of  non- vascular  and  vascular  plants  at  the  advanced  level.  Her 
research  is  on  the  pollination  biology  and  systematics  of  members  of  the  Agave 
family.  A  past  president  of  the  Society  for  Economic  Botany,  she  has  a  long 
standing  interest  in  the  interactions  of  plants  and  humans;  and,  as  author  of  a  field 
identification  book,  a  continuing  interest  in  plants  that  flower  in  the  spring. 

Stephen  E.  Williams,  Professor  of  Biology.  Ph.D.,  Washington  University,  St. 
Louis.  He  teaches  molecular  biology,  plant  physiology  and  the  biochemical 
portions  of  general  biology.  He  is  a  plant  and  cell  physiologist  who,  working 
together  with  Lebanon  Valley  College  students  and  scientists  at  other  institutions, 
has  made  most  of  the  major  contributions  to  the  understanding  of  the  physiology 
of  carnivorous  plants  during  the  past  twenty  years,  including  the  discovery  of  the 
mechanism  of  Venus  flytrap  closure.  He  has  over  five  years  of  experience 
automating  laboratory  instruments  with  microcomputers. 

Paul  L.  Wolf,  Professor  of  Biology.  Chairperson.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Delaware. 
He  teaches  courses  in  general  biology,  comparative  vertebrate  anatomy,  and 
ecology.  His  research  interests  focus  on  the  ecology  of  wetlands  with  particular 
emphasis  on  the  saltmarshes  of  Eastern  United  States  and  Nova  Scotia.  He  also 
holds  the  position  of  Adjunct  Professor  of  Marine  Biology  in  the  College  of  Marine 
Studies,  University  of  Delaware. 

Allan  F.  Wolfe,  Professor  of  Biology.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Vermont.  He  teaches 
comparative  histology,  developmental  biology,  invertebrate  zoology,  general  bi- 
ology, parasitology,  and  directs  independent  study  in  cell  biology  using  electron 
microscopic  and  histological  techniques.  His  current  research  utilizes  the  brine 
shrimp,  Artemia,  to  study  the  cell  and  tissue  levels  of  organization  of  the  digestive, 
reproductive,  and  neurosensory  systems. 

Anna  F.  Tilberg,  Lecturer  in  Biology,  B.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania.  She  is 
on  the  staff  of  the  Milton  Hershey  Medical  Center  and  teaches  introductory 
biology. 


Department  Of  Chemistry 


Chemistry  is  the  "central  science"  that  provides  the  fundamental  understanding 
needed  for  protecting  our  environment,  maximizing  the  yield  from  limited  natural 
resources,  improving  our  health,  and  creating  new  materials  for  tomorrow's 
products.  Indeed,  chemistry  is  essential  to  understanding  life  itself. 

Career  opportunities  in  chemistry  are  numerous  and  diverse.  Many  students 
enter  industrial  or  governmental  laboratories  where  they  find  positions  in  envi- 
ronmental analysis,  quality  control,  or  research  and  development.  Possibilities 

38 


outside  of  the  laboratory  include  teaching,  sales,  marketing,  technical  writing, 
business,  and  law.  Many  chemistry  students  continue  their  education  in  graduate 
school  in  chemistry  or  biochemistry,  or  in  professional  schools  in  the  areas  of 
medicine,  dentistry,  or  veterinary  medicine. 

At  Lebanon  Valley  College  the  Department  of  Chemistry  is  located  on  the  upper 
two  floors  of  the  Garber  Science  Center.  Major  scientific  equipment  available  to 
students  includes  a  nuclear  magnetic  resonance  spectrometer,  a  liquid  scintilla- 
tion counter,  a  fourier  transform  infrared  spectrometer,  a  high  performance  liquid 
chromatographic  system,  a  diode-array  UV-visible  spectrophotometer,  and  a  gas 
chromatograph-mass  spectrometer,  and  an  atomic  absorption  spectrophoto- 
meter. Computers  available  to  students  in  the  department  include  Apple,  Macin- 
tosh, and  IBM-compatible  machines. 

The  Department  encourages  students  to  discover  the  excitement  and  challenge  of 
laboratory  research.  Research  programs  are  conducted  during  both  the  academic 
year  and  the  summer.  Students  are  paid  for  summer  research  either  from  College 
funds  or  from  grants  that  professors  receive  to  support  their  projects. 

Two  degrees  are  available  to  those  interested  in  chemistry,  and  one  for  those 
interested  in  biochemistry.  The  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Chemistry  is  the  more 
demanding  of  the  two  degrees  in  chemistry,  and  is  recognized  by  the  American 
Chemical  Society.  This  degree  has  a  required  research  component  and  is 
recommended  for  students  who  wish  to  become  practicing  chemists  or  enroll  in 
graduate  school.  Other  students  opt  for  the  standard  Bachelor  of  Science  degree, 
majoring  in  chemistry. 

For  the  major  programs  and  course  descriptions  in  chemistry,  see  page  74. 

The  major  in  biochemistry  is  offered  jointly  with  the  Biology  department.  For  the 
major  program  and  course  descriptions  in  biochemistry,  see  page  70. 

Faculty: 

Richard  D.  Cornelius,  Professor  of  Chemistry.  Chairperson.  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Iowa;  postdoctoral  research,  University  of  Wisconsin.  Inorganic  Chemistry. 
Professor  Cornelius  works  at  the  border  of  inorganic  chemistry  and  biochemistry. 
He  has  interests  both  in  the  fundamental  mechanisms  of  phosphoryl  transfer 
reactions  and  in  the  development  of  platinum  compounds  that  hold  promise  for 
anti-cancer  activity.  He  and  his  students  synthesize  new  compounds  containing 
phosphates  and  study  the  rates  of  reactions  of  these  compounds.  Studying  the 
nature  of  the  new  compounds  provides  insight  into  the  manner  in  which  enzymes 
catalyze  related  reactions  in  nature.  He  also  has  earned  a  national  reputation  for 


39 


his  work  with  computers  in  chemical  education. 

Donald  B.  Dahlberg,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry.  Ph.D.,  Cornell  Univer- 
sity; postdoctoral  work,  University  of  Toronto.  Physical  chemistry.  Dr.  Dahlberg 
does  research  on  the  mechanism  of  elimination  reactions  in  organic  chemistry.  An 
important  question  to  be  answered  in  mechanistic  organic  chemistry  is  when  and 
how  a  reaction  changes  from  a  concerted  mechanism  to  a  multistep  mechanism. 
Does  one  mechanism  evolve  into  another  as  the  substrate  is  modified,  or  do  two 
distinct  pathways  exist  at  all  times  where  each  substrate  chooses  the  path  of 
lowest  energy?  He  is  also  interested  in  applying  the  most  recent  developments  in 
computers  and  electronics  to  the  construction  of  chemical  instrumentation. 

Owen  A.  Moe,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Chemistry .  Ph.D. ,  Purdue  University;  postdoctoral 
study,  Cornell  University.  Biochemistry.  Professor  Moe  is  interested  in  applying 
the  array  of  new  techniques  in  biotechnology  to  practical  problems.  He  is  currently 
working  on  the  use  of  immobilized  enzymes  for  the  synthesis  of  bio-organic 
compounds.  Processes  that  he  is  developing  are  designed  to  use  stable,  inexpen- 
sive polyphosphates  for  the  regeneration  of  ATP.  ATP  regeneration  is  a  required, 
but  currently  an  expensive,  step  in  the  use  of  enzyme  reactors  for  organic 
synthesis. 

Stephen  R.  Sexsmith,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry.  Ph.D.,  State  University 
of  New  York  at  Binghamton.  Organic  Chemistry.  Professor  Sexsmith  is  interested 
in  the  interaction  of  main-group  and  transition  metal  organometallic  compounds 
as  it  relates  to  Ziegler-  Natta  polymerization  catalysts.  Of  specific  interest  are  the 
reactions  of  organoaluminum  compounds  with  zero-valent  nickel  species.  He  is 
also  interested  in  utilizing  organometallic  compounds  in  the  study  of  coal  lique- 
faction. 

H.  Anthony  Neidig,  Professor  and  Chairperson  Emeritus.  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Delaware.  Recipient  of  the  Chemical  Manufacturers' Association  College  Chemistry 
Teacher  Award  in  1970  and  the  E.  Emmet  Reid  Award  for  excellence  in  teaching 
in  a  small  college  in  1978.  Professor  Neidig's  pursuits  include  the  development  and 
publication  of  laboratory  experiments  for  introductory  chemistry. 


Department  Of  Education 


The  Department  of  Education  prepares  students  for  both  elementary  and  second- 
ary teaching. 

The  Education  Department  is  committed  to  preparing  elementary  education 
majors  who  have  a  thorough  grounding  in  the  disciplines  they  will  teach  within  the 
context  of  a  strong  liberal  arts  foundation.  The  program  includes  intensive 

40 


training  in  the  content  and  methodologies  of  all  elementary  school  subjects. 

The  field-centered  component  in  the  program  provides  extensive  and  carefully 
sequenced  opportunities  to  work  with  teachers  and  children  in  a  variety  of  school 
settings  during  all  four  years  of  preparation  for  teaching.  Majors  spend  an  average 
of  two  hours  per  week  each  semester  in  various  public  school  classrooms, 
observing  teachers  and  children,  aiding,  tutoring,  providing  small-group  and 
whole-class  instruction,  and  completing  tasks  on  increasingly  challenging  levels 
of  involvement.  Seniors  spend  the  fall  semester  in  full-time  student  teaching  with 
cooperating  teachers  who  have  been  carefully  chosen  for  that  role.  Additional 
opportunities  are  provided  for  our  students  to  work  in  nursery  schools,  child  care 
centers,  Head  Start  programs,  middle  schools,  and  in  classes  for  exceptional 
children. 

Students  pursuing  secondary  teacher  certification  are  prepared  for  teaching  by 
completing  an  intensive  program  in  the  departmental  major*  s)  of  their  choice  in 
conjunction  with  a  carefully  sequenced  professional  education  component  within 
the  Education  Department.  Both  the  major  program  and  the  professional  education 
component  are  completed  within  the  context  of  a  strong  foundation  in  the  liberal 
arts. 

Departmental  majors  may  seek  certification  in  biology,  chemistry,  English, 
French,  German,  Spanish,  mathematics,  physics,  and  social  studies. 

Opportunities  are  provided  for  candidates  to  observe  and  to  teach  in  junior  high 
and  high  school  settings  prior  to  the  full-time  student  teaching  semester.  Coop- 
erating teachers  are  selected  through  a  process  involving  college  faculty,  public 
school  personnel,  and  the  student  teachers,  thus  assuring  the  most  beneficial 
placements  possible. 

Dual  certification,  at  both  the  elementary  and  secondary  levels,  or  in  more  than 
one  secondary  area,  is  possible;  however,  such  certification  requires  meticulous 
attention  to  scheduling  and  often  requires  an  additional  semester  or  two. 

Post-baccalaureate  certification  is  also  available  for  those  who  wish  to  become 
elementary  or  secondary  school  teachers  or  for  those  already  certified  who  want 
to  add  elementary  or  secondary  education  to  an  existing  certificate. 

The  Education  Department  is  intent  on  preparing  well-rounded  and  qualified 
graduates  who  will  exercise  genuinely  professional  and  personal  leadership  roles 
in  the  schools  and  communities  where  they  will  work. 

The  major  and  course  descriptions  in  Elementary  Education  are  on  page  81.  The 


41 


program  and  course  descriptions  in  Secondary  Education  are  on  page  131.  The 
descriptions  of  courses  in  Education  are  on  page  81. 

Faculty: 

Susan  L.  Atkinson,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education.  Ed. D.,  Temple  University. 
She  teaches  educational  methods  courses  in  mathematics,  science,  social  studies, 
and  language  arts,  plus  courses  in  the  social,  historical,  and  philosophical 
foundations  of  education  and  physical  geography.  She  coordinates  field  practicum 
in  the  public  schools  and  supervises  student  teachers.  Her  research  interests  are 
in  the  area  of  matching  student/teacher  learning  styles  to  increase  academic 
achievement.  She  holds  Pennsylvania  certifications  in  Elementary  Education, 
English  Second  Language,  Special  Education,  and  Library  Science.  Her  areas  of 
interest  include  multidisciplined  curricula,  classroom  management,  leadership 
strategies,  and  early  childhood  education.  She  believes  in  exposing  her  students 
to  the  "real  world"  of  teaching  through  extensive  hands-on  educational  activities 
and  experiences.  She  is  the  advisor  for  the  college's  professional  teaching 
organization,  which  includes  secondary,  elementary,  and  music  education  majors. 

Michael  A.  Grella,  Professor  of  Education.  Chairperson.  Ed.D.,  West  Virginia 
University.  He  teaches  courses  in  children's  literature,  reading,  the  language  arts, 
social  studies,  early  childhood  education,  and  exceptional  children.  He  coordinates 
early  field  practica  in  the  public  schools  and  supervises  student  teachers.  He 
serves  as  the  department's  chief  liaison  with  public  school  personnel  and  with  the 
Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education.  He  maintains  a  special  interest  in  the 
acquisition  of  literacy  at  the  primary  grade  levels  and  in  learning  disabilities. 

Dale  E.  Summers,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education.  Ed.D.,  Ball  State  Univer- 
sity. He  teaches  courses  in  educational  foundation,  secondary  school  curriculum 
and  methodologies,  and  adolescent  development.  He  serves  as  supervisor  of 
student  teachers  and  as  coordinator  of  pre-student  teaching  field  experiences.  He 
maintains  a  particular  interest  in  special  education  for  the  emotionally  disturbed 
at  both  the  elementary  and  secondary  level. 


Department  of  English 


The  major  in  English  introduces  students  to  the  humanistic  study  of  literature  or 
to  the  humanistic  practice  of  writing.  While  English  majors  may  choose  to 
concentrate  in  literature,  communications  or  secondary  education  the  basis  for  all 
concentrations  is  the  systematic  and  analytic  study  of  literature.  All  majors  also 
learn  clear,  concise,  and  coherent  expression  as  well  as  effective  collection, 
organization,  and  presentation  of  material.  Such  study  prepares  the  student  for 
more  advanced  work  in  many  fields.  Graduates  of  the  Department  of  English  are 

42 


prepared  to  work  in  journalism,  teaching,  editing,  public  relations,  publishing, 
advertising,  government,  industry,  the  ministry,  and  law. 

The  English  department  offers  a  major  program  with  concentrations  in  literature, 
communications,  and  secondary  education,  as  well  as  minors  in  both  literature 
and  communications.  For  program  and  course  descriptions,  see  page  83. 

Faculty: 

Philip  Billings,  Professor  of  English.  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University.  He 
teaches  courses  in  contemporary  literature  and  aesthetics  as  well  as  creative 
writing.  His  publications  include  poems  in  various  magazines  and  a  book  of  poems 
based  on  people  living  in  the  region. 

Phylis  Dryden,  Assistant  Professor  of  English.  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New 
York  at  Albany.  She  is  a  specialist  in  composition  theory,  linguistics,  and 
American  Studies  and  has  experience  in  journalism  and  in  industry.  She  pub- 
lishes poetry,  fiction,  and  non-fiction  and  has  conducted  poetry  workshops  as  well 
as  presented  readings  of  her  own  poetry. 

Arthur  L.  Ford,  Professor  of  English.  Ph.D.,  Bowling  Green  State  University. 
He  has  published  books  on  several  American  authors,  including  Thoreau  and 
Creeley,  as  well  as  articles  on  composition  theory  and  the  computer  in  composi- 
tion. Recent  Fulbright  lectureships  in  Syria  and  China  have  resulted  in  several 
research  projects. 

John  Kearney,  Professor  of  English,  Department  Chairperson.  Ph.D.,  Univer- 
sity of  Wisconsin.  He  is  a  Nineteenth  Century  British  literature  scholar  working 
on  a  book  on  Dickens,  who  also  teaches  technical  writing  and  directs  the 
department  internship  program. 

Jacqueline  Vivelo,  Assistant  Professor  of  English.  M.A.,  University  of  Tenn- 
essee. She  has  worked  as  a  technical  writer  and  has  published  award-winning 
fiction  for  children. 

Gary  Grieve-Carlson,  Assistant  Professor  of  English.  Ph.D,  Boston  University. 
He  has  taught  at  the  University  of  Tennessee  and  Virginia  Technical  University 
as  well  as  a  Fulbright  Junior  Lecturer  in  Germany.  His  field  is  American 
literature  on  which  he  has  published  several  articles. 

Anne  R.  Higginbottom,  Assistant  Professor  of  English.  M.A.,  State  University 
of  New  York  at  Binghamton.  In  her  dissertation  on  play  in  modern  women's  fiction 
and  in  her  courses  she  is  interested  in  new  voices  in  literature. 


48 


Marie  Bongiovanni,  Visiting  Assistant  Professor  of  English.  M.B.A.,  Drexel 
University.  Experienced  in  journalism  and  business,  she  teaches  management 
communications,  editing  and  journalism. 

Daniel  E.  Frick,  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  English.  M.A.,  Indiana  Uni- 
versity. Completing  his  doctorate  in  American  Studies  at  Indiana,  he  teaches 
courses  in  drama. 

Agnes  O'Donnell,  Professor  Emerita  of  English.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylva- 
nia. Recently  retired,  she  teaches  literature  courses. 

Glenn  Woods,  Associate  Professor  Emeritus  of  English.  M.Ed.,  Temple  Univer- 
sity. In  addition  to  composition,  his  areas  of  interest  include  linguistics,  speech 
and  the  teaching  of  secondary  English. 

Department  Of  Foreign  Languages 

The  study  of  a  foreign  language  has  three  aims:  to  develop  fluency  in  the  basic 
communication  skills,  to  provide  an  understanding  of  the  cultural  heritage  of  the 
people  who  use  the  language,  and  to  understand  language  as  the  fundamental 
medium  by  which  humankind  thinks  and  interacts. 

The  Department  of  Foreign  Languages  prepares  the  language  major  for  a  career 
in  a  variety  of  fields:  teaching,  diplomatic  and  government  service,  foreign  trade, 
business  and  social  service.  For  many  of  these  careers  the  study  of  a  foreign 
language  is  often  combined  with  majors  in  other  disciplines. 

The  Department  encourages  students  to  avail  themselves  of  the  College's  op- 
portunities for  foreign  travel  and  study,  including  the  International  Student 
Exchange  Program. 

The  Department  of  Foreign  Languages  offers  majors  in  French,  German,  and 
Spanish,  and  in  Foreign  Language,  as  well  as  minors  in  the  three  languages.  In 
addition,  coursework,  but  no  major  or  minor,  is  offered  in  Greek  and  Japanese.  The 
department  also  offers  the  major  in  International  Business  jointly  with  the 
Management  department. 

The  major,  minor  and  course  descriptions  in  French  are  on  page  88.  Those  in 
German  are  on  page  91.  Those  in  Spanish  are  on  page  139.  The  major  in  Foreign 
Languages  and  the  descriptions  of  general  courses  in  foreign  language  are  on  page 
87.  The  course  descriptions  in  Greek  are  on  page  93.  The  course  descriptions  in 
Japanese  are  on  page  100.  The  major  in  International  Business  is  on  page  99. 


44 


Faculty: 

Susan  L.  Egner,  Instructor  of  Spanish.  M.A.,  Middle-bury  College.  She  teaches 
the  beginning  level  Spanish  courses  and  is  interested  in  pursuing  Teaching 
Methodology  at  post  graduate  level. 

Diane  M.  Iglesias,  Professor  of  Spanish.  Chairperson.  Ph.D.,  City  University  of 
New  York.  She  teaches  courses  in  Spanish  language,  Spanish  and  Latin  American 
culture,  civilization  and  literature.  She  has  presented  research  papers  in  medieval 
balladry  and  the  theater  of  the  Spanish  Golden  Age  at  scholarly  conferences.  Her 
current  research  is  in  the  area  of  the  modern  Latin  American  novel.  She  is 
particularly  interested  in  the  concept  of  "magical  realism"  as  it  applies  to  the 
works  of  Gabriel  Garcia  Marquez. 

James  W.  Scott,  Professor  of  German.  Ph.D.,  Princeton  University.  He  teaches 
the  language,  literature  and  culture  of  German  speaking  areas.  One  continuing 
scholarly  interest  is  medieval  hagiography.  His  recent  research  and  writing  has 
focused  on  contemporary  German  literature  and  film.  Past  summers  have  taken 
him  to  Bonn  on  a  Fulbright  grant,  to  the  Carl  Duisberg  Institute  to  study  business 
German  and  to  Leipzig  to  attend  a  seminar  on  the  German  Democratic  Republic. 
He  serves  as  secretary-treasurer  of  the  Central  Pennsylvania  Association  of 
Teachers  of  German  and  coordinates  their  annual  testing  program  for  high  school 
students. 

JoelleL.  Stopkie,  Assistant  Professor  of  French.  Ph.D.,  Bryn  Mawr  College.  She 
is  a  member  of  the  American  Association  of  Teachers  of  French  (AATF),  and  the 
American  Council  on  the  Teaching  of  Foreign  Languages  (ACTFL)  and  also  Phi 
Sigma  Iota,  the  National  Foreign  Language  Honor  Society. 

Department  Of  History  and  American  Studies 

By  examining  human  behavior  in  the  past,  the  study  of  history  can  help  people 
better  understand  themselves  and  others.  Students  of  history  also  learn  how  to 
gather  and  analyze  information  and  present  their  conclusions  in  clear,  concise 
language. 

An  undergraduate  degree  in  history  or  American  Studies  can  lead  to  a  career  in 
teaching  at  the  college  or  high  school  level,  law,  government,  politics,  the  ministry, 
museum  or  library  work,  journalism  or  editing,  historical  societies  and  archives, 
private  foundations,  business,  or  a  number  of  other  professions. 

For  the  major,  minor,  and  courses  in  history,  see  page  94.  For  those  in  American 
Studies,  see  page  68. 

45 


Faculty: 

James  H.  Broussard,  Professor  of  History,  Chairperson.  Ph.D.,  Duke  Univer- 
sity. He  teaches  American  history  and  historiography.  His  research  and  publications 
concentrate  on  the  Jefferson-  Jackson  era,  the  South,  and  American  politics.  He 
is  also  Executive  Director  of  the  Society  for  Historians  of  the  Early  American 
Republic. 

Donald  E.  Byrne,  Jr.,  Professor  of  History  and  Religion  and  Director  of  American 
Studies  Program.  Ph.D.,  Duke  University.  His  teaching  centers  on  the  history  of 
Christianity  and  religion  in  America,  and  he  participates  in  the  Honors  and 
Leadership  Studies  programs.  His  scholarship  has  focused  on  American  folk 
religion;  other  interests  include  religion  and  literature,  peace  studies,  and  mys- 
ticism. 

Richard  A.  Joyce,  Associate  Professor  of  History.  M.A.,  San  Francisco  State 
College.  He  teaches  ancient,  medieval,  and  modern  European  history.  He  is 
particularly  interested  in  social  and  intellectual  history. 

Howard  L.  Applegate,  Adjunct  Professor  of  History,  Secretary  of  the  College. 
Ph.D.,  Syracuse  University.  He  teaches  business  history  and  American  military 
history.  His  current  research  interest  is  the  American  automotive  industry. 

John  Abernathy  Smith,  Adjunct  Associate  Professor  of  History  and  Religion. 
Ph.D.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University.  His  teaching  interests  are  social  and 
intellectual  history.  Dr.  Smith  currently  is  researching  the  history  of  United 
Methodist  higher  education. 

The  Department  Of  Management 

The  Department  of  Management  offers  programs  leading  to  the  bachelor  of  science 
degree  in  accounting,  hotel  management,  management,  and  international  busi- 
ness (jointly  with  Foreign  Languages  Department).  The  Department  also  offers  a 
minor  in  hotel  management. 

The  Department's  programs  are  designed  to  provide  students  with  a  sound, 
integrated  knowledge  of  accounting  and  management  principles,  and  related 
courses  from  supporting  disciplines.  The  Department's  programs  are  enhanced  by 
the  liberal  arts  and  leadership  studies  core  required  of  all  students,  and  by  the 
extensive  application  of  computers  in  relevant  courses.  This  interdisciplinary 
knowledge  base  is  essential  for  assuming  leadership  and  management  positions 
in  the  changing  world  of  the  1990's  and  beyond. 


46 


Management  students  are  provided  with  a  common  body  of  knowledge  in  close 
conformity  with  the  national  standards  for  the  study  of  business  administration 
as  recommended  by  the  American  Assembly  of  Collegiate  Schools  of  Business.  As 
a  result,  our  graduates  are  well  prepared  for  admittance  to  M.B  A.  programs. 

Opportunities  are  available  for  qualified  and  interested  students  to  undertake  an 
independent  study  project  or  an  internship  in  consultation  with  a  member  of  the 
Department  faculty. 

The  major  and  course  descriptions  in  Accounting  are  on  page  66;  those  in  Hotel 
Management  are  on  page  98;  those  in  International  Business  are  on  page  99;  and 
those  in  Management  are  on  page  101. 

Faculty: 

Donald  C.  Boone,  Assistant  Professor  of  Hotel  Management.  M.B.  A.,  Michigan 
State  University.  He  has  18  years  of  hotel  industry  experience  and  has  taught 
several  years  in  Hotel  Management  programs.  Mr.  Boone  serves  as  Coordinator 
of  the  Hotel  Management  Program  and  teaches  Hotel  Management,  Management 
and  Accounting. 

Sharon  F.  Clark,  Associate  Professor  of  Management  and  Department  Chair- 
person. J.D.,  University  of  Richmond.  She  has  several  years  experience  in  private 
law  practice  and  several  years  as  a  Supervisory  Tax  Attorney  with  the  Internal 
Revenue  Service.  Dr.  Clark  teaches  corporate  income  tax  and  a  variety  of 
management  courses  including  Personnel  Management,  Business  Law,  Labor 
and  Industrial  Relations,  and  Hotel  Law. 

Robert  W.  Leonard,  Assistant  Professor  of  Management.  M.B.A.,  The  Ohio 
State  University.  Mr.  Leonard  teaches  Managerial  Finance,  Principles  of 
Management,  Productions  Operations  Management,  Organizational  Behavior 
and  Development,  and  Labor  and  Industrial  Relations. 

Barney  T.  Raffield,  III,  Associate  Professor  of  Management.  Ph.D.,  Union 
Graduate  School.  Dr.  Raffield  teaches  courses  in  Marketing,  Business  Policy. 
Advertising,  Consumer  Behavior,  and  International  Business  Management.  He 
has  just  completed  co-authoring  a  textbook  on  Marketing  Management. 

Gail  Sanderson,  Assistant  Professor  of  Management.  M.B.A.,  Boston  University. 
A  C.P.A.,  Ms.  Sanderson  has  professional  experience  in  accounting  (public  and 
private  sectors);  income  tax;  computer  systems  analysis  and  design.  Ms.  Sanderson 
teaches  Financial  and  Managerial  Accounting,  Cost  Accounting,  Individual  In- 
come Tax,  Intermediate  Accounting  and  Management  Information  Systems. 


47 


Barbara  S.Wirth,  Assistant  Professor  of  Accounting.  M.B.  A.,  Lehigh  University. 
Ms.  Wirth  has  worked  in  the  public  sector  as  a  CPA  for  six  years.  Ms.  Wirth  teaches 
Auditing,  Governmental  and  Non-Profit  Accounting,  Principles  of  Accounting, 
and  Managerial  Accounting. 

Robert  W.  Biddle,  Jr.,  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Hotel  Management.  Ed.M. , 
Pennsylvania  State  University.  Mr.  Biddle  is  Culinary  Arts  Instructor  at  Milton 
Hershey  School. 

David  L.  Broderic,  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Health  Care  Management. 
M.B.A.,  University  of  Chicago.  Mr.  Broderic  is  President  of  Good  Samaritan 
Hospital  and  specializes  in  teaching  health  care  management. 

John  R.  Eby,  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  in  Accounting.  B  A.,  Lebanon  Valley 
College.  Mr.  Eby  is  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  for  Commonwealth 
Communications  Services,  Inc.  and  has  numerous  years  of  experience  in  corporate 
and  public  accounting.  He  teaches  Financial  and  Management  Accounting. 

Dennis  N.  Eshleman,  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Management.  M.B.A., 
Columbia  University.  Mr.  Eshleman  is  a  manager  for  New  Product  Development 
at  Hershey  Foods.  His  teaching  interests  include  marketing,  marketing  research 
and  management. 

V.  Carl  Gacono,  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Real  Estate.  B.S.,  Susquehanna 
University.  Mr.  Gacono  is  a  broker  with  Prudential  Gacono  Real  Estate  and  past 
president  of  the  Lebanon  County  Board  of  Realtors.  He  specializes  in  real  estate 
education. 

Christine  J.  Rhoads,  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Management.  M.Ed.,  Temple  Uni- 
versity. She  is  currently  a  doctoral  candidate  at  Lehigh  University  in  Educational 
Technology.  Ms.  Rhoads  teaches  Computer  Applications  in  Business. 

Kevin  R.  Derr,  Lecturer  in  Management.  J.D.,  The  Dickinson  School  of  Law.  Dr. 
Derr  is  a  practicing  attorney  with  the  law  firm  of  Caldwell  &  Keaons.  He  teaches 
courses  in  Business  Law  and  Corporate  Income  Taxation. 


Department  Of  Mathematical  Sciences 

The  Lebanon  Valley  College  Department  of  Mathematical  Sciences  has  long 
offered  a  rigorous  mathematics  program  within  the  context  of  a  liberal  arts 

48 


education.  Today  an  increasing  national  need  for  mathematically  prepared 
individuals  has  made  our  program  even  more  attractive.  Computer  scientists, 
secondary  school  mathematics  and  computer  science  teachers,  college  professors 
in  mathematical  sciences,  actuaries,  operations  research  analysts,  and  statisti- 
cians are  in  high  and  continuing  demand.  In  addition,  the  mental  discipline  and 
problem  solving  abilities  developed  in  the  study  of  mathematics  have  long  been 
recognized  as  excellent  preparation  for  numerous  and  varied  areas  of  work  or 
study. 

The  department  offers  majors  in  actuarial  science,  computer  science,  computer 
information  systems,  and  in  mathematics,  and  minors  in  computer  science  and  in 
mathematics. 

Five  students  from  this  department  have  earned  Fulbright  Scholarships  in  recent 
years  for  graduate  study  abroad.  Departmental  graduates  have  earned  Ph.D. 
degrees  in  physics  and  computer  science  as  well  as  mathematics.  Other  graduates 
have  completed  law  school.  Many  graduates  are  Fellows  of  the  Society  of  Actuaries 
and  the  Casualty  Actuarial  Society.  Regularly,  more  than  a  quarter  of  the 
Lebanon  Valley  students  named  to  the  Who's  Who  in  American  Colleges  and 
Universities  will  be  students  from  this  department. 

Actuarial  Science 

An  actuary  is  a  business  professional  who  used  mathematical  training  to  define, 
analyze  and  solve  financial  and  social  problems.  Actuaries  are  employed  by 
insurance  companies,  consulting  firms,  large  corporations,  and  the  federal  and 
state  governments.  The  Society  of  Actuaries  and  the  Casualty  Actuarial  Society 
establish  and  monitor  the  professional  qualifications  of  actuaries  through  a  series 
of  rigorous  examinations.  In  recent  years,  the  demand  for  actuaries  has  exceeded 
the  supply  and  indications  are  that  the  situation  will  continue. 

The  Actuarial  Science  program  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  was  established  in  the 
mid  1960's  and  is  coordinated  by  Professor  Hearsey,  an  Associate  of  the  Society  of 
Actuaries.  Lebanon  Valley  College  has  85  alumni  working  in  the  actuarial 
profession.  The  coursework  is  selected  to  provide  a  foundation  in  mathematics, 
accounting  and  economics  and  to  prepare  students  for  courses  100-150  of  the 
Society  of  Actuaries  syllabus  and  parts  1-4  of  the  Casualty  Actuarial  Society 
syllabus.  A  student  may  prepare  for  additional  examinations  through  independent 
study.  Lebanon  Valley  College  is  the  only  small,  undergraduate,  liberal  arts 
college  in  North  America  with  such  an  extensive  actuarial  science  major.  Lebanon 
Valley  has  had  100%  placement  of  actuarial  science  graduates  with  graduates 
employed  by  nearly  50  organizations. 


49 


Computer  Science 

Although  it  has  been  over  40  years  since  the  development  of  the  first  electronic, 
computer,  Rear  Admiral  Grace  Murray  Hopper  said  at  the  1987  Lebanon  Valley 
College  graduation  exercises  that  "we  are  still  in  the  Model  T  or  DC-3  age  so  far 
as  computers  are  concerned."  All  of  us  will  be  working  in  a  computer  environment: 
and  must  be  able  to  use  computers  to  assist  us  rather  than  have  computers  control 
us.  The  United  States  is  the  world  leader  in  most  phases  of  the  computer  industry, 
from  the  silicon  chip  to  operating  systems  and  other  software  and  applications. 

The  department's  approach  to  computer  science  is  to  broaden  the  program  by 
supporting  it  with  a  strong  theoretical  perspective,  and  by  embedding  it  in  the- 
values  of  liberal  education.  The  program  is  also  designed  to  appropriately  reflect 
the  rapidly  changing  technology  and  applications  in  the  computer  field.  There- 
fore, courses  and  equipment  are  constantly  modified  to  optimize  the  student's 
computer  education  and  experience.  New  facilities  with  the  latest  technology, 
were  occupied  in  1990,  and  an  innovative  major  program  provides  the  students 
with  unique  opportunities  to  tailor  studies  to  their  individual  knowledge  and 
interests. 

The  computer  equipment  ranges  from  representatives  of  all  major  microcomputers 
to  a  DEC  VAX  system,  many  connected  by  networks.  All  major  operating  systems  j 
and  languages  are  available  and  immediately  accessible  for  course  work  or1 
independent  study. 

Mathematics 

The  recent  identification  by  a  graduate  student  of  an  error  in  Sir  Isaac  Newton's 
work  and  the  recent  development  of  a  revised  linear  programming  algorithm  are 
but  two  examples  that  clearly  demonstrate  that  mathematics  is  alive  and  vibrant 
National  concerns  have  been  expressed  concerning  mathematics  education  ir 
elementary  schools  and  the  decrease  in  graduate  studies  in  mathematics.  Man- 
agement schools  continually  are  increasing  the  quantitative  component  in  then 
curriculum,  and  business  and  industry  continually  are  looking  for  mathematical!} 
trained  individuals.  The  demand  for  teachers  is  well  publicized.  A  bright  anc 
rewarding  future  awaits  one  choosing  mathematics  as  a  field. 

The  program  gives  the  student  a  broad  selection  of  courses,  theoretical  anc 
applied,  from  which  to  choose  after  completing  the  core  program.  Students  maj 
choose  preparation  for  graduate  programs,  business  and  industrial  preparation 
preparation  for  secondary  school  teaching,  or  such  concentrations  as  statistics  oi 
operations  research.  Students  often  combine  mathematics  with  another  major  oi 


50 


The  major  and  courses  in  actuarial  science  are  on  page  68.  Those  in  computer 
science  and  computer  information  systems  are  on  page  76.  Those  in  mathematics 
are  on  page  104. 

Faculty: 

Michael  D.  Fry,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences.  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Illinois.  An  avid  student  of  computer  science,  he  is  interested  in  operating 
systems  and  in  networking,  computer  interfacing  and  peripheral  equipment.  He 
teaches  a  broad  range  of  computer  science  courses,  upper  level  algebra  and 
geometry  and  other  mathematics  courses. 

Bryan  V.  Hearsey,  Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences.  Director,  Actuarial 
Science  Program.  Ph.D.,  Washington  State  University.  An  Associate  of  the  Society 
of  Actuaries,  he  has  many  contacts  within  the  actuarial  profession.  Dr.  Hearsey 
is  interested  in  approaches  to  providing  mathematics  education  to  the  liberal  arts 
student  not  majoring  in  mathematical  sciences,  and  teacher  education  as  well  as 
actuarial  science.  He  teaches  upper  level  actuarial  science  courses  and  a  broad 
range  of  mathematics  courses. 

Thomas  J.  Liu,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematical  Science.  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Illinois.  He  also  has  earned  M.S.  each  in  Computer  Science  and  in  Engineering. 
His  academic  interests  include  Compiler  design,  Data  Structures,  Computer 
Algorithms,  Software  Engineering,  Data  Base  Management,  Expert  Systems  and 
Computer  Applications  in  Engineering.  He  teaches  a  wide  range  of  Computer 
Science  courses  and  in  Applied  Mathematics. 

Joerg  W.  P.  Mayer,  Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences.  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Giessen.  He  has  extensive  experience  in  undergraduate  and  graduate  teaching, 
and  in  government  and  industrial  consulting.  His  publications  range  from 
mathematical  research  to  educational  philosophy,  including  numerous  reviews  in 
mathematical  and  computer  sciences,  and  two  textbooks  on  Algebraic  Topology 
and  in  Computer  Assembly  Language.  His  teaching  interests  lie  in  advanced 
mathematics  and  basic  computer  science. 

Horace  W.  Tousley,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences,  Chairper- 
son. M.S. I.E.  (OR),  University  of  Alabama.  A  career  military  logistician  and 
operations  research  practitioner.  Interested  in  mathematical  modeling,  quantita- 
tive methods,  and  applications.  Teaches  operations  research,  selected  upper 
division  courses,  and  a  broad  range  of  other  courses. 

Mark  A.  Townsend,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences.  Ed.D.. 
Oklahoma  State  University.  His  academic  interests  include  numerical  analysis 


51 


and  teaching  methods  and  classroom  innovation.  Teaches  a  variety  of  mathematics 
courses,  and  a  selection  of  computer  science  courses. 

Timothy  M.  Dewald,  Adjunct  Lecturer  in  Mathematical  Sciences.  M.Div.,  Andovei 
Newton  Theological  School.  Rev.  Dewald  is  interested  in  the  history  of  mathematics 
and  enjoys  teaching  students  with  "math  anxiety."  He  teaches  Algebra  anc 
Trigonometry,  the  pre-calculus  course,  as  well  as  the  Beginning  and  Intermediate 
MS-DOS  seminars  for  industry  and  the  community  under  the  Ben  Franklir 
partnership. 

Deborah  R.  Fullam,  Lecturer  in  Computer  Science.  Treasurer,  Lebanon  Valle} 
College.  M.B.A.,  Philadelphia  College  of  Textiles  and  Science.  Interested  ir 
computer  applications  for  business  and  management.  She  teaches  COBOL  anc 
Basic  Languages. 

James  S.  Hume,  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences,  M.S. 
Virginia  State  College.  Mr.  Hume  is  an  independent  financial  consultant.  His 
teaching  specialty  is  applied  mathematics. 

R.  Michael  McNally,  Adjunct  Lecturer  in  Computer  Science.  B.A.,  St.  Michael'; 
College.  Data  Administrator,  Pennsylvania  Blue  Shield.  He  teaches  Data  Bas* 
Management. 


Military  Science  Program 


The  Military  Science  Program  adds  another  dimension  to  a  Lebanon  Valley 
College  liberal  arts  education  by  offering  courses  that  develop  a  student's  ability 
to  organize,  motivate,  and  lead  others. 

Participation  in  military  science  courses  during  the  freshman  and  sophomon 
years  results  in  no  military  obligation.  Courses  during  these  years  orient  student; 
on  the  various  roles  of  Army  officers.  Specifically,  these  courses  stress  sel 
development:  written  and  oral  communication  skills,  leadership,  bearing,  anc 
self-confidence. 

Individuals  who  elect  to  continue  in  the  program  during  the  junior  and  senio: 
years  shall  receive  a  commission  as  a  second  lieutenant  in  the  United  States  Arnr 
upon  graduation.  They  shall  be  required  to  serve  three  months  to  four  years  in  thf 
active  Army,  depending  upon  the  type  of  commission. 

Options  are  available  for  those  individuals  who  encounter  scheduling  conflicts  o 
who  desire  to  begin  participation  after  their  freshman  year.  Contact  the  Professo 
of  Military  Science,  Dickinson  College,  717-245-1221,  for  further  information. 

52 


Program  participants  may  take  part  in  various  enrichment  activities  during  the 
academic  year:  rappelling,  rifle  qualification,  cross-country  skiing,  white-water 
rafting,  leadership  exercises,  land  navigation,  orientation  trips,  and  formal  social 
functions.  Program  participants  may  also  apply  for  special  training  courses 
during  the  summer:  Russian  language,  airborne,  air  assault,  and  northern 
warfare  schools. 

Financial  Assistance:  Books  and  equipment  for  military  science  courses  and  the 
ROTC  program  are  provided  free  of  charge  to  all  cadets.  However,  all  cadets  do  pay 
an  activity  fee  of  $20  per  semester.  All  juniors  and  seniors  in  the  ROTC  program 
(Advanced  Course )  and  scholarship  cadets  are  paid  a  tax-free  subsistence  allowance 
of  $100  per  month  and  receive  certain  other  benefits. 

Scholarships:  Army  ROTC  scholarships  based  on  merit  are  available.  Recipients 
receive  80%  tuition,  academic  fees,  a  semester  allowance  for  books  and  supplies, 
and  a  $100  per  month  subsistence  allowance.  Cadets  and  other  Lebanon  Valley 
students  may  compete  for  three-year  (starts  in  sophomore  year)  and  for  two-year 
(starts  in  junior  year)  scholarships.  Recipients  agree  to  a  service  obligation.  For 
additional  information,  contact  the  Professor  of  Military  Science,  Dickinson 
College,  717-245-1221. 

Corresponding  Studies  Program:  Students  participating  in  an  off-campus 
study  program  in  the  United  States  or  abroad  may  continue  participation  in  either 
the  Army  ROTC  Basic  Course  or  Advanced  Course  and  receive  the  same  course 
credit  and  benefits  as  a  student  enrolled  in  the  on-campus  program.  Scholarship 
students  also  are  eligible  to  participate  in  this  program. 

Advanced  Leadership  Practicum:  The  practicum  consists  of  a  six-week 

summer  training  program  at  an  Army  installation  that  stresses  the  application  of 
j  military  skills  to  rapidly  changing  situations.  Participants  are  evaluated  on  their 
j  ability  to  make  sound  decisions,  to  direct  group  efforts  toward  the  accomplishment 
j  of  common  goals  and  to  meet  the  mental  and  physical  challenges  presented  to 
;them.  Completion  of  this  practicum  is  required  prior  to  commissioning  and  is 

normally  attended  between  the  junior  and  senior  years.  Participants  receive 

room,  board,  travel  expenses,  medical  care,  and  pay. 

The  requirements  and  course  descriptions  in  Military  Science  are  on  page  108. 

Faculty: 

ii Michael  A.  Casey,  Instructor  in  Military  Science.  B.A..  University  of  Notre 

ii  Dame.  Captain,  U.S.  Army,  Field  Artillery.  Instructs  fourth  year  Military  Science. 

His  assignments  include  command  and  staff  positions  in  active  duty  and  reserve 


53 


forces  Field  Artillery  units. 

Alfred  T.  Jelinek,  Instructor  in  Military  Science.  M.B.A.,  Columbus  College 
Captain,  U.S.  Army,  Field  Artillery.  Instructs  third  year  Military  Science  an< 
Tactics.  His  assignments  include  command  and  staff  positions  in  active  duty  Fiel( 
Artillery  units. 

Gregory  A.  Miller,  Instructor  in  Military  Science.  M.Ed.,  Western  Marylant 
College.  Major,  U.S.  Army,  Field  Artillery.  Instructs  first  and  second  yea 
Military  Science.  His  assignments  include  command  and  staff  positions  in  nations 
guard  Field  Artillery  units. 

William  D.  Wilgus,  Professor  of  Military  Science.  M.A.,  Webster  University 
Lieutenant  Colonel,  U.S.  Army,  Aviation.  Assignments  include  staff  positions  a 
various  levels  with  emphasis  in  Transportation  Management.  Academic  direction 
have  been  in  the  Management  Field. 


Department  Of  Music 


Students  in  the  Department  of  Music  may  major  in  one  of  five  areas:  music,  musi 
performance,  sacred  music,  sound  recording  technology  or  music  education.  Eacl 
student,  regardless  of  major,  is  required  to  take  a  core  of  courses  in  theory  an( 
music  history.  Each  student  also  completes  additional  course  work  particular  t< 
his/her  area  of  interest. 

Attendance  at  some  faculty  and  student  recitals  is  compulsory.  All  students  in  th< 
department  are  required  to  take  private  instruction  on  campus  in  their  principa 
performance  medium  (one-half  hour  of  private  instruction  is  included  in  the  basi< 
tuition).  Students  whose  major  applied  instrument  is  organ  are  required  also  t( 
study  piano,  continuing  until  they  have  attained  a  level  of  proficiency  satisfactory 
to  the  organ  faculty. 

Students  registered  for  private  instruction  in  the  music  department  are  noi 
permitted  to  study  in  that  instructional  area  on  a  private  basis  with  anothe] 
instructor,  on  or  off  campus,  at  the  same  time. 

Participation  in  music  organizations  may  be  required  of  all  majors. 

The  music  major  (BA.)  is  designed  for  those  students  desiring  a  liberal  arts 
context  in  their  preparation  for  a  career  in  applied  music.  All  majors  are  required 
to  take  an  hour  lesson  per  week  in  their  principal  performance  medium  and 
expected  to  perform  a  half  recital  in  the  junior  year  and  a  full  recital  in  the  senioi 
year. 

54 


The  music  performance  major  (B.M.)  is  designed  for  those  students  desiring  a 
maximum  concentration  in  music  courses  in  preparation  for  a  career  as  a 
performing  musician.  All  majors  are  required  to  take  a  weekly  one  hour  lesson  in 
the  principal  performance  medium;  they  are  also  required  to  perform  a  half  recital 
in  the  junior  year  and  a  full  recital  in  the  senior  year.  Majors  whose  performance 
medium  is  a  band  or  orchestral  instrument  are  required  to  study  voice  and  piano 
as  well. 

The  sacred  music  major  (B.M.)  prepares  students  for  careers  as  directors  of 
church  music,  ministers  of  music,  or  college  teachers.  The  program  is  open  to  those 
individuals  whose  interests  are  voice  or  organ.  All  majors  are  required  to  acquire 
sufficient  skill  to  assume  responsibilities  as  a  qualified  parish  church  musician. 
Majors  whose  principal  performance  medium  is  organ  are  required  to  study  piano 
and  voice  for  at  least  two  years.  One  of  the  years  of  voice  study  may  be  a  class 
experience.  Majors  whose  principal  performance  medium  is  voice  are  expected  to 
show  sufficient  keyboard  proficiency  upon  admission  to  the  program  so  that  after 
two  additional  years  of  piano  study  (normally  by  the  end  of  the  sophomore  year) 
they  may  benefit  from  a  year  of  organ  study. 

The  sound  recording  technology  major  (B.M.)  is  designed  for  students  who 
wish  to  gain  the  theoretical  and  practical  knowledge  necessary  for  careers  with 
responsibility  for  recording  technology  in  the  fields  of  radio  and  television,  film, 
and  audio  production. 

The  music  education  major  (B.S.),  approved  by  the  Pennsylvania  Department 
of  Education  and  the  National  Association  of  Schools  of  Music,  is  designed  for  the 
preparation  of  public  school  music  teachers,  kindergarten  through  twelfth  grades, 
instrumental  and  vocal.  The  music  education  curriculum  requires  voice  instruc- 
tion (class  or  private)  for  a  minimum  of  one  year  and  piano  instruction  (class  or 
private)  for  a  minimum  of  two  years.  A  competency  jury  must  be  passed  in  each 
area.  Students  participate  in  student  teaching  in  area  elementary  and  secondary 
schools.  In  all  field  experiences  as  well  as  the  student  teaching  semester,  each 
student  is  responsible  for  transportation  arrangements. 

For  the  majors  in  music,  music  education  and  sacred  music,  the  minor  in  music, 
and  course  descriptions  in  music,  see  page  108.  For  the  major  in  sound  recording 
technology,  see  page  136. 

Faculty: 

George  D.  Curfman,  Professor  of  Music  Education,  Ed.D.,  Pennsylvania  State 
University.  He  teaches  music  education  methods  courses  and  coordinates  music 
student  teaching.  He  serves  as  a  consultant/clinician  for  the  Pennsylvania  Music 


55 


Educators  Association  and  advises  the  campus  Pennsylvania  Collegiate  Music 
Education  Association. 

Scott  H.  Eggert,  Associate  Professor  of  Music.  D.M.A.,  University  of  Kansas.  He 
teaches  theoretical  subjects,  composition,  class  and  applied  piano.  He  is  active  as 
a  composer,  having  premiered  major  works  on  the  campus. 

Klement  M.  Hambourg,  Associate  Professor  of  Music.  D.M.A.,  University  of 
Oregon.  He  teaches  applied  violin  and  viola  and  courses  in  string  methodology, 
coaches  chamber  ensembles  and  is  the  conductor  of  the  College-Community 
Orchestra.  He  performs  frequently  in  solo  recitals  and  is  a  member  of  the  Reading 
Symphony,  and  guest  conducts  at  the  Allegheny  Summer  Festival  of  Music. 

Robert  H.  Hearson,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music.  Ed.D.,  University  of  Illinois. 
A  low  brass  specialist,  he  teaches  courses  in  instrumental  music  education  and 
brass  pedagogy,  and  supervises  music  student  teaching  activities.  He  is  founder/ 
director  of  the  LVC  Summer  Music  Camp  and  host  conductor/coordinator  of  the 
LVC  Honors  Band.  He  maintains  a  special  interest  in  brass  ensemble  music,  and 
is  active  as  a  performer,  clinician,  adjudicator,  and  guest  conductor. 

Mark  L.  Mecham,  Associate  Professor  of  Music,  Chairperson.  D.M.A.,  Univer- 
sity of  Illinois.  His  doctorate  is  in  choral  music  and  he  has  had  experience  in  choral 
conducting  and  music  education.  His  doctoral  work  focused  on  the  choral  music  of 
Vladimir  Ussachevsky. 

Philip  G.  Morgan,  Associate  Professor  of  Music.  M.S.,  Kansas  State  College.  He 
teaches  applied  voice  with  specialization  in  vocal  technique,  vocal  pedagogy  and 
vocal  literature.  He  performs  frequently  in  solo  recitals,  oratorios,  chamber 
recitals  in  the  United  States  and  Europe.  He  serves  as  vocal  advisor  for  Hershey 
Entertainment. 

Suzanne  Caldwell  Riehl,  Instructor  of  Music  and  Director  of  Special  Music 
Programs.  M.M.,  Westminster  Choir  College.  She  teaches  applied  organ  and 
piano,  sacred  music  courses,  and  theory  classes  for  the  preparatory  department. 
She  performs  frequently  in  solo  organ  and  harpsichord  recitals.  She  is  director  of 
music  at  Grace  Lutheran  Church,  Lancaster. 

C.  Robert  Rose,  Associate  Professor  of  Music.  D.M.,  Indiana  University.  He 
teaches  applied  clarinet  and  courses  in  music  theory,  literature,  orchestration, 
and  woodwind  methods.  He  conducts  the  Symphonic  Band  and  maintains  an 
active  schedule  as  clarinetist  in  solo  and  chamber  music  recitals  and  as  an 
instrumental  conductor. 


56 


Dennis  W.  Sweigart,  Associate  Professor  of  Music.  D.M.A.,  University  of  Iowa. 
He  teaches  applied  piano  and  courses  in  keyboard  harmony,  form  and  analysis  and 
piano  pedagogy.  He  regularly  performs  as  a  soloist  and  as  an  accompanist.  He 
serves  as  the  faculty  advisor  to  Phi  Mu  Alpha  Sinfonia,  the  men's  music  fraternity. 

Teresa  R.  Bowers,  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Music.  M.M.,  Ohio  State  University. 
She  teaches  applied  flute,  double  reeds,  flute  pedagogy  and  chamber  music.  She 
also  conducts  the  flute  ensemble.  She  is  a  member  of  Duo  Francais  Flute-Harp 
Duo,  and  frequently  appears  as  a  recitalist  and  clinician. 

Erwin  P.  Chandler,  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Music.  M.M.,  Indiana  Uni- 
versity. He  teaches  applied  horn  and  is  active  as  a  composer/arranger  and 
conductor. 

James  A.  Erdman,II,  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Music.  Retired  solo  trombonist 
"The  Presidents  Own"  United  States  Marine  Band,  Washington,  D.C.  He  teaches 
low  brass  instruments  and  is  founder  and  director  of  the  LVC  Low  Brass 
Ensemble.  He  is  active  as  a  performer  on  the  trombone  and  appears  nationally 
as  a  soloist  and  clinician. 

Timothy  M.  Erdman,  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Music.  Formerly  trumpet  soloist 
"The  President's  Own"  The  United  States  Marine  Band,  Washington,  D.C; 
principal  trumpet,  Harrisburg  and  Reading  Symphonies.  Presently,  member. 
Classic  Brass  Quintet,  and  instructor  of  applied  trumpet. 

Robert  C.  Lau,  Adjunct  Professor  of  Music.  Ph.D.,  The  Catholic  University  of 
America.  He  teaches  courses  in  music  history.  In  addition  to  performing,  he 
regularly  appears  as  a  conductor/adjudicator  of  instrumental  and  choral  festivals. 
He  is  published  in  areas  of  sacred  choral  and  organ  literature,  and  serves  as 
Organist/Choirmaster  at  Mt.  Calvary  Episcopal  Church,  Camp  Hill. 

Nevelyn  J.  Knisley,  Adjunct  Associate  Professor  in  Music.  M.F.A.,  Ohio  Univer- 
sity. She  teaches  applied  piano  and  performs  extensively  as  a  soloist,  accompanist 
and  chamber  music  performer.  She  serves  as  the  faculty  advisor  for  Sigma  Alpha 
Iota,  the  women's  music  fraternity. 

James  E.  Miller,  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Music.  His  teaching  specialty  is  string 
bass  and  electric  bass. 

Robert  A.  Nowak,  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Music.  M.M.,  University  of  Miami.  He 
teaches  percussion  and  directs  the  Percussion  Ensemble. 


57 


Lawrence  Oncley,  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Music.  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University.  He 
teaches  applied  cello  and  performs  with  the  Reading  Symphony  and  the 
Susquehanna  String  Quartet. 

David  S.  Stafford,  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Music.  B.M.,  Combs  College  of  Music. 
He  teaches  applied  guitar.  He  maintains  a  private  guitar  studio  and  is  active  as 
a  performer  in  the  area. 

Thomas  M.  Strohman,  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Music.  He  directs  the  college  jazz 
band  and  teaches  jazz  improvisation.  A  founding  member  of  the  jazz  ensemble 
"Third  Stream,"  he  has  recorded  for  Columbia  Artists.  He  maintains  an  active 
career  performing  as  well  as  teaching  in  the  Central  Pennsylvania  area. 

John  J.  Uhl,  Lecturer  in  Sound  Recording  Technology,  Director  of  the  Sound 
Recording  Technology  Program.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  Professional 
Certificate,  Institute  of  Audio  Research.  His  teaching  interest  is  sound  recording 
technology. 

Department  Of  Physical  Education 

Although  the  College  does  not  offer  a  major  in  physical  education,  two  courses  are 
required  for  graduation.  The  program  encourages  attitudes  and  habits  of  good 
health,  while  developing  physical  capacities  and  skills  that  will  enrich  life. 

Course  descriptions  in  physical  education  are  on  page  118. 

Faculty: 

O.  Kent  Reed,  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education.  Chairperson.  M.A.  in 
Ed.,  Eastern  Kentucky  University.  He  instructs  the  fitness  and  weight  training 
classes  and  utilizes  body  fat  percentages,  pulse  rate  and  recovery,  strength  testing 
devices  and  workout  charts.  He  also  instructs  team  activities  such  as  softball  and 
volleyball.  Responsibilities  in  the  athletic  department  are  track  and  field  and 
cross  country. 


Department  Of  Physics 


The  program  in  physics  is  designed  to  develop  an  understanding  of  the  fundamental 
laws  of  physical  science  dealing  with  motion,  forces,  energy,  heat,  sound,  light, 
electromagnetism,  electronics,  atomic  and  nuclear  structure,  and  the  properties 
of  matter.  Physics  gives  an  appreciation  of  the  extent  and  limitations  of  a 


58 


mathematical  description  of  the  physical  world.  Students  major  in  physics  as  a 
preparation  for  professional  careers  in  physics,  engineering,  secondary  teaching, 
and  careers  for  which  a  physical  science  background  is  useful. 

The  facilities  of  the  Physics  Department  are  located  on  the  fourth  floor  of  the 
Garber  Science  Center.  In  addition  to  the  introductory  physics  laboratory,  the 
department  maintains  an  x-ray  laboratory,  optics  laboratory,  atomic  laboratory, 
electronics  laboratory,  and  nuclear  laboratory.  The  department  also  houses  a 
reading  room,  student  shop,  and  darkroom. 

Students  majoring  in  physics  take  advantage  of  close  contact  with  faculty,  work 
as  a  lab  assistant,  pursue  independent  study  or  research,  and  participate  in  the 
local  chapter  of  the  Society  of  Physics  Students. 

For  Cooperative  Programs,  see  page  30.  For  the  major  and  course  descriptions  in 
Physics,  see  page  120. 

Faculty: 

Michael  A.  Day,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Nebraska. 
He  has  two  doctorates:  one  in  physics,  one  in  philosophy,  and  publishes  in  both 
areas.  His  interests  are  theoretical  physics  ( specializing  in  anharmonic  solids )  and 
philosophy  of  science. 

Barry  L.  Hurst,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics.  Chairperson.  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Delaware.  His  background  in  sputtering  involves  investigating  the  material 
ejected  from  ion  bombarded  surfaces  using  the  technique  of  secondary  ion  mass 
spectrometry.  Other  interests  include  electronics  and  experimental  design. 

J.  Robert  O'Donnell,  Professor  Emeritus  of  Physics.  M.S.,  University  of  Dela- 
ware. He  is  interested  in  the  physics  of  music,  including  the  acoustical  properties 
of  the  guitar. 

Jacob  L.  Rhodes,  Professor  Emeritus  of  Physics.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania. His  background  is  nuclear  physics  with  interests  in  the  relationship  of 
physics  and  society. 

Department  of  Political  Science  and  Economics 

The  department  consists  of  two  independent  disciplines.  Political  Science  and 
Economics,  which  have  separate  majors  and  curricula.  Political  Scientists  study 
government  and  politics  with  a  particular  interest  in  the  political  behavior  of 


59 


individuals,  groups,  and  institutions.  Many  pre-law  students  major  in  this 
discipline  (see  page  124  for  offerings  in  the  pre-law  program).  Other  majors  have 
gone  on  to  graduate  school  or  careers  in  politics. 

Economists  study  the  factors  which  explain  the  behavior  of  the  economic  system 
and  economic  factors  in  that  system.  Graduates  in  one  of  the  two  economics  majors 
may  go  on  to  graduate  school  or  to  jobs  in  the  private  sector  or  government. 

Both  disciplines  emphasize  an  understanding  of  the  public  policy  process.  They 
are  designed  to  provide  a  sound  knowledge  of  essential  principles  and  problems 
within  a  broad  liberal  arts  education. 

For  the  major  and  minor  requirements  and  course  offerings  in  Political  Science, 
see  page  122.  For  those  in  Economics,  see  page  78. 

Faculty: 

D.  Eugene  Brown,  Professor  of  Political  Science.  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New 
York  at  Binghamton.  He  teaches  principally  in  the  area  of  international  studies, 
including  courses  in  United  States  foreign  policy,  international  relations,  com- 
parative politics,  and  modern  communism. 

Jeanne  C.  Hey,  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics.  Ph.D.,  Lehigh  University.  Ms 
Hey's  specialty  areas  are  in  economic  theory,  money  and  banking,  corporate  and 
personal  finance,  and  health  economics.  Her  professional  affiliations  include  the 
American  Economic  Association,  the  American  Finance  Association,  and  the 
Association  for  Evolutionary  Economics. 

Edward  H.  Krebs,  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics.  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State 
University.  He  previously  served  as  an  Economic  Assistant  to  the  Secretary  of 
Agriculture  and  as  a  private  consultant.  His  interests  are  in  environmental  and 
resource  economics. 

John  D.  Norton,  Professor  of  Political  Science.  Chairperson.  Ph.D.,  American 
University.  He  teaches  courses  in  American  government,  constitutional  law, 
political  theory,  and  research  methods.  He  is  the  pre-law  advisor  for  the  College. 
His  professional  and  research  interests  are  in  the  areas  of  American  Constitu- 
tionalism, United  States  defense  and  security  policy,  and  political  economy. 

Ralph  W.  Hess,  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Political  Science.  M.S.,  San  Diego 
State  University.  His  specialty  is  state  and  local  government.  He  represents  the 
28th  District  in  the  Pennsylvania  State  Senate  and  has  been  the  Majority  Caucus 
Administrator  since  1981. 


60 


Department  Of  Psychology 


It  is  the  human  psyche  which  permits  and  defines  human  endeavors.  All  people 
have  similar  sensory  and  perceptual  processes,  motivations,  emotions,  personal- 
ity traits,  and  developmental  sequences.  These  factors,  the  major  explanatory 
constructs  in  psychology,  form  the  structure  which  defines  a  human  and  at  the 
same  time  makes  an  individual  unique  from  others.  The  study  of  psychology  is  the 
study  of  how  you  are  the  same  as  other  people  as  well  as  how  you  are  different. 
Psychology  focuses  on  your  behavior,  as  opposed  to  mental  events,  to  make  its 
explanations  objective  and  scientific. 

The  goal  of  psychology  is  the  scientific  description  and  explanation  of  behavior. 
The  objective  is  advanced  in  diverse  ways:  from  laboratory  experiments  on  animal 
behavior  at  one  extreme  to  clinical  settings  having  therapeutic  behavioral  goals 
at  the  other.  This  diversity  makes  psychology  integral  to  fields  such  as  business, 
education,  and  medicine,  and  makes  it  the  focus  of  any  liberal  arts  education. 

The  undergraduate  major  in  psychology  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  is  well 
rounded.  It  includes  elements  of  a  general  education  in  psychology  as  well  as 
elements  more  specially  tailored  to  each  student's  specific  career  training.  Some 
students  completing  the  major  have  gone  on  to  prestigious  graduate  schools  while 
others  have  utilized  their  undergraduate  training  to  take  jobs  in  their  specialty 
areas  immediately  upon  graduation.  The  departmental  degree  requirements  are 
sensitive  to  this  career  diversity. 

The  courses  in  psychology,  required  of  all  psychology  majors,  include:  The 
Individual  and  Society  (PSY 100),  Experimental  Psychology  ( PSY 120),  Advanced 
General  Psychology  (PSY  200),  Psychological  Statistics  (PSY  216),  Learning  and 
Memory  (PSY  236),  Personality  (PSY  343),  and  the  History  of  Psychology  (PSY 
443).  These  courses  provide  a  firm  foundation  for  specialization  in  any  of  the 
content  areas  of  psychology. 

The  student  majoring  in  psychology  is  also  required  to  specialize  in  one  of 
psychology's  five  content  areas:  (1)  clinical/counseling/school  psychology;  (2) 
experimental  psychology;  (3)  developmental  psychology;  (4)  industrial/organ- 
izational psychology;  or  (5)  social  psychology.  The  three  required  courses  in  an 
area  of  specialization  are  intended  to  link  the  liberal  arts  background  to  specific 
career  goals. 

In  addition  to  these  general  and  specialized  courses,  all  psychology  majors  are 
encouraged  to  participate  in  the  educational  process  beyond  the  classroom 
through  individual  studies,  laboratory  research,  and  internships.  The  depart- 
ment is  committed  to  providing  opportunities  for  work  experiences  as  a  component 
of  the  psychology  major. 

61 


The  major,  minor  and  course  descriptions  in  psychology  are  on  page  125.  The 
major  and  course  descriptions  in  Psychobiology,  jointly  offered  with  the  Biology 
Department,  are  on  page  124. 

Faculty: 

Salvatore  Cullari,  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology.  Ph.D.,  Western  Michigan 
University.  His  teaching  interests  are  in  clinical  psychology,  abnormal,  person- 
ality, and  social  psychology.  His  current  research  is  in  schizophrenia,  personality 
assessment  and  eating  disorders. 

David  Lasky,  Professor  of  Psychology .  Chairperson.  Ph.D.,  Temple  University. 
Organizational  behavior,  research  design,  and  career  counseling  are  the  focus  of 
his  teaching  interests.  Current  research  is  in  organizational  change  in  the  public 
sector  and  patients'  rights. 

Jan  Pedersen,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology.  Ph.D.,  State  University  of 
New  York  at  Stony  Brook.  Her  teaching  interests  cover  a  broad  range  of  infant, 
child,  and  adolescent  development,  including  cognition,  socialization,  and  school- 
related  issues.  Her  current  research  interests  are  the  development  of  rule 
categorization  skills,  social  conflict,  and  parents'  stereotypical  beliefs  concerning 
their  children's  socialization. 

Michael  Asken,  Adjunct  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology.  Ph.D.,  University  of 
West  Virginia.  His  teaching  interests  are  in  sport  psychology  and  health 
psychology.  His  current  research  interests  are  in  sport  psychology  and  the 
management  of  stress  in  surgery.  He  is  in  private  practice  as  a  health  psychologist. 

Joseph  Peters,  Adjunct  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology.  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania 
State  University.  He  supervises  the  internship  students.  His  research  interests 
are  in  clinical  psychology  and  computer  applications  to  patient  management.  He 
is  a  clinical  psychologist  at  a  veterans  administration  hospital. 

Dennis  Graybill,  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology.  M.A.,  Temple 
University.  His  teaching  interests  are  in  behavior  modification,  abnormal 
psychology,  hypnosis,  and  brief  therapy.  He  is  in  private  practice  as  a  licensed 
psychologist. 

Janet  Kelley,  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology.  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania 
State  University.  Her  teaching  interests  are  in  abnormal,  clinical,  social  psychology 
and  lifespan  adjustment  problems.  She  is  a  clinical  psychologist  in  private 
practice. 


62 


David  Rogers,  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology.  Ph.D.,  Rosemead 
School  of  Psychology.  His  teaching  interests  are  in  child  and  adolescent 
psychology.  He  is  a  private  practitioner. 

David  Thompson,  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology.  Ph.D.,  Pennsylva- 
nia State  University.  His  teaching  interests  are  in  educational  psychology,  school 
psychology,  and  adjustment  problems  of  school  students.  He  is  Director  of 
Psychological  Services  at  a  private  school. 

Ford  Thompson,  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology.  M.A.,  George 
Washington  University.  His  teaching  interests  are  in  organizational  behavior.  He 
is  the  Hospital  Director  of  a  state  psychiatric  hospital. 

Richard  Tushup,  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology.  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Delaware.  His  teaching  interests  are  in  experimental  psychology.  Some  of  his 
areas  of  interest  are  human  sexuality,  client  cognitions  between  therapeutic 
encounters,  and  religion's  impact  upon  personality  development  and  therapeutic 
process.  He  is  currently  employed  at  The  Veterans  Administration  Medical 
Center. 

Department  Of  Religion  And  Philosophy 

The  study  of  religion  is  designed  to  give  students  insight  into  the  meaning  of  the 
religious  dimension  of  human  experience.  Coursework  introduces  students  to 
various  historical  and  contemporary  expressions  of  the  Judaeo-Christian  heritage 
as  well  as  to  the  diverse  religious  traditions  of  humankind.  In  general,  students 
major  in  religion  to  ready  themselves  for  theological  seminary,  for  careers  in 
Christian  education,  or  to  acquire  the  theological  maturity  which, in  combination 
with  another  major,  will  enable  them  to  function  as  lay  ministers  in  their  chosen 
profession. 

The  study  of  philosophy  directly  involves  the  student  in  the  process  of  sharpening 
critical  and  analytical  abilities.  In  all  classes  emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  writing 
of  critical  and  analytical  essays  dealing  with  various  aspects  of  philosophical 
thought  as  it  pertains  to  the  questions  and  issues  of  knowledge,  human  values  and 
conduct,  history,  politics,  religion,  science,  society,  and  the  nature  of  human 
beings. 

The  study  of  philosophy  may  prepare  the  student  for  postgraduate  activities  such 
as  legal  studies,  business,  or  theological  and  seminary  training. 

The  major,  minor,  and  course  requirements  in  philosophy  are  on  page  117.  Those 
in  religion,  including  the  concentration  in  Christian  education,  are  on  page  129. 

63 


Faculty: 

Donald  E.  Byrne, Jr.,  Professor  of  Religion  and  History,  Director  of  American 
Studies  Program.  Ph.D.,  Duke  University.  His  scholarship  has  focused  on 
American  folk  religion,  particularly  as  expressed  in  the  Methodist  and  Roman 
Catholic  communities.  Other  interests  include  religion  and  literature,  peace 
studies,  and  mysticism.  His  teaching  centers  on  the  history  of  Christianity  and 
religion  in  America,  and  he  also  participates  in  the  College  Honors  program. 

Voorhis  C.  Cantrell,  Professor  of  Religion  and  Greek.  Ph.D.,  Boston  University. 
His  teaching  interests  in  Biblical  literature,  Near  Eastern  archaeology,  and 
Greece  have  been  enhanced  by  on-site  study  and  work  in  classical  lands.  Recent 
scholarly  activity  includes  study  and  use  of  innovative  pedagogical  methods  for 
teaching  Scripture,  particularly  storytelling,  memorization,  and  role-playing. 

John  H.  Heffner,  Professor  of  Philosophy,  Chairperson.  Ph.D.  Boston  Univer- 
sity. His  teaching  interests  include  logic,  philosophy  of  religion,  metaphysics,  and 
history  of  philosophy.  He  has  published  articles  in  major  journals  and  contributed 
chapters  to  books  in  his  research  specialization,  the  philosophy  of  perception.  His 
recent  interest  in  the  philosophy  of  religion  has  focused  on  biblical  literature  and 
nineteenth  century  philosophical  theology. 

Warren  K.  A.  Thompson,  Associate  Professor  of  Philosophy.  M.A.,  University 
of  Texas.  His  teaching  specialties  are  philosophical  ethics,  bioethics,  and  business 
and  organizational  ethics.  He  has  a  particular  interest  in  the  ethical  implications 
of  the  Holocaust,  and  has  recently  contributed  a  chapter  for  an  anthology  devoted 
to  philosophy  and  the  Holocaust. 

Perry  J.  Troutman,  Professor  of  Religion.  Ph.D.,  Boston  University.  His  areas 
of  teaching  specialization  include  world  religions,  religion  in  America,  and  the 
theory  and  practice  of  Christian  education.  He  has  particular  interests  in  English 
cathedrals,  and  he  is  organizer  and  Chair  of  the  American  Friends  of  Durham 
Cathedral. 

John  Abernathy  Smith,  Adjunct  Associate  Professor  of  Religion  and  History. 
Ph.D.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University.  Dr.  Smith  currently  is  researching  the 
history  of  United  Methodist  higher  education. 

Department  Of  Sociology  And  Social  Work 

The  major  in  sociology  gives  students  an  understanding  of  human  behavior.  By 
examining  the  social  and  cultural  forces  that  shape  our  lives,  students  gain  a 


64 


richer  understanding  of  themselves  and  contemporary  social  issues.  Sociology 
explores  how  and  why  people  behave  as  they  do  as  well  as  the  effects  of  their 
behavior  on  others.  In  an  economy  that  is  moving  from  a  manufacturing  base  to 
a  service  orientation,  graduates  in  sociology  are  prepared  to  work  in  fields  where 
an  understanding  of  the  dynamics  of  human  relationships  is  important. 

The  social  work  major  prepares  students  for  beginning  professional  practice  in  a 
variety  of  social  work  settings.  The  major  emphasizes  the  generalist  approach  by 
offering  a  solid  foundation  of  core  courses  based  on  social  work  theory  and  practice. 
The  program  also  provides  students  the  opportunity  to  focus  upon  areas  of 
personal  and  professional  interest  by  choosing  a  concentration  in  such  areas  as 
criminal  justice,  family  intervention,  and  the  aged  and  aging/death  and  dying. 

The  major,  minor,  and  course  descriptions  in  social  work  are  on  page  132.  Those 
in  sociology  are  on  page  133. 

Faculty: 

Sharon  Darmofall  Arnold,  Associate  Professor  of  Sociology.  M.A.,  University 
of  Akron.  Among  her  teaching  interests  are  sociology  of  the  family,  intercultural 
communication,  small  groups,  and  medical  sociology.  Her  research  interests  are 
achievement  orientation  of  female  students  and  the  use  of  telecommunications  in 
higher  education. 

Carolyn  R.  Hanes,  Professor  of  Sociology  and  Social  Work  and  Leadership 
Studies.  Chairperson.  Ph.D.,  University  of  New  Hampshire.  Her  areas  of  interest 
include  family  and  marriage,  criminology,  criminal  justice,  mass  media,  and 
leadership.  She  is  currently  doing  research  on  leadership. 

Sharon  Hall  Raffield,  Associate  Professor  of  Sociology  and  Social  Work.  M.S.W., 
Washington  University. 

Jan  Edwards,  Lecturer  in  Social  Work,  M.A.,  Ohio  University.  His  teaching 
interests  include  child  abuse  and  juvenile  delinquency. 

Robert  D.  Gingrich,  Lecturer  in  Social  Work,  M.S.,  Moravian  College.  His 
teaching  specialities  include  child  abuse,  juvenile  delinquency  and  sexual  abuse. 

Holly  L.  Preston,  Lecturer  in  Sociology  and  Social  Work.  M.S.W.,  Marvwood 
College. 


65 


Undergraduate  Degree  Requirements 
and  Course  Descriptions 

Accounting  (ACT) 

The  Management  department  is  described  on  page  46. 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  with  a  major  in  accounting. 

Major:  ACT  151,152,233,251,252,353;  9  credit  hours  accounting  electives;  ECN 
110,120;  MGT  222,330,361,485;  ENG  210;  MAS  150  (or  111  or  160  or  161);  MAS 
170  (or  270  or  372);  PHL  260  (57  credits). 

Courses  in  Accounting 

151.  Principles  of  Accounting  I.  Fundamental  principles  and  concepts  of 
accounting  encompassing  business  transactions,  the  accounting  cycle,  and  class- 
ified financial  statements  including  discussion  of  various  topics  relating  to 
balance  sheet  and  income  statement  items.  For  accounting  majors.  Credit  not 
awarded  for  both  ACT  151  and  ACT  161.  3  credits. 

152.  Principles  of  Accounting  II.  A  continuation  of  Principles  of  Accounting 
I  focusing  upon  accounting  concepts,  partnerships,  and  business  transactions 
related  to  corporate  liabilities,  equity,  and  investments.  Includes  basic  financial 
analysis.  For  accounting  majors.  Prerequisite:  ACT  151;  or  ACT  161  with  mini- 
mum grade  of  B  and  permission.  3  credits. 

161.  Financial  Accounting.  Basic  concepts  of  accounting  including  accounting 
for  business  transactions,  preparation  and  use  of  financial  statements,  and 
measurement  of  owners'  equity.  An  introductory  course  for  non-accounting 
majors.  Credit  not  awarded  for  both  ACT  151  and  ACT  161.  3  credits. 

162.  Managerial  Accounting.  Cost-volume-profit  relationships,  cost  analysis, 
business  segment  contribution,  profit  planning  and  budgeting  as  a  basis  for 
managerial  decision  making.  Prerequisite:  ACT  151  or  ACT  161.  3  credits. 

233.  Personal  Computer  Applications  in  the  Business  and  Economic 
Environment.  An  introduction  to  personal  computers  and  their  use  as  a  business 
management  tool.  Through  classroom  instruction  and  laboratory  exercises  the 
student  learns  commonly  used  business  applications.  Topics  covered  include  word 
processing,  electronic  spreadsheets,  database  management,  business  graphics, 

66 


decision  support  systems,  and  integrated  accounting  packages.  Prerequisite:  ACT 
151  or  161,  ECN  110  or  120,  or  permission.  3  credits.  {Cross-listed  as  Management 
233.} 

251.  Intermediate  Accounting  I.  An  advanced  course  in  accounting  principles 
stressing  the  environment  and  the  conceptual  framework  of  financial  accounting, 
statement  presentation,  revenue  recognition,  and  valuation  problems  in  accounting 
for  assets.  Prerequisite:  ACT  152.  3  credits. 

252.  Intermediate  Accounting  II.  An  analysis  of  financial  statements,  effects 
of  errors  and  changes  on  statements,  preparation  of  funds  flow  statement,  and 
valuation  problems  in  accounting  for  leases  and  pensions  and  stockholders' 
equity.  Prerequisite:  ACT  251.  3  credits. 

351.  Advanced  Accounting.  Study  of  theory  and  standards  with  application  to 
such  special  topics  as  income  presentation,  interim  reporting,  and  per-share 
disclosures.  Emphasis  on  business  combinations  and  consolidated  financial  pre- 
sentations. Prerequisite:  ACT  252.  3  credits. 

352.  Governmental  and  Non-Profit  Accounting.  Basic  concepts  of  fund  and 
budgetary  accounting  used  for  financial  activities  of  governmental  units  and  other 
not-for-profit  organizations.  Prerequisite:  ACT  152.  3  credits. 

353.  Cost  Accounting.  The  accumulation  and  recording  of  the  costs  associated 
with  the  manufacturing  operation  including  job-order,  process  and  standard  cost 
systems,  and  joint  and  by-product  costing.  Prerequisite:  ACT  152.  3  credits. 

451.  Individual  Income  Tax.  Analysis  of  the  federal  income  tax  laws  as  applied 
to  individuals;  case  problems,  preparation  of  returns.  Prerequisite:  ACT  152  or 
161.  3  credits. 

452.  Corporate  Income  Tax.  Analysis  of  the  federal  income  tax  laws  as  applied 
to  corporations,  partnerships  and  fiduciaries;  case  problems,  preparation  of 
returns.  Prerequisite:  ACT  451.  3  credits. 

455.  Auditing.  A  study  of  the  process  of  evaluation  of  internal  controls  and 
interpretation  of  financial  information  to  permit  an  auditor  to  express  a  profes- 
sional opinion  on  financial  reports.  Prerequisite:  ACT  252.  3  credits. 


67 


Actuarial  Science  (ASC) 

The  Mathematical  Sciences  department  is  described  on  page  48. 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  with  a  major  in  actuarial  science. 

Major:  ASC  385,481,482;  CSC  147;  MAS  111,112,202,211,222,335,371,372,463, 
471;  ECN  110,120;  ACT  151,  152  or  161,162.  (58  credits)  The  Course  100/Part  1 
examination  of  the  actuarial  societies  must  be  passed  before  the  end  of  the 
student's  seventh  semester. 

Courses  in  Actuarial  Science 

385.  The  Theory  of  Interest.  Measurement  of  interest,  the  time  value  of  money, 
annuities,  amortization  and  sinking  funds,  bonds  and  related  securities,  deprecia- 
tion and  capitalized  cost.  Prerequisite:  MAS  211.3  credits. 

481,482.  Actuarial  Mathematics  I  and  II.  Survival  distributions  and  life 
tables;  life  insurance;  life  annuities;  net  premiums;  premium  reserves;  multiple 
life  functions;  multiple  decrement  models;  valuation  theory  for  pension  plans;  the 
expense  factor;  and  non-forfeiture  benefits  and  dividends.  Prerequisite:  ASC  385 
and  MAS  372.  3  credits  per  semester. 

American  Studies  (AMS) 

The  interdisciplinary  program  in  American  Studies  is  coordinated  by  the  history 
department  which  is  described  on  page  45. 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Arts  Degree  with  a  major  in  American  Studies. 

Major:  AMS  lll,211,311,313,485;ART205or MSC200;ENG 221,222;  GPY211; 
HIS  261,262,311  or  312;  PHL  240  or  REL  120  (39  credits). 

Courses  in  American  Studies 

111.  Introduction  to  American  Studies.  An  interdisciplinary  approach  to  the 
study  of  America's  heritage  and  the  distinguishing  features  of  the  American  mind 
and  character.  3  credits. 

211.  American  Folklore.  A  study  of  the  historical  growth  of  American  folklore; 
such  genres  as  folk  art,  folk  music,  and  folk  speech;  contemporary  expressions, 


68 


including  regional  and  ethnic  variations;  and  the  dynamics  of  folk  performance  in 
socio-cultural  context.  3  credits. 

311.  American  Science  and  Technology.  A  study  of  American  science  and 
technology  and  their  interrelations  with  economic,  cultural,  political  and  intellec- 
tual developments.  Prerequisite:  Any  laboratory  science  course.  3  credits. 

313.  Applied  American  Studies.  An  introduction  to  non-teaching  careers  in 
American  Studies.  Students  examine  the  basics  of  archival  management,  museum 
curatorship,  editing,  oral  history  and  specialized  work  in  government,  corporation, 
historical  societies,  libraries,  preservation  agencies,  research  agencies,  foundations, 
higher  education.  3  credits. 

485.  American  Studies  Seminar.  A  capstone  course  organized  around  a  major 
theme  or  issue  in  the  American  experience.  Themes  and  issues  vary  from  year  to 
year  as  the  seminar  rotates  among  faculty  in  several  academic  departments. 
Students  are  able  to  integrate  their  educational  experience  and  implement 
further  the  interdisciplinary  methodology  in  an  holistic  approach  to  a  topic  or 
subject.  3  credits. 

Art  (ART) 

The  Art  Department  is  described  on  page  36. 

Minor:  ART  110,140,201,203,  1  elective  course  in  art  (15  credits). 

Courses  in  Art 

110.  Introduction  to  Art.  An  exploration  of  meaning  in  the  visual  arts.  The 
subject  is  approached  through  discussions  of  perception,  the  aesthetic  experience, 
and  form/content  analyses  of  painting,  sculpture,  and  architecture.  3  credits. 

140.  Drawing  and  Painting.  An  introduction  to  the  materials  and  processes  of 
drawing  and  painting.  Spatial  perception,  composition,  light  and  dark  as  well  as 
color  relationships  are  major  areas  of  study.  3  credits. 

201.  Art  History  I.  Prehistoric  through  Medieval  Art.  A  survey  of  painting, 
sculpture  and  architecture  beginning  with  prehistoric  sites  in  Europe  and  the 
Near  East,  followed  by  studies  of  ancient  Egypt,  Mesopotamia,  Greece,  Rome  and 
Europe  in  the  Middle  Ages.  3  credits. 

203.  Art  History  II.  Renaissance  to  Twentieth  Century.  A  survey  of  individual 


69 


masters  and  their  major  schools,  the  course  covers  the  period  from  the  close  of  the 
medieval  era  to  the  modern  day  and  includes  stylistic  analyses  and  historical 
contexts  for  painting,  sculpture,  and  architecture  of  each  period.  3  credits. 

205.  American  Art  History.  An  examination  of  the  architecture,  painting, 
sculpture,  and  the  decorative  arts  from  the  colonial  period  to  the  present  day  with 
emphasis  on  the  Twentieth  Century.  3  credits. 

401.  Art  in  the  Elementary  School.  Introduction  to  creative  art  activity  for 
children  in  elementary  school.  Topics  covered  include  philosophical  concepts, 
curriculum,  evaluation  and  studio  activity  involving  a  variety  of  art  media, 
techniques,  and  processes.  3  credits. 


Biochemistry  (BCH) 


The  program  in  biochemistry  is  offered  jointly  by  the  Biology  department, 
described  on  page  37  and  the  Chemistry  department,  described  on  page  38. 

The  major  in  biochemistry  is  an  interdisciplinary  program  that  provides  an 
opportunity  for  interested  students  to  engage  in  a  comprehensive  study  of  the 
chemical  basis  of  biological  processes.  It  is  designed  to  prepare  students  for 
advanced  study  in  medical,  dental,  and  other  professional  schools,  for  graduate 
programs  in  a  variety  of  subjects  including  biochemistry,  clinical  chemistry, 
pharmacology,  molecular  biology,  genetics,  microbiology,  and  physiology,  and  for 
research  positions  in  industrial,  academic,  and  government  laboratories. 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  with  a  major  in  biochemistry. 

Major:  BIO  111,  112,  201;  CHM  111,  112, 113, 114, 213, 214,  215, 216;  BCH  401, 
421, 422, 430, 499;  MAS  161;  PHY  103, 104  or  111,  112  (51  credits);  9  credits  from 
BIO  305,  306,  307,  322,  323,  404  and  CHM  305,  306,  307,  308,  311. 

Courses  in  Biochemistry 

401.  Molecular  Biology.  Gene  structure,  function  and  regulation  at  the  mo- 
lecular level  in  prokaryotic  and  eukaryotic  organisms.  Recombinant  DNA  tech- 
niques (genetic  engineering)  and  gene  sequencing  are  covered  in  detail.  Prereq- 
uisite: Three  semesters  of  chemistry  and  BIO  201  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 
4  credits. 

421,422.  Biochemistry  1,11.  The  study  of  the  chemistry  of  proteins,  lipids,  and 
carbohydrates.  Topics  covered  include  amino  acid  chemistry,  protein  structure, 
molecular  weight  determination,  ligand  binding,  enzyme  kinetics,  enzyme  and 

70 


coenzyme  mechanisms,  membrane  systems,  membrane  transport,  intermediary 
metabolism,  metabolic  control,  electron  transport,  and  oxidative  phosphorylation. 
Prerequisites:  CHM  214,  216  and  312  or  permission.  3  credits  per  semester. 

430.  Biochemistry  Laboratory.  Investigations  of  the  properties  of  proteins, 
nucleic  acids,  carbohydrates,  and  lipids.  Prerequisites:  CHM  214,  216.  1  credit. 

499.  Biochemistry  Seminar.  Readings,  discussions,  and  reports  on  special 
topics  in  biochemistry.  1  credit. 

Biology  (BIO) 

The  Biology  department  is  described  on  page  37. 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  with  a  major  in  biology. 

Major:  BIO  111,112,201,499;  one  course  each  in  the  general  areas  of  physiology, 
bellular  and  subcellular  biology,  botany,  and  morphology,  and  4  additional  hours 
'of  biology  (33  credits).  CHM  111,112,113,114,  213,214,215,216  (16  credits).  PHY 
|l03,104  or  111,112;  MAS  161  or  111  (61-63  total  credits). 

Minor:  BIO  101,102,  or  BIO  111,112,201;  plus  3  additional  courses  in  biology  (24 
jtotal  credits). 

|[n  addition,  students  planning  to  teach  biology  must  take  BIO  312,490  and  21 
credits  in  education  courses  including  EDU  110,420,430  and  440.  These  courses 
ire  described  on  pages  81  and  132. 

Courses  in  Biology 

3IO  111  and  112  are  prerequisite  for  all  upper-level  courses  in  biology  unless 
btherwise  noted. 

101.  Human  Biology  I.  The  human  organism  is  utilized  as  the  primary  focus  to 
elucidate  physiological  principles  for  non-science  majors.  Topics  include  nutrition, 
i  homeostasis,  major  organ  systems,  immunity,  and  exercise  physiology.  Labora- 
tory exercises  include  sensory  physiology,  respiration,  blood  pressure,  exercise 
physiology,  and  ECG.  4  credits. 

,02.  Human  Biology  II.  Also  designed  for  the  non-science  major,  this  course 

i|mphasizes  the  mastery  of  certain  biological  principles  as  applied  primarily  to 

umans.  Topics  include  reproduction,  development,  classical  and  molecular 

enetics,  and  ecology.  Laboratory  exercises  supplement  lecture  topics  and  include 

71 


an  examination  of  mitosis  and  meiosis,  Drosophila  genetics,  gene  activity,  popu- 
lation genetics,  and  development.  4  credits. 

111.  General  Biology  I.  A  rigorous  study  of  basic  biological  principles,  which  is 
designed  for  science  majors.  Topics  emphasized  include  cell  biology,  genetics, 
taxonomy,  histology,  and  evolution.  Laboratory  exercises  include  enzyme  kinet- 
ics, carbohydrate  analysis,  isolation  and  identification  of  plant  pigments,  histo- 
logical techniques,  and  animal  taxonomy.  4  credits. 

112.  General  Biology  II.  This  course,  also  rigorous  and  designed  for  science 
majors,  covers  concepts  in  physiology,  embryology,  botany  and  ecology.  Labora- 
tory exercises  include  shark  anatomy,  invertebrate  dissection,  animal  development, 
plant  development  in  angiosperms,  and  stomate  response  to  environmental 
changes.  4  credits. 

201.  Genetics.  A  study  of  the  principles,  mechanisms  and  concepts  of  classical 
and  molecular  genetics.  The  laboratory  stresses  key  concepts  of  genetics  utilizing 
both  classical  and  molecular  approaches.  Laboratory  exercises  include  analysis  of 
nucleic  acids,  genetic  crosses,  and  studies  of  bacteria,  bacteriophages  and  plasmids. 
Prerequisites:  one  year  of  chemistry  or  permission.  4  credits. 

221.  Comparative  Vertebrate  Anatomy.  The  comparative  anatomy  of  verte- 
brates with  emphasis  on  the  evolutionary  relationships  among  the  various  lines 
of  vertebrates.  Intensive  laboratory  work  involves  dissections  and  demonstrations 
of  representative  vertebrates.  4  credits. 

302.  Survey  of  the  Plant  Kingdom.  The  development  and  diversity  of  plants 
and  the  relationships  between  them.  Field  and  laboratory  work  will  familiarize 
the  student  with  the  structure  of  plants  and  with  the  identification  of  flowering 
plants  in  the  local  flora.  Prerequisite:  BIO  112  or  permission.  4  credits. 

304.  Developmental  Biology.  The  study  of  basic  descriptive  phenomena  in  the 
development  of  typical  invertebrate  and  vertebrate  embryos,  with  a  consideration 
of  modern  embryological  problems.  4  credits. 

305.  Vertebrate  Histology  and  Microtechnique.  A  study  of  the  microscopic 
anatomy  of  vertebrate  tissues,  with  illustrations  of  basic  tissue  similarities  and 
specialization  in  relation  to  function.  The  laboratory  work  includes  the  preparation 
of  slides  utilizing  routine  histological  and  histochemical  techniques.  4  credits. 

306.  Microbiology.  A  study  of  the  morphology,  physiology,  and  biochemistry  of 
representative  microorganisms.  The  laboratory  emphasizes  basic  bacteriological 
techniques  and  procedures.  Prerequisite:  three  semesters  of  chemistry  or  per- 
mission. 4  credits. 

72 


307.  Plant  Physiology.  A  study  of  the  functioning  of  plants,  with  emphasis  on 
vascular  plants.  Prerequisite:  three  semesters  of  chemistry  or  permission.  4 
credits. 

312.  Fundamentals  of  Ecology.  An  examination  of  the  basic  concepts  of  ecology 
with  extensive  laboratory  work  and  field  experiences  in  freshwater,  marine,  and 
terrestrial  ecosystems.  Prerequisites:  BIO  112  or  permission.  4  credits. 

322.  Animal  Physiology.  A  study  of  the  principles  of  vertebrate  body  function, 
with  emphasis  on  the  mechanisms  by  which  cells  and  organs  perform  their 
functions  and  the  interactions  of  the  various  organs  in  maintaining  total  body 
function.  Prerequisites:  BIO  101  or  112  and  one  semester  of  chemistry,  or 
permission.  4  credits. 

323.  Introduction  to  Immunology.  An  introduction  to  the  anatomical,  physi- 
ological, and  biochemical  factors  underlying  the  immune  response.  The  course 
begins  with  a  discussion  of  non-specific  immunity,  cellular  immunity,  and  anti- 
body-mediated immune  responses.  The  course  then  moves  into  a  study  of  con- 
temporary immunological  topics  which  are  discussed  with  respect  to  major 
research  papers  in  each  area.  Topics  include  auto-immunity,  histocompatibility, 
immunogenetics,  and  acquired  immune  deficiencies.  A  research  paper  is  required. 
Prerequisites:  BIO  111,112  and  CHM  111,113  or  equivalent  or  permission.  4 
credits. 

402.  Invertebrate  Zoology.  A  study  of  most  of  the  invertebrate  phyla,  concen- 
trating on  movement,  metabolism,  information  and  control,  reproduction  and 
association  between  animals.  4  credits. 

404.  Electron  Microscopy.  An  introduction  to  the  use  of  techniques  for  scanning 
and  transmission  electron  microscopic  studies.  Through  laboratory  experience 
the  students  will  learn  the  proper  use,  application,  and  limitations  of  the 
appropriate  instruments.  Prerequisite:  BIO  305  or  permission  of  instructor.  4 
credits. 

409.  Quantitative  Ecology.  An  intensive  study  of  ecological  processes  empha- 
sizing the  quantitative  aspects  of  ecology  at  the  population  and  community  levels. 
Prerequisite:  permission  of  the  instructor.  4  credits. 

490.  Student  Lab  Instruction.  A  course  designed  for  students  seeking  certi- 
fication to  teach  biology  in  secondary  education.  Responsibilities  include  assisting 
in  the  preparation  of  materials  and  equipment  for  lab;  supervision  of  lab  work:  and 
preparation,  administration,  and  evaluation  of  quizzes  and  lab  tests.  Prerequi- 
site: permission  of  the  instructor.  1  credit. 


73 


499.  Seminar.  Each  senior  student  is  required  to  do  independent  library  research 
on  an  assigned  topic  and  to  make  an  oral  presentation  to  the  biology  faculty  and 
students.  This  course  may  be  repeated.  1  or  2  credits. 

Chemistry  (CHM) 

The  Chemistry  department  is  described  on  page  38. 

Degrees:  Bachelor  of  Science  in  chemistry,  Bachelor  of  Science  with  a  major  in 
chemistry. 

Majors:  (B.S.  in  Chemistry)  CHM  111,  112, 113, 114, 213, 214, 215, 216, 222, 305, 
306, 307, 308, 311, 312, 321, 322, 411;  6  Credits  from  CHM  491-498;  BCH  421, 422; 
4  credits  of  CHM  500;  MAS  161,162;  PHY  111,  112  (63-64  credits). 

(B.S.,  major  in  chemistry)  CHM  111,  112,  113,  114,  213,  214,  215,  216,  222,  305, 
306,  307,  308,  311,  312,  321,  322;  MAS  161,162;  PHY  111,  112;  (50-51  credits). 

Minor:  CHM  111,112,113,114;  12  Credits  from  CHM  213, 214, 222, 305, 306, 311, 
312,  411;  BCH  421,  422;  3  Credits  from  CHM  215,  216,  307,  308,  321,  322;  BCH 
430. 

Courses  in  Chemistry 

100.  Introduction  to  Chemistry.  An  introduction  to  the  principles  of  chemistry 
including  mathematical  tools,  atomic  structure,  stoichiometry,  elementary  con- 
cepts of  equilibrium,  bonding,  and  organic  chemistry.  Intended  for  non-science 
majors.  Laboratory  experience  included.  4  credits. 

109.  Chemical  Skills.  A  step-by-step  approach  to  solving  chemical  problems. 
Topics  include  the  application  of  mathematical  tools  in  introductory  chemistry 
and  techniques  for  finding  the  proper  approach  to  solve  problems.  The  course  is 
designed  to  be  taken  concurrently  with  CHM  111.  1  credit 

111,  112.  Principles  of  Chemistry  1,11.  An  introduction  to  chemistry  for  the 
science  major.  First  semester  topics  include  atomic  and  molecular  structure, 
chemical  reactions,  calculations  involving  chemical  concentrations,  gas  laws,  and 
bonding.  Second  semester  covers  kinetics,  acids  and  bases,  equilibrium,  oxidation- 
reduction  chemistry,  thermodynamics,  electrochemistry,  and  nuclear  chemistry. 
3  credits  per  semester. 

113, 114.  Introductory  Laboratory  1,11.  Laboratory  courses  to  accompany  111 


74 


and  112.  Experiments  cover  stoichiometry,  gas  laws,  quantitative  analysis, 
equilibrium,  electrochemistry,  chemical  synthesis,  and  the  use  of  computers  for 
collecting  data.  Students  are  introduced  to  instrumentation  including  infrared, 
UV-visible,  and  atomic  absorption  spectrometers.  1  credit  per  semester. 

213,  214.  Organic  Chemistry  1,11.  An  introduction  to  the  principles  of  organic 
chemistry.  The  focus  of  the  course  is  on  the  structure  of  organic  molecules  and  how 
the  structure  of  various  functional  groups  affects  their  reactivity.  The  concepts  of 
reactivity,  structure  and  mechanism  are  applied  to  organic  synthesis.  3  credits  per 
semester. 

215,  216.  Organic  Laboratory  LII.  An  introduction  to  the  practice  of  classical 
organic  chemistry  and  modern  instrumental  organic  chemistry.  The  techniques  of 
organic  synthesis  are  taught  along  with  instrumental  methods  including  infrared, 
nuclear  magnetic  resonance,  and  mass  spectrometry.  1  credit  per  semester. 

222.  Introductory  Inorganic  Chemistry.  The  application  of  elementary 
principles  of  chemistry  to  provide  a  basis  for  understanding  the  physical  and 
chemical  properties  of  the  elements.  Topics  include  periodicity,  acidity  or  basicity 
of  metal  cations  and  oxoanions,  precipitation  reactions,  oxidation-reduction 
chemistry,  the  structures  of  solids.  3  credits. 

305.  Analytical  Chemistry.  Gravimetric,  volumetric,  and  electro-chemical 
methods  of  chemical  analysis  are  covered.  Included  are  statistical  methods  of  data 
treatment  and  rigorous  considerations  of  complex  chemical  equilibria.  Prerequi- 
sites: CHM  112  and  MAS  161.  3  credits. 

306.  Instrumental  Analysis.  Basic  types  of  chemical  instrumentation,  and  their 
applications  in  analytical  chemistry  are  examined.  These  include:  gas  and  liquid 
chromatography;  infrared,  UV-VIS,  fluorescence,  atomic  absorption,  and  plasma 
amission  spectrophotometry;  nuclear  magnetic  resonance  and  mass  spectrometry; 
and  radiochemical  methods.  Prerequisites:  CHM  112  and  MAS  161.  3  credits. 

J07.  Quantitative  Analysis  Laboratory.  Techniques  of  gravimetric,  volu- 
netric,  and  electrochemical  analysis  are  applied  to  the  analysis  of  unknowns. 
Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  CHM  305.  1  credit. 

$08.  Instrumental  Analysis  Laboratory.  Chemical  instrumentation  is  utilized 
n  analytical  method  development  and  analysis.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  CHM 
506.  1  credit. 

$11.  Physical  Chemistry  I.  The  study  of  thermodynamic  laws  and  functions, 
ncluding  phase  and  reaction  equilibria.  Systems  under  study  include  ideal  and 


75 


real  gases,  ideal  and  non-ideal  solutions,  and  multi-component  phase  transitions 
3  credits. 

312.  Physical  Chemistry  II.  The  study  of  chemical  systems  from  a  moleculai 
perspective.  Basic  concepts  of  quantum  chemistry  and  statistical  theory  applied 
to  atomic  and  molecular  structure.  Also  included  are  electrochemistry,  kinetics, 
and  transport  processes.  3  credits. 

321, 322.  Physical  Laboratory  1,11.  Application  of  chemical  instrumentation  tc 
a  study  of  the  principles  of  physical  chemistry.  Experimental  work  involves 
calorimetry,  refractometry,  conductivity,  viscometry,  and  atomic  absorption. 
FTIR,  UV-VIS,  and  NMR  spectroscopy  applied  to  the  study  of  phase  and  reaction 
equilibria,  kinetics,  and  atomic  and  molecular  structure.  1  credit  per  semester. 

411.  Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry.  A  study  of  bonding  theories,  moleculai 
structure,  spectroscopy,  and  reaction  mechanisms  with  special  emphasis  on 
transition  metal  complexes.  Prerequisite:  CHM  312.  3  credits  per  semester. 

451.  Methods  of  Teaching  Chemistry.  A  course  designed  for  students  seeking 
certification  to  teach  chemistry  in  secondary  education.  Topics  include  valuation 
of  laboratory  experiments,  demonstrations,  textbooks,  and  computer  software. 
3  credits. 

Communications 

See  English,  page  83. 


Computer  Science  (CSC) 

The  Mathematical  Sciences  department  is  described  on  page  48. 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  with  a  major  in  computer  information 
systems;  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  with  a  major  in  computer  science. 

Major:  (Computer  Information  Systems)  CSC  147,243,244,248,345,342  or  346; 
one  CSC  course  numbered  above  400  or  6  hours  of  CSC  400,  (21-24  credits).  MAS 
150,170;  MAS  111,160  or  161;  ENG  210  or  216.  Five  courses  numbered  above  200, 
approved  by  the  advisor,  in  an  applications  field  of  interest  (48-53  total  credits). 

Major:  (Computer  Science)  CSC  147,248,  one  from  242,243,  or  244;  three  addi- 
tional computer  science  courses  numbered  above  300  including  at  least  one 


76 


lumbered  above  400.  MAS  111, 112,202,211,222,322  or  371;  335  or  463.  ENG  216. 
PSY  337.  (49  credits). 

Minor:  CSC  147,248,242  or  243  or  244,  two  CSC  courses  numbered  above  300, 
MAS  111  or  161,  one  additional  Mathematics  (MAS)  course  numbered  above  200. 
21-22  credits). 

Courses  in  Computer  Science 

L30.  Microcomputers,  Hardware  and  Software.  The  components  of  a  micro- 
computer, introduction  to  operating  systems,  languages  and  software  packages. 
3  credits. 

147.  Computers  and  Programming  in  Pascal.  Introduction  to  the  basic 
concepts  and  terminology  of  computer  hardware,  software,  operating  systems  and 
anguages.  Programming  in  Pascal.  3  credits. 

L70.  Computers  and  Programming  in  Basic-Plus.  Introduction  to  the  basic 
concepts  and  terminology  of  computer  hardware,  software,  operating  systems  and 
anguages.  Programming  in  Basic-Plus.  3  credits. 

242.  Mathematical  Computing  with  FORTRAN.  The  use  of  the  computer  in 
executing  mathematical  algorithms  such  as:  implication  of  floating  point  com- 
mutation, solution  of  nonlinear  equations,  numerical  integration,  and  acceleration 
nethods.  FORTRAN  is  introduced  and  used  throughout  the  course.  Prerequisites: 
HSC  147  or  CSC  170,  MAS  112  or  MAS  162.  3  credits. 

243.  Interactive  Systems  with  Basic-Plus.  Time-sharing  systems,  micro- 
computers and  Basic;  arrays,  strings,  virtual  arrays,  random  access  files,  el- 
mentary  graphics.  Prerequisite:  CSC  147.  3  credits. 

244.  Business  Computing  with  COBOL.  Processing  of  data,  the  storing  and 
nanipulating  of  files;  sorting,  and  merging  of  records.  Prerequisite:  CSC  147  or 

SC  170.  3  credits. 

548.  Advanced  Programming  with  Pascal.  Advanced  features  of  Pascal. 
)eveloping  large  programs.  Libraries,  units,  etc.  Prerequisite:  CSC  147. 3  credits. 

!50.  Survey  of  Computers  and  their  Impact.  Computer  hardware  and  soft- 
ware from  the  microcomputer  to  the  mainframe.  The  social,  economic  and  ethical 
mpact  of  computers.  3  credits. 

•41.  Computer  Architecture  with  MACRO.  The  organization  of  computers. 

77 


the  CPU,  memory,  disks,  interfaces,  interrupts,  macros,  device  drivers.  Prerequi- 
site: CSC  248.  3  credits. 

342.  Data  Structures.  Discrete  mathematical  structures  and  their  use  in 
computer  software.  Stacks,  lists,  queues,  hash  tables,  sorts,  linked  lists.  Prereq- 
uisite: CSC  248,  MAS  222  or  permission.  3  credits. 

345.  Business  Computer  Systems.  An  overview  of  computer  hardware  and 
software  from  micro  to  mainframe.  Batch  processing,  time  sharing,  word  processing, 
spreadsheets.  Data  processing  and  communication.  Management  of  and  with 
computers.  Prerequisite:  CSC  147.  3  credits. 

346.  Data  Algorithms.  Methodology  of  data  processing.  Representation,  stor- 
age, and  retrieval  of  data.  Methods  to  sort,  merge,  and  match  data.  Sequential, 
random,  indexed,  and  hash  files.  Prerequisite:  One  200  level  language  course.  3 
credits. 

441.  Computer  Languages  and  Compilers.  Syntax  and  semantics  of  lan- 
guages. Lexical  analysis,  parsing,  and  translation.  Compiler  design.  Prerequi- 
site: CSC  342.  3  credits. 

442.  Microcomputer  Systems.  The  architecture  of  microcomputers.  Pro- 
gramming in  assembly  language.  Interfacing  microcomputer  components.  The 
design  of  microcomputer  operating  systems.  Prerequisite:  CSC  147.  3  credits. 

445.  Database  Management.  The  organization  of  files.  Database  structure  and 
implementations.  Integrity  and  security  of  databases.  Major  DBM  systems. 
Prerequisite:  two  300  level  courses.  3  credits. 

446.  Computer  Systems  Analysis  and  Design.  Principles  of  computer  man- 
agement. Design  tools  and  techniques.  Hardware,  operating  systems,  languages 
and  their  interrelations.  Implementation  and  evaluation  of  computer  systems. 
Prerequisite:  CSC  345  or  MAS  335  and  two  300  level  courses.  3  credits. 

Economics  (ECN) 

The  Political  Science  and  Economics  department  is  described  on  page  59. 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  and  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  with  a  major  in 
economics. 

Major:  Bachelor  of  Science:  ECN  110,120,201,203,222,233,312,  6  elective  hours 
in  economics;  ACT  161,162;  CSC  147  or  170;  ENG  210;  MAS  150  or  160  or  161  oJ 
111;  MAS  170  or  270  or  372;  MGT  330,485;  PHL  260  (54  credits). 

78 


Major:  Bachelor  of  Arts:  ECN  110,120,201,203,312,  and  four  additional  elective 
courses  in  Economics,  ACT  161,  MAS  150  or  160  or  161  or  111,  MAS  170  or  270 
or  372  (36  credits). 

Minor:  Bachelor  of  Science:  ECN  110,120,201,203,312;  one  from  ACT  161,  MGT 
100,  or  one  elective  course  in  economics  (18  credits). 

Minor:  Bachelor  of  Arts:  ECN  110,120,201,203,312,  and  one  additional  elective 
economics  course  (18  credits). 

Courses  in  Economics 

110.  Principles  of  Economics  I.  An  introductory  study  of  macroeconomic  prin- 
ciples, with  emphasis  on  national  income  determination,  the  price  level,  em- 
ployment, economic  growth,  money  and  banking,  and  government  monetary  and 
fiscal  policies.  3  credits. 

120.  Principles  of  Economics  II.  An  introductory  study  of  microeconomic 
principles,  with  emphasis  on  price,  production,  and  distribution  theories  under 
conditions  of  varying  market  structures.  Factor  market  analysis  as  well  as 
implications  for  welfare  economics  and  public  policy  are  considered.  3  credits. 

130.  Economics  of  Public  Issues.  A  survey  and  economic  analysis  of  current 
public  issues.  3  credits. 

201.  Intermediate  Microeconomic  Analysis.  Managerial  and  economic  de- 
cision-making of  business  firms,  with  emphasis  on  sales,  costs,  profit,  and 
resource  allocation.  The  course  provides  a  study  of  the  tools  of  analysis,  including 
the  use  of  computers.  Prerequisites:  ECN  110  and  120.  3  credits. 

203.  Intermediate  Macroeconomic  Analysis.  A  study  of  national  income  and 
employment  theory,  with  primary  emphasis  on  determination  of  the  levels  of 
employment  and  prices.  The  problems  of  unemployment  and  inflation  are  analyzed 
ind  appropriate  monetary  and  fiscal  policies  considered.  Prerequisites:  ECN  110 
md  120.  3  credits. 

222.  Quantitative  Methods.  An  introduction  to  some  of  the  quantitative 
nethods  used  in  modern  management  and  economics.  Topics  include  probability 
oncepts,  forecasting,  decision  theory,  linear  programming,  queuing  theory, 
letwork  models,  and  Markov  analysis.  Prerequisites:  MAS  150  and  170.  3  credits. 
Cross-listed  as  Management  222.1 


79 


233.  Personal  Computer  Applications  in  the  Business  and  Economic 
Environment.  An  introduction  to  personal  computers  and  their  use  as  an 
economic  analytical  and  business  management  tool.  Topics  include  economic  data 
analysis,  economic  graphics,  and  decision  support  systems.  Prerequisites:  ECN 
110  and  120,  or  permission.  3  credits. 

312.  Money  and  Banking.  Nature  and  functions  of  money  and  credit,  including 
the  development  and  role  of  commercial  and  central  banking,  structure  and 
functions  of  the  Federal  Reserve  System,  and  monetary  and  banking  theory, 
policy,  and  practice.  Prerequisites:  ECN  110  and  120.  3  credits. 

315.  Health  Care  Finance  and  Economics.  Analysis  of  the  economic  problems 
of  health  and  medical  care  to  determine  how  to  provide  the  best  health  care  to  the 
most  people  in  a  cost-effective  manner.  Examination  of  the  principle  elements  of 
health  care,  including  the  physician,  the  hospital,  and  the  pharmaceutical 
industry,  as  well  as  the  influence  of  government  and  the  insurance  industry.  All 
economic  analysis  will  be  considered  within  the  context  of  medical  ethics  and 
societal  values.  Prerequisite:  ECN  110  and  120.  3  credits. 

321.  Public  Finance.  A  study  of  the  economic  functioning  of  government, 
including  principles  of  taxation,  public  expenditures,  debt,  and  fiscal  policy. 
Prerequisites:  ECN  110  and  120.  3  credits. 

332.  International  Economics.  A  study  of  theories  and  empirical  analysis  of 
international  economic  relations.  Topics  include  analyses  of  free  exchange  of 
goods,  factors,  and  money,  restrictive  trade  policies,  and  freer  economic  practices. 
Prerequisites:  ECN  110  and  120.  3  credits. 

401.  History  of  Economic  Thought.  The  evolution  of  economic  thought  through 
the  principal  schools  from  mercantilism  to  the  present.  Attention  is  given  to  the 
analysis  of  the  various  theories  of  value,  wages,  interest,  rent,  profit,  price  level, 
business  cycles,  and  employment,  and  to  the  influences  of  earlier  economic  ideas 
upon  current  thinking  and  policy-making.  Prerequisites:  ECN  110  and  120.  3 
credits. 

411.  Economic  Growth  and  Development.  Theoretical  and  empirical  analysis 
of  problems  of  economic  development  in  both  underdeveloped  and  advanced 
countries.  Prerequisites:  ECN  110  and  120.  3  credits. 


80 


Education  (EDU) 

The  Education  Department  is  described  on  page  40. 

The  program  in  Elementary  Education  is  described  on  page  81  and  that  in 
Secondary  Education  on  page  131. 

Minor:  EDU  1 10,  GPY 112;  one  of  ELM  270,  ELM  341,  ELM  361;  one  of  ELM  250, 
ELM  332,  GPY  111;  one  of  EDU  346,  EDU  391,  SED  420,  EDU  442;  ELM  280  or 
SED  280,  1-3  credits  (16-18  credits). 

Courses  in  Education 

110.  Foundations  of  Education.  A  study  of  the  social,  historical  and  philo- 
sophical foundations  of  American  education  correlated  with  a  survey  of  the 
principles  and  theories  of  influential  educators.  3  credits. 

346.  Educational  Technology  and  Instructional  Media.  A  study  of  the 
preparation  and  use  of  instructional  technology,  media,  and  equipment.  3  credits. 

442.  The  Education  of  the  Exceptional  Child.  An  introduction  to  current 
research  and  practices  concerning  exceptionalities  in  children,  including  the 
lhandicapped  and  gifted.  The  course  includes  attention  to  policies,  legislation, 
jprograms,  methods  and  materials.  Various  resource  personnel  are  invited  to 
(address  pertinent  issues.  The  course  includes  a  minimum  of  one  hour  per  week 
field  experience  in  local  programs  designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  exceptional 
children.  Prerequisites:  EDU  1 10,  PSY 100  or  PSY 120,  or  permission  of  instructor. 
3  credits. 

(Elementary  Education  (Teacher  Certification)  (ELM) 

iLThe  Education  department  is  described  on  page  40. 

'Degree:  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  with  a  major  in  elementary  education. 

Major:    Elementary  education  majors  must  take:  EDU  110;  ELM  220,  250, 
270,  332,  341,  342,  344,  361,  362,  440,  499;  ART  401;  GPY  111;  HIS  125  or  126: 
KlAS  100  or  equivalent;  PSY  100,  220,  321  (66  credits). 

The  minor  in  education  is  described  on  page  81. 


SI 


Courses  in  Elementary  Education 

220.  Music  in  the  Elementary  School.  A  course  designed  to  aid  elementary 
education  majors  in  developing  music  skills  for  the  classroom,  including  the 
playing  of  instruments,  singing,  using  notation,  listening,  movement,  and  cre- 
ative applications.  3  credits. 

250.  Mathematics  in  the  Elementary  School.  A  study  of  basic  preschool  to 
eighth  grade  mathematical  concepts  with  major  emphasis  on  problem  solving, 
estimating,  and  computers.  The  course  is  designed  to  view  mathematics  as  a 
multidisciplined  subject.  Attention  is  given  to  the  development  of  hands-on 
teaching  activities,  simulations,  and  experiences  which  can  be  utilized  effectively 
with  any  classroom  population.  3  credits. 

260.  Principles  and  Practices  in  Early  Childhood  Education.  An  intro- 
duction to  contemporary  research,  theories,  programs,  curricula,  methods,  and 
materials  in  early  childhood  education,  nursery  school  through  grade  2.  Includes 
required  field  experience  in  a  local  early  childhood  center.  3  credits. 

270.  Children's  Literature.  A  study  of  literature  for  children  from  infants 
through  grade  8,  including  extensive  classroom  examination  of  books,  poetry, 
storytelling,  and  audiovisual  resources  in  children's  literature.  3  credits. 

280.  Field  Practicum  in  the  Elementary  School.  Supervised  field  experiences 
in  appropriate  school  settings.  Prerequisite:  Permission.  1-3  credits. 

332.  The  Physical  Sciences  in  the  Elementary  School.  A  study  of  basic 
concepts  in  general  science,  earth  and  space  science,  physical  and  biological 
science,  and  environmental  studies.  The  course  emphasizes  the  experiential 
nature  of  science  in  the  elementary  classroom  with  special  attention  to  the 
materials  and  methodologies  appropriate  to  young  children.  3  credits. 

341,342.  Teaching  of  Reading  1,11.  The  fundamentals  of  teaching  children  to 
read  from  the  readiness  programs  of  early  childhood  education  to  the  more 
comprehensive  techniques  required  to  teach  reading  in  all  subject  areas  of  the 
curricula  in  elementary  and  middle  schools.  Effective  reading  programs,  methods, 
and  materials  are  examined  first  hand.  Attention  is  given  to  the  classroom 
teacher's  diagnosis  of  reading  difficulties  with  an  eye  to  preventive  and  prescrip- 
tive teaching.  Includes  during  each  semester  one  hour  per  week  of  tutoring  of 
selected  elementary  school  students.  Prerequisite:  ELM  270. 3  credits  per  semester. 


82 


344.  Health  and  Safety  Education.  A  study  of  basic  health  and  safety  practices 
and  procedures  as  applied  to  the  elementary  school,  including  a  program  of 
physical  education  for  elementary  school  children,  an  American  Red  Cross- 
approved  program  of  first  aid,  and  an  evaluation  of  sources  and  use  of  materials. 
Prerequisites:  EDU  110;  PSY  220;  Elementary  Education  major.  3  credits. 

361.  Language  Arts  in  the  Elementary  School.  The  content,  methods  and 
materials  for  teaching  oral  and  written  language  beginning  with  early  childhood: 
listening,  speaking,  creative  and  practical  writing,  as  well  as  the  related  skills  of 
creative  dramatics,  handwriting,  grammar  and  usage.  The  course  is  designed  to 
assist  teachers  in  helping  children  to  communicate  effectively  and  responsibly  in 
a  creative  manner.  3  credits. 

362.  Social  Studies  in  the  Elementary  School.  An  examination  of  the  content, 
methods  and  role  of  social  studies  in  the  elementary  school,  beginning  with  early 
childhood.  The  curriculum  is  examined  from  two  vantage  points:  the  daily  lives  of 
children  as  they  relate  to  developing  values  and  attitudes  and  the  planned  study 
of  people  as  they  live  and  have  lived  in  our  world.  The  development  of  a  teaching 
unit  and  the  examination  of  learning  resources  contribute  to  a  sound  instructional 
program.  3  credits. 

440.  Student  Teaching.  Each  student  spends  an  entire  semester  in  a  classroom 
of  an  area  public  school  under  the  supervision  of  a  carefully  selected  cooperating 
teacher.  Open  to  seniors  only.  A  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  2.00  during 
the  first  six  semesters  of  college  is  required.  Prerequisites:  EDU  110;  PSY  220; 
ELM  250,270,332,341,342,361,362,  and  permission.  3-12  credits. 

499.  Senior  Seminar.  Special  topics  related  to  pertinentissues  in  education  are 
researched  and  discussed  by  the  participants  in  the  course.  Issues  relating  to 

I problems  in  student  teaching  or  to  further  professional  growth  in  the  profession 
are  explored.  3  credits. 

Engineering 

The  co-operative  ("3  +  2")  Engineering  program  is  described  under  the  listing  for 
the  Cooperative  Programs  on  page  30. 

English  (ENG) 

The  English  Department  is  described  on  page  42. 
Degree:  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  major  in  English. 


S3 


Major:  Core  requirements:  ENG  200;  three  from  221-228;  331;  341  or  342;  499  (21 
credits).  Students  must  choose  one  of  the  concentrations  below  in  addition  to  the  core. 

Literature  concentration:  Three  additional  survey  courses  (ENG  221-228); 
three  additional  major  authors  (ENG  340-349)  or  special  topics  courses  (ENG  390- 
399)  or  genre  (ENG  335-339)  courses  (39  total  credits). 

Communications  concentration:  ENG  213;  four  additional  communications 
courses;  3  credits  of  ENG  400  (39  total  credits). 

Secondary  Education  concentration:  Two  additional  survey  courses  from 
ENG  221-228  (must  include  both  221,222);  three  additional  major  authors  (ENG 
340-349)  or  special  topics  (ENG  291-299,  390-399)  or  genre  (ENG  335-339) 
courses;  ENG  218;  ENG  332;  FLG  250;  and  either  ENG  213  or  ENG  336  (48 
credits). 

Minor  (Literature):  ENG  200;  ENG  221  or  222;  two  from  ENG  225, 226, 227, 228; 
two  additional  literature  courses  ( 18  credits). 

Minor  (Communications):  ENG  200,213,221  or  222;  three  additional  commu- 
nications courses  (18  credits). 

Courses  in  English 

111,112.  English  Composition  LII.  Both  semesters  help  the  student  find  her 
or  his  own  voice  within  the  demands  and  expectations  of  public  expression.  Both 
courses  emphasize  the  development  of  clear,  organized,  and  rhetorically  effective 
prose.  112  also  emphasizes  reading  and  research  skills.  Prerequisite  for  112:  111 
or  permission  of  chairperson.  3  credits. 

200.  Introduction  to  Literary  Studies.  An  introduction  to  genres  and  to  the 
basic  methodology,  tools,  terminology,  and  concepts  of  the  study  of  literature.  3 
credits. 

210.  Management  Communications.  The  development  of  reading,  writing, 
speaking  and  listening  skills  for  business  management.  Prerequisites:  ENG 
111,112  or  permission.  3  credits. 

213.  Journalism.  The  development  of  the  basic  skills  of  journalistic  writing  such 
as  interviewing,  covering  meetings,  gathering  and  reporting  news  and  features 
according  to  standard  formats  and  styles;  the  course  also  discusses  legal  and 
ethical  aspects  of  journalism.  3  credits. 


84 


216.  Technical  Writing.  The  development  of  writing  skills  within  the  context  of 
specialized,  usually  technical  or  scientific,  subject  matters,  with  emphasis  on  style 
and  forms.  Prerequisite:  111  and  112  or  permission.  3  credits. 

218.  Oral  Communication.  Introduction  to  oral  communication,  both  formal 
and  informal.  3  credits. 

219.  Creative  Writing:  Fiction.  A  workshop  in  writing  short  fiction.  3  credits. 

221.  Survey  of  American  Literature  I.  A  survey  of  selected  major  American 
authors  from  the  colonial  period  to  about  the  Civil  War.  3  credits. 

222.  Survey  of  American  Literature  II.  A  survey  of  selected  major  American 
authors  from  about  the  Civil  War  to  the  present.  3  credits. 

225.  Survey  of  English  Literature  I.  A  survey  of  selected  major  English  au- 
thors to  about  1800.  3  credits. 

226.  Survey  of  English  Literature  II.  A  survey  of  selected  major  English 
authors  from  about  1800  to  the  present.  3  credits. 

227.  World  Literature  I.  A  survey  of  selected  major  writers  from  the  early 
Hebrews  and  Greeks  to  the  Renaissance.  3  credits. 

228.  World  Literature  II.  A  survey  of  selected  major  writers  from  the  Renais- 
sance to  the  present.  3  credits. 

|311.  Feature  Writing.  Instructions  and  practice  in  writing  feature  articles  for 
'newspapers,  trade  journals,  and  magazines;  free  lance  marketing  and  market 
I  analysis.  Prerequisite:  ENG  213.  3  credits. 

1312.  Radio  and  TV  Writing.  Theory  and  technique  of  writing  news  and  features 
'  jfor  broadcast  media.  Editing  and  rewriting  press  association  dispatches,  gathering 
;llocal  news,  recording  interviews,  and  preparing  newscasts  and  feature  programs. 
Prerequisite:  ENG  213.  3  credits. 

:  313.  Advertising  Copy  and  Layout.  Principles  and  techniques  of  copywriting: 
n  selection  and  presentation  of  sales  points;  creative  strategy  in  production  of 
1  layouts.  Prerequisite:  ENG  213.  3  credits. 

314.  Public  Relations.    Purposes  and  methods  of  modern  public  relations  as 
f  practiced  by  business  and  industry,  organizations  and  institutions,  trades  and 
Drofessions.  Public  opinion  evaluation.  Planning  of  public  relations  programs. 
Prerequisite:  ENG  213.  3  credits. 

85 


315.  Editing.  Editing  theory  and  exercises  in  copyreading,  rewriting,  and 
headlining.  Prerequisite:  ENG  213.  3  credits. 

331.  History  and  Traditional  Grammar  of  English.  An  examination  of  the 
evolution  of  English  sounds,  grammatical  forms,  and  vocabulary,  as  well  as  a 
survey  of  conventions  and  current  usage.  3  credits. 

335.  The  Novel.  A  study  of  the  development  of  the  English  novel  from  Richardson 
to  Joyce.  3  credits. 

336.  Theatre  Workshop.  A  workshop  in  the  elements  of  theatre  with  classroom 
practice  in  production  of  scenes  and  whole  plays.  3  credits. 

338.  Dramatic  Literature  I.  A  survey  of  dramatic  literature  from  the  Greeks  to 
about  1850,  with  attention  to  theater  modes  and  techniques.  3  credits. 

339.  Dramatic  Literature  II.  A  survey  of  dramatic  literature  from  about  1850 
to  the  present,  with  attention  to  theater  modes  and  techniques.  3  credits. 

341.  Shakespeare  I.  A  concentrated  study  of  early  Shakespearean  drama, 
especially  the  comedies  and  the  histories.  3  credits. 

342.  Shakespeare  II.  A  concentrated  study  of  late  Shakespearean  drama, 
especially  the  tragedies  and  the  romances.  3  credits. 

343-349.  Major  Authors.  An  examination  of  works  of  major  authors  in  American, 
English,  and  World  literature.  3  credits  each. 

499.  Seminar.  The  topics  of  this  culmination  of  a  liberal  education  in  English 
vary.  The  course  is  taught  as  a  seminar  with  much  of  the  teaching  being  done  by 
the  students.  3  credits. 

Environmental  Studies 

Students  interested  in  pursuing  career  preparation  in  environmental  studies 
through  the  cooperative  program  ("3+2")  with  Duke  University  may  major  in 
biology,  economics,  political  science  or  mathematics  at  Lebanon  Valley.  All  such 
students  shall  take  BIO  111,112,302;  ECN  110,120;  MAS  161  or  111;  MAS  170, 
regardless  of  major,  and  shall  meet  the  general  requirements  of  the  College.  See 
Cooperative  Programs  on  page  30. 


86 


Fine  Arts  (FAR) 

This  course  is  offered  to  acquaint  students  with  the  connection  between  theatre 
and  dance  performance  which  has  been  essential  to  the  development  and  enrich- 
ment of  the  world's  civilizations.  The  course  is  graded  on  a  S  (satisfactory)  or  U 
(unsatisfactory)  basis. 

Course  in  Fine  Arts 

110.  American  Musical  Stage  Dance.  Jazz  techniques  of  American  theatrical 
contemporary  dance  emphasizing  form,  style,  and  characterization.  1  credit. 

Foreign  Language  (FLG) 

(See  also  French,  German,  Greek,  Japanese  and  Spanish). 

The  Foreign  Languages  department  is  described  on  page  44. 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  major  in  foreign  language. 

Major:  FLG  250,  24  credits  above  the  intermediate  level  in  one  language,  12 
credits  above  the  intermediate  level  in  a  second  language  ( 39  credits ).  For  teaching 
certification  FLG  440  is  also  required. 

Courses  in  Foreign  Language 

250.  Introduction  to  Linguistics.  An  introductory  study  of  language  as  a 
communication  system,  designed  for  majors  and  non-majors  and  taught  in 
jEnglish.  3  credits. 

260.  Approaches  to  Culture.  A  survey  of  contemporary  life  in  French,  German 
land  Spanish  speaking  countries.  Topics  may  include  customs,  values,  social 
Structures,  geography,  and  current  issues.  Taught  in  English.  3  credits. 

I 

1440.  Methods  of  Teaching  Foreign  Language.    A  comprehensive  study  of 

qiodern  teaching  methods,  with  emphasis  on  basic  skills  for  secondary  school  level 

nstruction.  Prerequisite:  FRN  316,  SPA  316,  or  GMN  316.  2  credits. 


ST 


Forestry 

Students  interested  in  pursuing  career  preparation  in  forestry  through  the 
cooperative  program  ("3+2")  with  Duke  University  may  major  in  biology,  econom- 
ics, political  science  or  mathematics  at  Lebanon  Valley.  All  such  students  shall 
take  BIO  111,112,302;  ECN  110,120;  MAS  161  or  111;  MAS  170,  regardless  of 
major,  and  shall  meet  the  general  requirements  of  the  College.  See  Cooperative 
Programs  on  page  30. 

French  (FRN) 

The  Foreign  Languages  Department  is  described  on  page  44. 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  with  a  major  in  French. 

Major:  24  credits  in  French  above  the  intermediate  level,  FLG  250  (27  credits). 

Minor:  18  credits  in  French  above  the  intermediate  level.  Courses  in  advanced 
conversation  and  composition  as  well  as  in  culture  are  strongly  recommended. 

Courses  in  French 

101,102.  Elementary  French  1,11.  Introductory  courses  in  French.  3  credits 
per  semester. 

201,202.  Intermediate  Conversational  French  1,11.  A  review  of  French 
grammar,  emphasizing  practice  in  conversation,  comprehension,  reading,  and 
writing.  Prerequisite:  FRN  102  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

311.  Introduction  to  French  Literature.  Practice  in  the  close  reading  of 
literary  texts  and  in  the  basic  language  skills.  Prerequisite:  FRN  202  or  equiva- 
lent. 3  credits. 

312.  Contemporary  Literature.  Readings  in  the  works  of  living  French  authors. 
Attention  both  to  individual  style,  innovations  in  form,  and  the  relationship  of  the 
writer  to  current  problems.  Prerequisite:  FRN  202  or  equivalent. 
3  credits. 

315.  French  Culture.  A  study  of  modern  France.  Special  attention  is  given  to 
those  qualities,  characteristics,  and  traditions  that  are  uniquely  French.  Prereq- 
uisite: FRN  202  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 


316.  Advanced  Conversation  and  Composition.  Intensive  practice  in  spoken 
and  written  French.  An  advanced  grammatical  and  stylistic  level  with  emphasis 
on  the  use  of  language  in  practical  situations.  Prerequisite:  FRN  202  or  equivalent. 
3  credits. 

320.  Business  French.  An  introduction  to  the  language  of  business  and 
business  practices.  Prerequisite:  FRN  202  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

410.  French  Literature  of  the  Middle  Ages  and  Renaissance.  A  study  of 
medieval  French  literature  to  1600.  Prerequisite:  FRN  311  or  316  or  permission. 
3  credits. 

420.  French  Literature  of  the  Age  of  Louis  XTV.  A  study  of  major  French 
authors  of  this  era,  the  apogee  of  French  civilization,  including  Corneille,  Racine, 
Moliere.  Prerequisite:  FRN  311  or  FRN  316  or  permission.  3  credits. 

430.  French  Literature  of  the  Enlightenment.  A  study  of  the  main  literary 
and  philosophical  currents  of  the  Eighteenth  Century.  Emphasis  on  the  works  of 
Montesquieu,  Diderot,  Voltaire,  and  Rousseau.  Prerequisite:  FRN  300  or  FRN 
316  or  permission.  3  credits. 

440.  The  Modern  French  Novel.  A  study  of  the  French  novel.  Limited  to  the 
study  of  novels  of  the  Nineteenth  and  Twentieth  Centuries.  Prerequisite:  FRN 
311  or  FRN  316  or  permission.  3  credits. 

450.  Modern  Theatre  and  Poetry  of  France.  A  study  of  theatre  and  poetry  of 
the  Nineteenth  and  Twentieth  Centuries.  Prerequisite:  FRN  311  or  FRN  316  or 
permission.  3  credits. 

General  Education  (GED) 

For  general  education  core  requirements,  see  page  24. 

120.  The  Western  Experience:  Our  Cultural  Heritage.  A  study  of  how  life  in 
the  late  Twentieth  Century  has  been  influenced  by  historical  developments  in 
Europe  and  America,  including  the  growth  of  science,  the  rise  of  national  states, 
locial  classes  and  values,  and  changing  views  of  the  world.  3  credits. 

140.  Human  Culture  and  Behavior.  Culture  as  a  context  of  human  behavior. 
The  nature  and  definition  of  culture.  The  biological  and  social  sources  of  culture. 
Culture,  language,  personality.  The  impact  of  culture  on  social  life  and  on  the 
individual;  examples  from  Western  and  non-Western  sources.  3  credits. 


89 


160.  The  Aesthetic  Experience.  The  artist's  achievement.  Interrelationships 
among  the  arts.  The  creative  process.  Questions  of  form  versus  content.  Art  as  tht 
product  of  a  specific  socio-historical  context.  3  credits. 

GENERAL  STUDIES 

Bachelors  Degree 

The  bachelors  degree  program  in  General  Studies  is  intended  for  students  whc 
desire  the  widest  possible  choice  in  selecting  a  program  of  study.  Students  maj 
choose  their  courses  freely  from  among  the  arts,  humanities,  sciences,  and  social 
sciences. 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Arts  or  Bachelor  of  Science  with  a  major  in  General  Studies. 

Requirements:  The  general  requirements  of  the  College;  24  or  more  credits 
selected  from  courses  at  the  300  level  or  above;  free  electives  to  complete  the 
number  of  credits  required  for  graduation;  a  cumulative  grade  point  average  ol 
2.00  or  better. 

Associate  Degree 

The  associate  degree  program  in  general  studies  is  intended  for  students  who  dc 
not  wish  to  concentrate  in  a  single  area.  In  this  program  students  select  theii 
courses  freely  from  among  the  arts,  humanities,  sciences,  and  social  sciences. 

Degree:  Associate  of  Arts  or  Associate  of  Science  with  a  major  in  General  Studies. 
Open  only  to  students  matriculated  through  the  Continuing  Education  Center. 

Requirements:  27  credits  from  the  general  requirements  including  ENG 1 1 1, 1 12, 

LSP 100  or  1 1 1,  and  one  course  from  each  of  the  other  General  Requirement  areas, 
except  physical  education;  33  credits  of  free  electives;  a  cumulative  grade  point 
average  of  2.00. 

Geography  (GPY) 

Courses  in  geography  are  offered  to  acquaint  students  with  the  physical  and 
cultural  aspects  of  the  world  in  which  they  live  and  to  introduce  them  to  geography 
as  a  discipline.  The  courses  are  recommended  for  all  students  who  wish  to  broaden 
their  understanding  of  the  world. 


90 


Courses  in  Geography 

111.  Physical  Geography  and  Its  Impact.  A  survey  of  the  physical  aspects  of 
the  earth  and  its  impact  on  life.  Attention  is  given  to  the  solar  system,  the  earth's 
movements,  climate,  weather,  landforms,  ecology,  environmental  awareness,  and 
the  processes  that  form  and  change  the  earth's  surface.  Students  explore  through 
current  events,  geographic  searches,  slides,  lectures,  and  discussions  the  impact 
that  physical  geography  has  on  their  everyday  lives.  Requirement  for  elementary 
education  certification.  Prerequisite:  Elementary  Education  major  or  permission 
of  instructor.  3  credits. 

112.  Cultural  Geography.  A  survey  of  the  various  geographic  regions  of  the 
world  and  their  cultural  features,  including  their  natural  resources,  economy, 
social  and  religious  customs,  food  supply,  populations,  ecology,  and  topical 
geography.  Students  explore  the  events  and  forces  that  have  divided  the  globe  into 
two  basic  sets  of  countries,  those  of  the  technological  world  and  those  of  the 
developing  world.  Special  attention  is  given  to  heightening  students'  international 
awareness  and  appreciation  for  diverse  cultures.  3  credits. 

211.  American  Cultural  Geography.  A  study  of  how  the  natural  environment 
has  influenced  the  historic  development  of  American  culture,  including  the 
geographic  distribution  of  population  groups,  religious  denominations  and  practices, 
language  patterns,  architectural  styles,  and  the  like.  3  credits. 

German  (GMN) 

The  Foreign  Languages  Department  is  described  on  page  44. 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  with  a  major  in  German. 

Major:  24  credits  in  German  above  the  intermediate  level;  FLG  250.  (27  credits). 

Minor:  18  credits  in  German  above  the  intermediate  level.  Courses  in  advanced 
conversation  and  composition  as  well  as  in  culture  are  strongly  recommended. 

Courses  in  German 

101,102.  Elementary  German  1,11.  Introductory  courses  in  German.  3  credits. 

201,202.  Intermediate  Conversational  German  I, II.  A  review  of  German 
grammar,  with  practice  in  conversation,  comprehension,  reading  and  writing. 
Prerequisite:  GMN  102  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 


91 


210.  Scientific  German.  An  introduction  to  scientific  writing  in  German.  The 
vocabulary  and  syntax  of  scientific  writing  with  emphasis  on  the  accurate 
translations  of  texts.  Taught  in  English.  Prerequisite:  GMN  102.  3  credits. 

311.  Introduction  to  German  Literature.  Practice  in  the  careful  reading  of 
literary  texts  and  in  the  four  basic  language  skills.  Prerequisite:  GMN  202  or 
equivalent.  3  credits. 

312.  Contemporary  Literature.  Readings  in  the  works  of  living  German 
authors.  Attention  both  to  individual  style  and  the  relationship  of  the  writer  to 
current  problems.  Prerequisite:    GMN  202  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

315.  German  Culture.  Study  of  the  major  features  of  contemporary  German  life. 
Prerequisite:  GMN  202  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

316.  Advanced  Conversation  and  Composition.  Intensive  practice  in  spoken 
and  written  German  on  an  advanced  grammatical  and  stylistic  level,  with 
emphasis  on  the  use  of  the  language  in  practical  situations.  Prerequisite:  GMN 
202  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

320.  Business  German.  An  introduction  to  the  language  of  business  and 
business  practices.  Prerequisite:  GMN  202  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

410.  The  German  Heritage.  A  survey  of  German  culture  and  civilization 
including  history,  music,  art,  literature,  and  philosophy.  Prerequisite:  GMN  311 
or  316  or  permission.  3  credits. 

420.  The  Age  of  Heroes.  An  exploration  of  the  idea  held  by  writers  from  the 
medieval  through  the  baroque  periods  that  an  exemplary  individual  is  the  proper 
measure  and  focus  of  human  aspiration  and  achievement.  Prerequisite:  GMN  311 
or  316  or  permission.  3  credits. 

430.  Goethe  and  Schiller.  A  detailed  study  of  these  literary  figures,  with  an 
examination  of  their  society  and  artistic  achievements.  Prerequisite:  GMN  311  or 
316  or  permission.  3  credits. 

440.  The  German  Novelle.  The  novelle  as  a  literary  genre  as  well  as  its 
development  through  the  Nineteenth  and  Twentieth  Centuries.  Prerequisite: 
GMN  311  or  316  or  permission.  3  credits. 

450.  German  Literature  of  the  Twentieth  Century.  A  study  of  representa- 
tive works  by  leading  authors  of  the  century  and  current  literary  movements. 
Prerequisite:  GMN  311  or  316  or  permission.  3  credits. 

92 


Greek  (GRK) 

The  Foreign  Languages  Department  is  described  on  page  44. 

Courses  in  Greek 

101,102.  Elementary  Greek  1,11.  Introductory  study  in  the  basics  of  ancient 
Greek.  3  credits. 

201,202.  Intermediate  Greek  1,11.  Readings  from  Greek  literature.  First  se- 
mester includes  readings  from  the  New  Testament  Gospels.  Second  semester 
includes  readings  from  Xenophon's  Anabasis.  Prerequisite:  GRK  102.  3  credits. 

321.  Readings  from  the  Book  of  Acts.  Prerequisite:  GRK  202.  3  credits. 

322.  Readings  in  Hellenistic  Greek.  Prerequisite:  GRK  202.  3  credits. 

431.  Readings  from  the  Epistles  of  Paul.  Prerequisite:  GRK  202.  3  credits. 

432.  Readings  from  the  Greek  Philosophers.  Prerequisite:  GRK  202.  3 
credits. 

491-498.  Special  Topics.   1-6  credits. 

Health  Care  Management 

The  Management  Department  is  described  on  page  46. 

The  major  in  health  care  management  is  designed  for  people  in  health  care  fields 
who  possess  an  associate  degree  or  diploma  and  professional  certification.  These 
qualifications  are  required  for  admission  to  the  program.  The  program  combines 
studies  in  the  liberal  arts  and  management,  plus  business  practices  common  to 
;he  health  care  industry. 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  with  a  major  in  health  care  management. 

Major:  ACT  161,  162,  CSC  147  or  170,  ECN  110,  120,  315,  ENG  111,  210,  LSP 
L00,  MGT  330,  487,  PHL  260;  SOC  324;  9-12  credits  in  sociology,  psychology,  or 
)ther  disciplines  approved  by  the  Director  of  Continuing  Education;  and  any  four 
>f  the  following  courses  (12  credits):  MAS  170,  MGT  222,  340,  350.  361.  371.  372, 
584,  420,  425  (60-63  total). 

Admission  to  this  degree  program  is  open  only  to  adults  who  have    completed 

93 


successfully  an  accredited  diploma  or  associate  degree  program  also  with 
certification  by  a  state  governmental  agency  or  a  national  professional  accrediting 
organization  in  the  following  fields:  Clinical  Medical  Assistant,  Cytotechnologist, 
Dental  Hygienist,  Emergency  Medical  Technician,  Medical  Laboratory  Techni- 
cian, Nuclear  Medicine  Technologist,  Occupational  Therapy  Assistant,  Physical 
Therapy  Assistant,  Radiologic  Technologist,  Registered  Nurse,  Respiratory 
Therapist. 

Health  Professions 

Lebanon  Valley  College  offers  pre-professional  education  in  the  medical  (medicine, 
osteopathy,  optometry,  podiatry,  pharmacy,  chiropractic,  and  dentistry)  and 
veterinary  fields.  Students  interested  in  one  of  these  careers  usually  follow  a 
science  curriculum  with  a  major  in  biochemistry,  biology  or  chemistry. 

In  addition  to  the  basic  natural  sciences  suited  to  advanced  professional  study,  the 
student  who  is  interested  in  veterinary  medicine  may  participate  in  a  cooperative 
program  between  the  College  and  local  veterinarians  specializing  in  both  small 
and  large  animal  medicine.  Students  not  only  receive  credit  for  the  work,  but  also 
gain  valuable  experience  in  the  field. 

For  those  students  interested  in  podiatry,  Lebanon  Valley  College  and  the 
Pennsylvania  College  of  Podiatric  Medicine  have  established  an  accelerated 
curriculum  consisting  of  a  minimum  of  90  undergraduate  semester  hours  and  four 
years  of  podiatric  medical  education.  Following  three  years  of  study  at  Lebanon 
Valley  College  a  student  may  be  recommended  for  further  study  at  the  Pennsylvania 
College  of  Podiatric  Medicine.  Lebanon  Valley  College  then  awards  the  bacca- 
laureate degree,  with  a  major  in  biochemistry,  biology  or  chemistry,  to  those 
students  who  complete  successfully  one  year  of  basic  science  education  at  the 
Pennsylvania  College  of  Podiatric  Medicine. 

A  health  professions  committee  coordinates  the  various  plans  of  study  in  addition 
to  offering  advice  and  assistance  to  those  persons  interested  in  health  professions 
careers. 

History  (HIS)  ' 

The  History  Department  is  described  on  page  45. 
Degree:  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  major  in  history. 
Major:  History  is  a  two-track  major. 


94 


For  students  seeking  secondary  education  certification  to  teach  social  studies,  a 
history  major  requires  HIS  125,126,213,499,  two  upper-level  courses  in  U.S. 
history  and  three  in  non-U. S.  history  (27  credits). 

For  all  other  students,  the  history  major  requires  HIS  125,126,  213,313,499,  two 
upper-level  courses  in  U.S.  history  and  three  in  non-U. S.  history,  and  two  elective 
courses  in  history  (36  credits). 

Minor:  HIS  125,126,213;  one  upper-level  course  in  U.S.  history  and  two  in  non- 
US.  history  (18  credits). 

Courses  in  History 

L25.  Survey  of  United  States  History  I.  The  story  of  America  from  Columbus 
;o  the  Civil  War.  3  credits. 

126.  Survey  of  United  States  History  II.  The  story  of  America  from  Recon- 
struction through  the  Reagan  years.  3  credits. 

201.  Ancient  History:  Greece  and  Rome.  The  beginnings  of  civilization  with 
oarticular  emphasis  upon  the  cultural  developments  of  the  Greeks  and  Romans. 
3  credits. 

203.  The  Middle  Ages.  A  study  of  the  thousand-year  period  that  saw  the 
mergence  of  a  Christian  European  civilization.  Political,  social,  economic,  and 
ntellectual  aspects  are  emphasized.  3  credits. 

205.  Early  Modern  Europe.  The  Renaissance,  Reformation,  Scientific  Revo- 
ution,  and  the  development  of  national  political  states,  especially  in  the  17th  and 
L8th  centuries.  3  credits. 

206.  Revolution  &  Nationalism,  1789-1914.  A  study  of  the  effects  of  the  French 
devolution  and  the  Industrial  Revolution  on  Europe.  Particular  attention  is  paid 
o  the  rise  of  class  antagonisms  and  national  rivalries.  3  credits. 

$07.  Europe  in  the  20th  Century.  Developments  in  Europe  from  1914  to  the 
)resent,  with  particular  attention  to  the  impact  of  the  world  wars.  3  credits. 

510.  European  Social  History.  An  inquiry  into  the  lives  and  experiences  of 
•rdinary  folk.  Topics  include  women,  laboring  classes,  and  popular  culture.  3 
redits. 

513.  History  and  Historians.  The  lives  and  ideas  of  the  great  historians  from 
indent  Greeks  to  recent  America.  3  credits. 

95 


225.  The  Colonies  and  the  American  Revolution.  A  study  of  how  European:! 
seized  the  New  World,  transformed  themselves  into  Americans,  and  fought  t(< 
build  a  republic  in  a  hostile  world  of  monarchies.  3  credits. 

226.  Age  of  Jefferson  &  Jackson.  How  the  old  republican  ideal  of  a  virtuous 
agrarian  society  struggles  to  confront  the  new  age  of  economic  modernization; 
social  diversity,  and  sectional  tension.  3  credits. 

227.  Civil  War  and  Reconstruction.  A  study  of  how  sectional  divisions  ovei 
slavery  led  to  a  bloody  war  and  a  bitter  postwar  effort  to  reshape  Southern  society. 
3  credits. 

229.  America  in  the  Atomic  Age.  The  impact  of  World  War  II,  the  cold  war, 
social  change,  and  international  responsibilities  upon  America  since  1941.  3 
credits. 

241.  Pennsylvania  History.  The  story  of  Pennsylvania's  founding,  settlement, 
expansion,  and  development  from  William  Penn  to  the  present.  3  credits. 

261.  American  Intellectual  History.  A  survey  of  American  intellectual  life 
from  the  European  discovery  to  the  present,  concentrating  on  the  way  in  which 
developments  in  religion,  politics,  education,  science,  social  science,  and  the  arts, 
have  affected  Americans'  thinking  about  themselves,  their  communities,  and 
their  role  in  the  world.  3  credits. 

262.  American  Social  History.  A  survey  of  American  social  history  from  the 
colonial  period  to  the  present,  focusing  on  the  transformation  of  European  culture 
by  American  conditions.  Special  attention  will  be  paid  to  such  developments  as 
religious  diversity,  slavery,  the  achievement  of  independence,  westward  expan- 
sion, changing  patterns  of  immigration,  social  organization,  industrialization, 
urbanization,  and  involvement  in  international  affairs.  3  credits. 

311.  American  Business  History  to  1920.  An  analysis  of  the  role  of  business 
in  America  from  the  colonial  period  to  1920.  Topics  include  managerial  leadership, 
entrepreneurship,  the  development  of  the  American  economy,  and  the  relation- 
ships between  business,  government,  trade  unionism,  and  society.  An  examina- 
tion of  the  transfer  of  technology,  methodology  and  resources  from  one  industry 
to  another.  Instruction  method  includes  industrial,  corporate  and  managerial 
case  studies,  readings,  and  classroom  discussion.  3  credits.  (Cross-listed  as 
Management  311.} 

312.  American  Business  History  Since  1920.  An  analysis  of  the  role  of  busi- 
ness in  America  during  the  Twentieth  Century.  Topics  include  managerial 


96 


leadership,  entrepreneurship,  the  development  of  the  American  economy,  and  the 
relationships  between  business,  government,  trade  unionism,  and  society.  An 
examination  of  the  transfer  of  technology,  methodology  and  resources  from  one 
industry  to  another  is  examined.  Instruction  method  includes  industrial,  corporate 
and  managerial  case  studies,  readings,  and  classroom  discussion.  3  credits. 
{Cross-listed  as  Management  312.1 

313.  Public  History.  An  introduction  to  non-teaching  careers  in  History.  Stu- 
dents examine  the  basics  of  archival  management,  museum  curatorship,  editing, 
oral  history,  and  specialized  work  in  government,  corporations,  historical  societies, 
libraries,  preservation  agencies,  research  agencies,  foundations,  and  higher 
education.  3  credits. 

331.  Nazi  Germany  and  World  War  II.  A  look  in  depth  at  the  nature  of 
totalitarianism,  the  German  experience,  the  growth  of  the  Nazi  party,  the 
[emergence  of  Hitler,  and  the  Holocaust.  3  credits. 

335.  Intellectual  History  Since  the  Renaissance.  A  survey  of  the  ideas  that 
have  dominated  the  development  of  Western  Civilization,  and  the  political,  social, 
and  economic  context  that  gave  them  meaning.  3  credits. 

1341.  Survey  of  Russian  History.  The  development  of  Russia  and  the  Soviet 
Union  from  Kievan  beginnings  to  the  present,  with  emphasis  upon  the  period 
jsince  1600.  3  credits. 

344.  History  of  the  Far  East.  A  survey  of  the  political,  economic,  and  cultural 
^institutions  of  China  and  Japan,  with  special  emphasis  given  to  the  Western 
impact  on  these  institutions  after  1500.  3  credits. 

360.  American  Military  History.  A  survey  of  American  military  institutions 
from  Old  World  tradition  to  the  post  Vietnam  era,  with  particular  emphasis  on  the 
development  of  the  United  States  Army.  The  course  features  leadership  case 
studies.  3  credits. 

•499.  Seminar.  Readings,  discussions,  and  evaluations  of  important  works  of 
history.  Open  to  history  majors  and  minors,  and  to  others  by  permission  of 
instructor.  3  credits. 

Honors  (HON) 

'  The  Honors  program  and  courses  are  described  on  page  28. 


97 


Hotel  Management  (HTM) 

The  Management  Department  is  described,  on  page  46. 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Science  with  a  major  in  hotel  management. 

Major:  HTM  111,  112,  211,  222,  231,  311,  322,  331,  411,  422, 431;  ACT  161, 162; 
ECN  120;  MGT  330,  340,  420,  485;  ENG  210;  PHL  260  (60  credits). 

Minor:  HTM  111,  112,  211,  222,  231,  311;  ACT  161  (21  credits). 

Courses  in  Hotel  Management 

111.  Introduction  to  the  Hotel  Industry.  History,  development  and  operation 
of  the  hotel  industry.  Emphasis  on  current  organization,  problems,  opportunities 
and  trends.  Overview  of  how  the  hotel  industry  functions  in  the  world  economy. 
Management  orientation  stressed.  3  credits. 

112.  Front  Office  Management.  An  analysis  of  the  integrated  functions  of  the 
front  office  and  housekeeping  departments.  Topics  include  work  and  information 
flow  within  and  between  departments,  demand  forecasting,  pricing  strategies, 
reservations  and  control,  front  desk  responsibilities,  guest  services,  emergency 
procedures,  night  auditing,  and  a  general  introduction  to  the  art  of  innkeeping. 
Materials,  equipment  and  techniques  involved  in  the  housekeeping  function  will 
also  be  analyzed.  Prerequisite:  HTM  111.  3  credits. 

211.  Hotel  Law.  Fundamentals  of  hotel  law  including  innkeeper  laws  and 
dramshop  laws.  The  case  study  method  develops  an  awareness  and  understanding 
of  the  legal  problems  confronting  hotel  managers.  Prerequisite:  HTM  111.  3 
credits. 

221.  The  Psychology  and  Sociology  of  Leisure.  An  analysis  of  the  funda- 
mental psychological  and  sociological  concepts  and  theories  related  to  the  moti- 
vation for  travel.  Review  of  consumer  behavior  in  the  hotel  industry.  Evaluating 
customer  needs  and  services.  Prerequisite:  HTM  111  and  permission.  3  credits. 

222.  Food  and  Beverage  Management  I.  Introduction  to  the  food  and  beverage 
functions  with  emphasis  on  menu  planning  and  purchasing.  Includes  fundamen- 
tals and  language,  systems,  equipment,  operational  responsibilities,  management 
organizational  patterns,  nutrition,  storage,  and  sanitation.  Prerequisite:  HTM 
111.  3  credits. 


98 


231.  Supervised  Field  Experience:  Front  Office  Management.  Emphasizes 
selected  aspects  of  front  office  management.  Accompanied  by  readings,  reports, 
journals,  and  faculty  conferences.  One  hundred  thirty-five  (135)  hours  of  field 
work  in  the  hotel  industry.  Prerequisite:  HTM  112  and  permission.  3  credits. 

311.  Advanced  Hotel  Management.  An  analysis  of  the  following  aspects  of 
hotel  organizations:  health,  safety  and  security;  building  and  grounds;  equipment 
purchase,  repair  and  maintenance;  facilities  design;  renovation  and  maintenance; 
internal  controls;  and  energy  management.  Prerequisite:  HTM  112.  3  credits. 

322.  Food  and  Beverage  Management  II.  Analysis  of  the  food  and  beverage 
functions  with  emphasis  on  production  and  services.  Prerequisite:  HTM  112.  3 
credits. 

331.  Supervised  Field  Experience:  Marketing.  Emphasizes  selected  aspects 
of  marketing  techniques  and  research.  Accompanied  by  readings,  reports,  jour- 
nals, and  faculty  conferences.  One  hundred  thirty-five  ( 135)  hours  of  field  work  in 
the  hotel  industry.  Prerequisite:  HTM  112,  MGT  340  and  permission.  3  credits. 

411.  Hotel  Financial  Management.  To  develop  an  understanding  of  common 
techniques  and  methods  by  which  management  in  the  hospitality  industry  can 
interpret,  analyze,  and  make  decisions  based  on  information  provided  by  the 
accounting  system.  Prerequisite:  ACT  161,162.  3  credits. 

422.  Food  and  Beverage  Management  III.  Advanced  analyses  of  the  food  and 
beverage  functions  with  emphasis  on  cost  control  and  profit  planning.  Relevant 
computer  software  applications  are  reviewed  in  depth.  Prerequisite:  HTM  322.  3 
credits. 

431.  Supervised  Field  Experience:  Accounting  and  Finance.  Emphasizes 
selected  aspects  of  accounting  and  financial  management  concepts  and  tech- 
niques. Accompanied  by  readings,  reports,  journals,  and  faculty  conferences.  One 
lundred  thirty-five  (135)  hours  of  field  work  in  the  hotel  industry.  3  credits. 

International  Business 

The  program  in  International  Business  is  offered  jointly  by  the  Foreign  Languages 
lepartment  which  is  described  on  page  44,  and  the  Management  department, 
which  is  described  on  page  46. 

The  program  in  international  business  provides  an  opportunity  to  integrate  the 
study  of  business  with  the  knowledge  of  a  foreign  language  and  culture.  It  is 
lesigned  to  equip  students  with  the  background  and  skills  necessary  to  work  with 

99 


foreign  corporations  within  the  United  States  and  with  American  corporations 
abroad.  While  acquiring  a  strong  liberal  arts  background,  students  who  elect  this 
major  will  receive  training  in  accounting,  management,  economics  and  political 
science.  They  also  will  become  familiar  with  a  foreign  culture  and  will  acquire 
proficiency  in  French,  German  or  Spanish.  International  business  majors  are 
encouraged  to  apply  for  internships  to  gain  valuable  field  experience. 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  with  a  major  in  international  business. 

Major:  ACT  161, 162;  ECN  110, 120,  332;  MGT  233,  330,  340,  361,  376,  485;  two 
courses  from  PSC  210, 230,  or  312;  MAS  150  or  160  or  161  or  111;  MAS  170  or  270, 
or  372;  FRN,  GMN,  SPA  315,  316;  and  two  other  courses  in  the  selected  foreign 
language  above  the  intermediate  level  (57  credits). 

Japanese  (JPN) 

The  Foreign  Languages  Department  is  described  on  page  44. 

Courses  in  Japenese 

101,102.  Elementary  Japanese  1,11.     Introductory  courses  in  Japanese. 

4  credits. 

201,202.  Intermediate  Conversational  Japanese  1,11.  A  continuation  of 
Japanese  grammar,  and  practice  in  conversation,  comprehension,  reading  and 
writing.  Prerequisite:  JPN  102  or  equivalent.  4  credits. 

Leadership  Studies  (LSP) 

The  program  in  Leadership  Studies  is  described  on  page  26. 

Courses  in  Leadership 

100,  111.  Theories  and  Applications  of  Leadership  Processes.  Theories  and 
concepts  of  leadership,  power  and  authority.  Analysis  of  their  practical  applica- 
tions. Specific  areas  to  be  covered  include  group  dynamics,  communication  skills, 
conflict  resolution,  motivation,  decision-making,  values  clarification,  self- 
assessment,  and  ethics.  Prerequisite  for  LSP  111:  permission  of  instructor. 
3  credits. 

330.  Ethical  Issues  and  Values  in  Leadership.  A  critical  examination  of  the 
ethical  and  valuational  questions  that  reside  at  the  core  of  both  leadership  and 
leadership  theories.  Prerequisite:  LSP  100  or  111.  3  credits. 

100 


350.  Advanced  Leadership  Studies.  Models  and  theories  of  leadership  as 
exemplified  in  selected  case  studies.  Analysis  of  leadership  in  other  cultures  and 
assessment  of  the  student's  own  leadership  style  are  also  included.  Prerequisite: 
LSP  100  or  111,  PHL  220  or  REL  222.  3  credits. 

400.  Leadership  Internship.  Prerequisite:  LSP  350.  3-12  credits. 

Management  (MGT) 

The  Management  Department  is  described  on  page  46. 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Science  with  a  major  in  management. 

Major:  ACT  161, 162;  ECN  110, 120;  ENG  210;  MGT  222, 233, 330,  340, 361,  371, 
460,  483,  485;  MAS  150  (or  111  or  160  or  161);  MAS  170  (or  270  or  372);  PHL  260 
(51  credits). 

Courses  in  Management 

100.  Business  and  Its  Environment.  An  overview  of  business  operations  for 
the  non-business  major.  Specialized  fields  within  business  organizations  are 
analyzed.  The  environment  and  the  role  of  business  in  modern  society  are 
examined.  Not  open  to  accounting,  economics,  management,  or  international 
business  majors.  3  credits. 

222.  Quantitative  Methods.  An  introduction  to  some  of  the  quantitative 
methods  used  in  modern  management  and  economics.  Topics  include  probability 
! concepts,  forecasting,  decision  theory,  linear  programming,  queuing  theory, 
network  models,  and  Markov  analysis.  Prerequisites:  MAS  150  and  170.  3  credits. 
'(Cross-listed  as  Economics  222.) 

233.  Personal  Computer  Applications  in  the  Business  and  Economic 
(Environment.  An  introduction  to  personal  computers  and  their  use  as  a  business 
management  tool.  Through  classroom  instruction  and  laboratory  exercises  the 
student  learns  commonly  used  business  applications.  Topics  covered  include  word 
processing,  electronic  spreadsheets,  database  management,  business  graphics, 
[decision  support  systems,  and  integrated  accounting  packages.  Prerequisite: 
ACT  151  or  161,  ECN  110  or  120,  or  permission.  3  credits. 

|250.  Real  Estate  Fundamentals  and  Practice.  This  course  acquaints  the 
jstudent  with  aspects  of  listing,  selling,  and  leasing  property.  Includes  listing  and 
selling  techniques;  contracts;  financing  including  FHA  and  VA;  qualifying  the 


101 


customer;  settlement  procedures  including  prorations;  and  special  fields  of  real 
estate  such  as  development  and  construction.  4  credits. 

311.  American  Business  History  to  1920.  An  analysis  of  the  role  of  business  in 
America  from  the  colonial  period  to  1920.  Topics  include  managerial  leadership, 
entrepreneurship,  the  development  of  the  American  economy,  and  the  relation- 
ships between  business,  government,  trade  unionism,  and  society.  An  examina- 
tion of  the  transfer  of  technology,  methodology  and  resources  from  one  industry 
to  another.  Instruction  method  includes  industrial,  corporate  and  managerial 
case  studies,  readings,  and  classroom  discussion.  3  credits.  (Cross-listed  as 
History  311.} 

312.  American  Business  History  Since  1920.  An  analysis  of  the  role  of  busi- 
ness in  America  during  the  Twentieth  Century.  Topics  include  managerial 
leadership,  entrepreneurship,  the  development  of  the  American  economy,  and  the 
relationships  between  business,  government,  trade  unionism,  and  society.  An 
examination  of  the  transfer  of  technology,  methodology  and  resources  from  one 
industry  to  another  is  examined.  Instruction  method  includes  industrial,  corpo- 
rate and  managerial  case  studies,  readings,  and  classroom  discussion.  3  credits. 
{Cross-listed  as  History  312.} 

330.  Principles  of  Management  and  Organizations.  A  study  of  management 
principles,  organizational  theory,  and  administrative  techniques  as  applied  to  the 
effective  and  efficient  operation  of  both  profit  and  non-profit  organizations. 
Emphasizes  the  organization's  structure,  leadership,  interpersonal  relationships, 
and  managerial  functions.  3  credits. 

340.  Principles  of  Marketing.  An  overview  of  marketing  from  the  management 
perspective.  Topics  include  marketing  strategies;  marketing  research;  consumer 
behavior;  selecting  target  markets;  developing,  pricing,  distributing,  and  promoting 
products  and  services  and  non-profit  marketing.  Prerequisite:  junior  standing  or 
permission.  3  credits. 

341.  Consumer  Behavior.  Analysis  of  factors  affecting  purchase  decisions  in 
the  marketplace;  application  of  behavioral  and  social  science  concepts  to  the  study 
of  consumer  behavior.  Emphasis  on  use  of  knowledge  of  consumer  behavior  for 
marketing  decisions.  Prerequisite:  MGT  330  and  MGT  340,  or  permission.  3 
credits. 

350.  Organizational  Behavior  and  Development.  A  detailed  study  of  theories 
and  models  of  organizational  behavior  and  development,  with  emphasis  on  the 
practical  application  of  these  models  in  the  workplace  to  improve  individual, 
group,  and  organizational  performance.  Prerequisite:  junior  standing  and  MGT 
330,  or  permission.  3  credits. 

102 


361.  Managerial  Finance.  A  study  of  financial  management  covering  analysis 
of  asset,  liability  and  capital  relationships  and  operations;  management  of  current 
assets  and  working  capital;  capital  planning  and  budgeting;  capital  structure  and 
dividend  policy;  short  and  intermediate  term  financing;  internal  and  external 
long  term  financing;  mergers  and  acquisitions;  multinational  operations;  and 
corporation  failures  and  liquidation.  Prerequisite:  ACT  152  or  ACT  162;  ECN 
110,120;  MGT  222.  3  credits. 

362.  Investments.  An  analysis  of  investment  and  its  relation  to  other  economic, 
legal,  and  social  institutions.  The  course  includes  discussion  of  investment 
principles,  machinery,  policy,  management  investment  types,  and  the  development 
of  portfolios  for  individuals  and  institutions.  Prerequisite:  MGT  361.  3  credits. 

364.  Advertising.  The  role  advertising  plays  in  American  life  and  its  effect  upon 
consumer  behavior.  Analysis  of  media  strategies,  functions  of  advertising  agen- 
cies, creation  of  successful  advertisements,  and  the  legal  and  ethical  restraints  on 
advertising.  Prerequisite:  MGT  340.  3  credits. 

371.  Business  Law  I.  Elementary  principles  of  law  relating  to  the  field  of 
business.  The  course  covers  contracts,  government  regulation  of  business,  con- 
sumer protection,  bankruptcy,  personal  property,  real  estate,  bailments,  insur- 
ance and  estates.  Prerequisite:  ACT  152  or  162  highly  recommended.  3  credits. 

372.  Business  Law  II.  Elementary  principles  of  law  relating  to  business.  In- 
cludes agency,  employment,  commercial  paper,  security  devices,  insurance,  part- 
nerships, corporation,  estates,  bankruptcy.  Prerequisite:  ACT  152  or  162  highly 
recommended.  3  credits. 

376.  International  Business  Management.  A  study  of  the  management  tech- 
niques and  procedures  in  international  and  multinational  organizations.  Pre- 
requisite: MGT  340.  3  credits. 

380.  Small  Business  Management.  A  study  of  small  business,  including  orga- 
nization, staffing,  production,  marketing,  and  profit  planning.  Cases  are  used 
extensively  in  presenting  the  course  material.  Prerequisite:  ACT  152  or  162,  MGT 
330,  or  permission.  3  credits. 

384.  Marketing  Research.  An  introduction  to  the  methodology  of  marketing 
research.  Specific  topics  covered  include  problem  formulation,  research  design, 
sample  design,  data  collection,  analysis  and  interpretation  of  data,  and  presen- 
tation of  research  findings.  Prerequisite:  MGT  330  and  MGT  340.  3  credits. 


103 


420.  Personnel  Management.  This  course  examines  the  problems  in  effectively 
recruiting,  selecting,  training,  developing,  compensating,  and  disciplining  human 
resources;  it  includes  both  equal  employment  opportunity  and  labor-management 
relations.  Prerequisite:  MGT  330  or  permission.  3  credits. 

425.  Labor  and  Industrial  Relations.  Emphasis  on  the  origin,  growth,  and 
development  of  labor  organizations  and  the  impact  of  such  organizations  on 
management  practices.  Topics  included  are:  legislation  affecting  industrial 
relations;  collective  bargaining  process;  contract  administration;  industrial  juris- 
prudence; and  arbitration.  Prerequisite:  MGT  330  or  permission.  3  credits. 

460.  Management  Information  Systems.  Examines  data  sources  and  the  role 
of  information  in  the  organization  for  purposes  of  management  planning,  opera- 
tions, and  control  in  various  types  of  business  environments.  Treats  information 
as  a  key  organizational  resource  parallel  to  people,  money,  materials,  and 
technology.  Views  information  and  its  uses  within  general  systems  framework. 
Prerequisite:  ACT  152  or  162,  CSC  147  or  170,  MGT  330,  or  permission.  3  credits. 

483.  Production  and  Operations  Management.  An  overview  of  the  produc- 
tion/operations management  function  as  applied  to  both  manufacturing  and 
service  organizations.  It  provides  a  background  of  the  concepts  and  processes  used 
in  the  production/service  operations  area.  Integrated  throughout  are  consider- 
ations of  the  information  systems,  the  people  involved,  the  quantitative  techniques 
employed,  and  the  international  implications.  Prerequisite:  MGT  222  and  MGT 
330,  or  permission.  3  credits. 

485.  Business  Policy.  A  capstone  course  to  study  administrative  processes 
under  conditions  of  uncertainty,  integrating  prior  studies  in  management,  ac- 
counting, and  economics.  Uses  the  case  method  and  a  computer  simulation. 
Prerequisite:  senior  standing  or  permission.  3  credits. 

487.  Health  Care  Management.  A  capstone  course  to  study  the  administrative 
processes  of  America's  health  care  industry  including  institutional  infra-struc- 
ture, governance  systems,  financial  systems,  personnel  systems,  quality  controls, 
nursing  and  clinical  services,  and  marketing.  The  course  integrates  prior  study  in 
health  care,  management,  accounting,  and  economics.  Students  will  develop 
problem  solving  skills  and  an  appropriate  management  style.  Prerequisite:  senior 
standing  or  permission. 3  credits. 

Mathematics  (MAS) 

The  Mathematical  Sciences  Department  is  described  on  page  48. 


104 


Degree:  Bachelor  of  Science  with  a  major  in  mathematics. 

Major:  MAS  111,  112,  202,  211,  222,  499,  CSC  147,  five  courses  in  mathematics 
(15  credits)  numbered  above  300,  as  approved  to  include  a  balance  between 
abstract  and  applied  courses  (38  credits). 

Minor:  MAS  111,  112  or  161,  162,  211;  MAS  202,  222,  CSC  147  and  one 
mathematics  course  (3  credits)  numbered  above  300,  approved  by  the  advisor  (22 
credits). 

Courses  in  Mathematics 

100.  Basic  Concepts  of  Mathematics  with  Computers.  A  study  of  a  variety 
of  topics  from  mathematics,  the  computer,  and  the  use  of  the  computer  as  a  tool. 
Topics  may  include:  patterns  and  inductive  reasoning,  calculators,  number 
systems,  nature  of  algebra,  interest,  installment  buying,  metric  system,  geometric 
concepts,  computer  word  processing,  and  writing  a  computer  program.  3  credits. 

102.  Pre-Calculus,  Algebra  and  Trigonometry.  A  review  of  college  algebra 
and  trigonometry.  Algebraic  expressions  and  equations,  inequalities,  absolute 
value,  exponents,  logarithms,  functional  notation,  graphs  of  functions,  systems  of 
equations,  modeling  and  work  problems,  angular  measurement,  trigonometric 
functions,  identities,  formulas,  radian  measure,  graphs  of  trigonometric  and 
inverse  functions.  3  credits. 

111,112.  Analysis  1,11.  A  rigorous  calculus  sequence  for  departmental  majors. 
Prerequisite:  placement  testing  or  MAS  102.  5  credits  per  semester. 

150.  Finite  Mathematics.  Introduction  to  finite  mathematics  with  emphasis  on 
economic  and  business  applications.  Topics  include:  sets,  lines  and  systems  of 
equations,  matrices,  linear  programming,  probability,  statistics,  Markov  processes, 
mathematics  of  finance.  3  credits. 

160.  Calculus  for  Business.  Introduction  to  differential  and  integral  calculus 
with  emphasis  on  concepts  and  techniques  most  applicable  to  business  and 
economics.  Prerequisite:  placement  testing  or  MAS  102.  3  credits. 

161.  Calculus  I.  The  first  course  of  a  calculus  sequence  with  emphasis  on 
applications.  Topics  include:  functions  and  limits,  differentiation,  integration, 
introduction  to  logarithm  and  exponential  functions.  Prerequisite:  placement 
testing  or  MAS  102.  3  credits. 


105 


162.  Calculus  II.  Continuation  of  topics  from  MAS  161.  Additional  applications 
of  differentiation  and  integration,  logarithm  and  exponential  functions,  inverse 
trigonometric  and  hyperbolic  functions,  improper  integrals,  l'hopital's  rule,  infi- 
nite series,  and  conic  sections.  Prerequisite:  MAS  161.  4  credits. 

170.  Elementary  Statistics.  Elementary  descriptive  and  inferential  statistics. 
Topics  include:  graphical  representation,  measure  of  central  tendency,  probability, 
binomial  distribution,  normal  distribution,  hypothesis  testing,  estimation,  com- 
parison testing,  linear  models  and  correlation,  and  contingency  tables.  3  credits. 

202.  Foundations  of  Mathematics.  Introduction  to  logic,  set  theory  and  real 
and  complex  numbers.  Prerequisite:  MAS  112.  3  credits. 

211.  Analysis  III.  Continuation  of  Analysis  1,11.  Prerequisite:  MAS  112  or  MAS 
162.  3  credits. 

222.  Linear  Algebra.  Vectors,  matrices,  and  systems  of  equations.  Prerequisite: 
MAS  112.  3  credits. 

261.  Calculus  III.  Continuation  of  Calculus  I, II.  Topics  include:  polar  coordinates, 
parametric  equations,  vectors  in  the  plane,  three-dimensional  space,  partial 
derivatives,  multiple  integrals,  and  vector  calculus.  Prerequisite:  MAS  111  or  162. 
3  credits. 

266.  Differential  Equations.  First  and  second  order  differential  equations, 
partial  differential  equations.  Prerequisite:  MAS  211  or  MAS  261.  3  credits. 

270.  Intermediate  Statistics.  An  advanced  version  of  MAS  170.  Prerequisite: 
MAS  112  or  MAS  162.  3  credits. 

322.  Abstract  Algebra.  Fundamentals  of  groups,  rings,  field.  Prerequisite:  MAS 
222.  3  credits. 

325.  Geometry.  Axiomatic  development  of  Absolute,  Euclidean  and  non-Euclid- 
ean geometries.  Prerequisite:  MAS  112.  3  credits. 

335.  Operations  Research  I.  Linear  programming,  dynamic  programming, 
integer  programming,  queueing  theory,  project  scheduling,  stochastic  simulation, 
and  decision  analysis.  Prerequisite:  MAS  222,371.  3  credits. 

336.  Operations  Research  II.  Continuation  of  topics  from  MAS  335,  and 
selected  topics  from  goal  programming,  network  analysis,  game  theory,  stochastic 
processes,  inventory  theory,  forecasting,  and  reliability.  Prerequisite:  MAS  335. 
3  credits. 

106 


371.  Mathematical  Probability.  Random  variables,  probability  law  and  distri- 
butions. Prerequisite:  MAS  211.  3  credits. 

372.  Mathematical  Statistics.  Generating  functions,  decision  theory,  tests  of 
hypotheses.  Prerequisite:  MAS  371.  3  credits. 

412.  Functions  of  a  Complex  Variable.  Analytic  functions.  Cauchy  theorem, 
conformal  mapping.  Prerequisite:  MAS  202.  3  credits. 

452.  Seminar  for  Teachers.  Issues  of  concern  for  the  prospective  secondary 
school  mathematics  teacher.  1  credit. 

463.  Numerical  Analysis  I.  Iteration,  interpolation,  numerical  integration,  and 
linear  systems.  Prerequisite:  MAS  112  or  MAS  162,  CSC  147.  3  credits. 

464.  Numerical  Analysis  II.  Continuation  of  MAS  463,  and  differential  equa- 
tions, and  matrix  methods.  Prerequisite:  MAS  463.  3  credits. 

471.  Applied  Statistics.  Linear  regression  and  correlation  analysis,  analysis  of 
variance,  sampling,  time  series  analysis.  Prerequisite:  MAS  372.  3  credits. 

499.  Seminar.  Problem  solving  techniques  and  other  selected  topics.  Prerequi- 
site: MAS  211.  1  credit. 

Medical  Technology 

In  addition  to  the  degree  described  below,  Lebanon  Valley  College  also  offers  a 
"2+2"  cooperative  program  in  medical  technology  with  Thomas  Jefferson  Univer- 
sity and  a  "2+3"  program  with  Hahnemann  University,  both  in  Philadelphia. 
These  Programs  are  described  on  page  30. 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Medical  Technology 

Major:  BIO  111,  112,  306,  322,  eight  additional  credits  in  biology;  CHM  111.  112. 
113, 114,  213,  214,  215,  216;  PHY  103, 104;  MAS  170  (51  credits).  The  senioryear 
is  spent  off-campus  at  an  accredited  hospital  School  of  Medical  Technology.  It  is 
the  student's  responsibility  to  apply  and  become  accepted  into  a  hospital  program. 
Thirty  (30)  semester  hours  of  credit  are  awarded  for  the  successful  completion  of 
this  year. 


10' 


Military  Science  (MIL) 

The  Military  Science  program  is  described  on  page  52. 
Requirements:  MIL  101,  102,  201,  202,  301,  302,  401,  402;  HIS  360. 

Courses  in  Military  Science 

101,102.  Introduction  to  Military  Science.  Emphasis  on  developing  self- 
confidence  and  bearing.  Instruction  and  weekly  practical  training  in  such  bask 
skills  as  map  reading,  rappelling,  weapons,  communications,  first  aid,  tactical 
movements,  customs  and  courtesies,  public  speaking,  and  leadership.  Meets  on* 
hour  per  week  each  semester.  Also  two  to  three  Saturdays  of  adventure  training 
and  one  formal  social  event  each  semester.  1  credit  each  semester. 

201,202.  Application  of  Military  Science.  Advanced  instruction  in  topics 
introduced  in  the  first  year.  Participation  in  operations  and  basic  tactics  tc 
demonstrate  leadership  problems  and  to  develop  leadership  skills.  Meets  twc 
hours  per  week  each  semester.  Also  two  to  three  Saturdays  of  adventure  training 
and  one  formal  social  event  each  semester.  1  credit  each  semester. 

301,302.  Advanced  Application  of  Military  Science.  Emphasis  on  leader 
ship.  Situations  require  direct  interaction  with  other  cadets  and  test  the  student's 
ability  to  meet  set  goals  and  to  get  others  to  do  the  same.  Students  master  basic 
tactical  skills  of  the  small  unit  leader.  Meets  two  hours  per  week  and  selectee 
weekends  each  semester.  Prerequisite:  Open  only  to  Advanced  Course  cadets.  1 
credit  each  semester. 

401,402.  Command  and  Staff.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  developing  planning  and 
decision-making  capabilities  in  the  areas  of  military  operations,  logistics,  and 
administration.  Meets  two  hours  per  week  and  selected  weekends  each  semester. 
Prerequisite:  Open  only  to  Advanced  Course  cadets.  1  credit  each  semester. 

Music  (MSC) 

The  Music  department  is  described  on  page  54. 

Degrees:  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  major  in  music;  Bachelor  of  Music;  Bachelor  ol 
Music  with  a  major  in  Sacred  Music;  Bachelor  of  Science  with  a  major  in  music 
education;  Bachelor  of  Music  with  emphasis  in  Sound  Recording  Technology. 


108 


Majors:  Core  courses  in  all  music  degree  programs  are:  (Area  I)  MSC  115,  116, 
117, 118, 215, 217, 226, 316;  (Area  V)  MSC  341, 342;  (Area  VI)  MSC  246;  (Area  VII) 
MSC  530  [B.S.],  or  540  [B.A.],  or  550  [B.M.]. 

Music  (B.A.):  Core  courses  plus  (Area  I)  MSC  224,315,329;  (Area  II)  MSC  132,327 
for  voice  majors;  (Area  IV)  ensembles;  (Area  V)  MSC  306  for  piano  majors,  MSC 
326  for  voice  majors,  MSC  462;  (Area  VII)  MSC  510  or  530-piano  for  voice  majors, 
MSC  540-piano/voice  depending  upon  performance  area. 

Orchestral  and  Band  Instruments  (B.M.):  Core  courses  plus  (Area  I)  MSC 
224,315,329,416;  (Area  II)  MSC  403;  (Area  III)  MSC  123,124-  brass  or  231,232- 
woodwinds,  or  337,338-strings,  or  127,228-percussion;  (Area  IV)  ensembles,  MSC 
480;  (Area  V)  MSC  462;  (Area  VII)  MSC  510  or  530-piano,  520  or  530-voice,  MSC 
550-orchestral/band  instrument  depending  upon  performance  area. 

Piano  (B.M.):  Core  courses  plus  (Area  I)  MSC  224,315,329,416;  (Area  II)  MSC 
406;  (Area  IV)  ensembles,  MSC  411,480-6  credits;  (Area  V)  MSC  306,462;  (Area 
VI)  MSC  345  or  347;  (Area  VII)  MSC  520  or  530-voice,  MSC  550-piano,  MSC  600. 

Sacred  Music  (B.M.):  Core  courses  plus  (Area  I)  MSC  224,  315,  329;  (Area  V) 
MSC  462;  (Area  VI)  MSC  347.  Organ  track:  (Area  II)  MSC  132,  422;  (Area  IV) 
tnsembles;  ( Area  V)  MSC  321,  322,  351, 352, 354, 421;  (Area  VII)  MSC  520  or  530- 
/oice,  530-piano,  MSC  550-organ. 

Voice  track:  (Area  II)  MSC  132,327,422;  (Area  IV)  ensembles;  (Area  V)  MSC 
521,322,326,351,421;  (Area  VII)  MSC  530-piano,  530-organ,  550-voice. 

Vlusic  Education  (B.S.):  Core  courses  plus  (Area  I)  MSC  416;  (Area  II)  MSC 
}33,334,335,336,441,402or404;(AreaIII)MSC  123, 124, 127,228,231,232,337,338; 
Area  IV)  ensembles;  (Area  V)  MSC  341,342;  (Area  VI)  MSC  345  or  347;  EDU  110; 
PSY  100  or  120;  PSY  220.  Students  whose  performance  medium  is  piano  are 
equired  to  study  1  year  of  voice.  Students  whose  performance  medium  is  voice  are 
equired  to  complete  2  years  of  piano.  Students  whose  performance  medium  is  a 
>and  or  orchestral  instrument  are  required  to  complete  2  years  of  piano  study  and 
year  of  voice  study.  All  study  includes  class  or  private  instruction.  Music 
ducation  majors  are  permitted  to  register  for  only  the  half-hour  lesson  in  their 
>rincipal  performance  medium  during  the  student  teaching  semester.  All  students 
nay  earn  up  to  12  credits  for  ensemble  participation. 

tfinor:  MSC  115, 116,  117,  341  or  342,  6  credits  of  Private  Instruction  (MSC  530) 
md  4  credits  in  music  ensembles  or  elective  courses.  All  programs  must  be 
ipproved  by  the  Chairperson. 


109 


Student  Recitals 

The  student  recitals  are  of  inestimable  value  to  all  students  in  acquainting  them 
with  a  wide  range  of  the  best  musical  literature,  in  developing  musical  taste  and 
discrimination,  in  affording  the  experience  of  appearing  before  an  audience,  and 
in  gaining  self-  reliance  as  well  as  nerve  control  and  stage  demeanor.  Students  at 
all  levels  of  performance  appear  in  these  student  recitals. 

Courses  in  Music  Theory  (Area  I) 

Enrollment  in  all  music  courses  above  the  100  level  requires  the  permission  of  the 
Chairperson  of  the  Department. 

115.  Harmony  I.  A  study  of  the  rudiments  of  music  and  their  notation.  Harmo- 
nization of  melodies  and  basses  with  fundamental  triads.  Analysis.  2  credits. 

116.  Harmony  II.  A  study  of  inversions  of  triads,  seventh  chords,  the  principles 
of  modulation  and  figured  bass.  Analysis  of  hymns  and  standard  literature.  2 
credits. 

117.  Ear  Training  and  Sight  Singing  I.  The  singing  and  aural  recognition  of 
intervals,  scales  triads  and  simple  harmonic  progressions.  2  credits. 

118.  Ear  Training  and  Sight  Singing  II.  A  continuation  of  the  117,  empha- 
sizing clef  reading,  modality,  modulation  and  more  complicated  rhythmic  devices 
and  harmonic  patterns.  2  credits. 

215.  Harmony  III.  The  writing  and  analysis  of  exercises  and  literature  that 
include  secondary  dominant,  diminished  seventh  chords  and  substitutes  for 
diatonic  harmony.  Analysis  and  discussion  of  Twentieth  Century  compositional 
techniques.  2  credits. 

217.  Basic  Concepts  of  Structure  and  Style.  An  advanced  ear  training  course 
using  literature  representing  various  stylistic  periods  and  performance  media  as 
the  basis  for  analysis,  discussion  and  aural  recognition.  2  credits. 

224.  Counterpoint.  Introductory  work  in  strict  counterpoint  through  three-  and 
four-part  work  in  all  the  species.  2  credits. 

226.  Form  and  Analysis  I.  A  study  through  analysis  and  listening  of  simple  and 
compound  forms,  variations,  contrapuntal  forms,  rondo  and  sonata  forms.  Emphasis 
is  placed  primarily  upon  structural  content.  The  course  provides  experience  and 
skill  in  both  aural  and  visual  analysis.  2  credits. 

110 


{15.  Harmony  IV.  Elementary  Composition.  Exposure  to  the  composition  of 
various  forms,  including  theme  and  variation,  rondo,  song  and  dance  forms; 
ixploration  of  Twentieth  Century  compositional  techniques.  2  credits. 

116.  Keyboard  Harmony.  Score  reading  and  the  realization  of  figured  bass  at 
he  keyboard,  transposition,  and  improvisation.  The  successful  completion  of  a 
)iano  jury  is  required  for  admission  to  the  course.  2  credits. 

129.  Form  and  Analysis  II.  A  study  through  analysis  and  listening  of  fugal 
brms,  suite,  complex  sonata  forms  and  techniques  for  analysis  of  certain  contem- 
>orary  styles  of  music.  2  credits. 

H6.  Orchestration.  A  study  of  instrumentation  and  the  devices  and  techniques 
or  scoring  transcriptions,  arrangements  and  solos  for  orchestra  and  band,  with 
pecial  emphasis  on  practical  scoring  for  mixed  ensembles  as  they  occur  in  public 
chools.  Laboratory  analysis  and  performance.  Scoring  of  original  works.  2  credits. 


Music  Education  (Area  II) 

32.  Diction  for  Singers.  An  introduction  to  the  pronunciation  of  singer's 
Inglish,  German,  French,  Italian,  and  Latin,  utilizing  the  International  Phonetic 
Jphabet.  Required  for  sacred  music  majors  and  for  voice  students  majoring  in 
lusic;  open  to  other  students  with  permission  of  the  instructor.  1  credit. 

20.  Music  in  the  Elementary  School.  A  course  designed  to  aid  elementary 
ducation  majors  in  developing  music  skills  for  the  classroom,  including  the 
laying  of  instruments,  singing,  notation,  listening,  movement,  and  creative 
pplications.  3  credits. 

80.  Field  Practicum  in  Music  Education.  Supervised  field  experiences  in 
ppropriate  settings.  Required  pass/fail.  Prerequisites:  EDU  110  and  permission. 
-3  credits. 

27.  Vocal  Pedagogy.  This  course  prepares  the  advanced  voice  student  to  teach 
rivate  lessons  at  the  secondary  school  level.  Students  are  expected  to  develop 
Deal  exercise  procedures,  become  familiar  with  suitable  teaching  repertoire  and 
pply  teaching  procedures  in  a  laboratory  situation.  Selected  writings  in  vocal 
dagogy  and  voice  therapy  will  be  studied.  2  credits. 

53.  Methods  and  Materials,  General  Music:  Elementary.  A  comprehensive 
udy  of  general  music  teaching  at  the  elementary  school  level,  the  philosophy  of 
usic  education,  varied  approaches  for  developing  conceptual  learning  and  music 
:ills,  creative  applications,  and  analysis  of  materials.  3  credits. 

Ill 


334.  Methods  and  Materials,  General  Music:  Junior  High/Middle  School. 

A  study  of  materials  and  approaches  appropriate  for  general  music  classes  in  the 
junior  high/middle  school,  including  adolescent  voices,  musically-oriented  learn- 
ing experiences,  and  planning  a  general  curriculum.  3  credits. 

335.  Methods  and  Materials:  Instrumental.  A  comprehensive  study  of 
methods  and  materials  applicable  to  the  teaching  of  band  and  orchestral  instru- 
ments and  instrumental  groups  from  elementary  through  high  school  levels. 
Topics  include:  an  overview  of  the  historical  and  philosophical  perspectives  of 
music  education,  development  of  organizational  skills  and  administrative  re- 
sponsibilities and  a  review  of  the  playing  and  teaching  techniques  of  all  instru- 
ments. 3  credits. 

336.  Music  Education  Field  Practicum.  Students  are  placed  in  schools  one 
hour  per  week  where  they  are  involved  in  a  teaching/learning  environment. 
1  credit. 

402.  Seminar  in  Advanced  Instrumental  Problems.  A  lecture/discussion 
course  highlighting  the  typical  problems  confronting  the  school  instrumental 
music  teacher.  Topics  include:  marching  band  charting  and  show  design  techniques, 
instrument  repair  and  maintenance,  selection  of  beginners,  rehearsal  scheduling, 
budgeting,  evaluation,  literature  selection,  and  organization  of  festivals,  contests, 
trips,  and  public  performances.  Individual  research  projects  and  student  pre- 
sentations. 2  credits. 

403.  Pedagogy.  Orchestral  and  Band  Instruments.  A  survey  of  literature 
and  teaching  materials  that  relate  to  the  student's  performance  area.  Students 
may  be  expected  to  apply  teaching  procedures  in  a  laboratory  situation.  2  credits. 

404.  Music  Education  Seminar,  Secondary  Level.  A  study  of  the  high  school 
vocal  music  curriculum  and  related  course  offerings.  2  credits. 

406.  Piano  Pedagogy.  A  practical  course  that  explores  fundamental  principles 
necessary  to  be  an  effective  piano  teacher.  Subjects  include  practice  techniques, 
memorization  and  the  selection  of  appropriate  technical  materials  for  both 
beginners  and  advanced  students.  Laboratory  teaching  may  be  required  of  the 
student.  2  credits. 

422.  Church  Music  Methods  and  Administration.  A  course  that  acquaints 
students  with  the  total  church  music  program.  Topics  include  the  development  of 
a  choir  program,  methods  and  techniques  of  rehearsal,  budget  preparation,  and 
committee  and  pastoral  relationships.  2  credits. 


112 


441.  Student  Teaching.  Music  education  majors  spend  a  semester  in  the  music 
department  of  a  school  district  under  the  supervision  of  cooperating  teachers. 
Prerequisites:  (Da  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  2.00  during  the  first  six 
semesters  in  college;  (2)  successful  completion  of  piano  and  voice  juries;  (3) 
completion  of  Music  333,334,335,336  including  field  experiences;  (4)  approval  of 
the  music  faculty.  Students  are  responsible  for  transportation;  the  college  cannot 
insure  that  student  teaching  placement  can  be  in  a  local  geographical  area. 

Instrumental  Courses  (Area  III) 

Class  instruction  in  Band  and  Orchestral  Instruments.  Practical  courses  in  which 
students,  in  addition  to  being  taught  the  fundamental  principles  underlying  the 
playing  of  all  band  and  orchestral  instruments,  learn  to  play  on  instruments  of 
ach  group:  string,  woodwind,  brass,  and  percussion.  Problems  of  class  procedure 
in  public  schools  are  discussed;  transposition  of  all  instruments  is  taught. 
Ensemble  playing  is  an  integral  part  of  these  courses.  Bibliographical  materials 
are  surveyed. 

i 

Brass  Instruments  (trumpet,  horn,  trombone,  baritone,  tuba) 

I 

L23.  Brass  I.  A  study  of  the  trumpet  and  trombone.  Emphasis  on  pedagogical 

techniques.  1  credit. 

L24.  Brass  II.  A  study  of  the  remainder  of  the  brass  family  (horn,  baritone,  tuba ). 
Emphasis  on  pedagogical  techniques.  Mixed  brass  ensemble  experience.  1  credit. 

'ercussion  Instruments  (snare  drum,  timpani,  bass  drum,  and  others) 

27.  Percussion  I.  A  study  of  the  snare  drum.   1/2  credit. 

!28.  Percussion  II.  A  study  of  the  remainder  of  the  above  instruments.  1/2  credit. 

Voodwind  Instruments  (clarinet,  flute,  oboe,  saxophone,  bassoon) 

!31.  Woodwind  I.  A  study  of  the  clarinet.  1  credit. 

32.  Woodwind  II.  A  study  of  the  remainder  of  the  above  instruments.  1  credit. 

•tring  Instruments  (violin,  viola,  cello,  string  bass) 

37.  String  I.  A  study  of  all  the  above  instruments.  1  credit. 

38.  String  II.  A  continuation  of  the  study  of  all  the  above  instruments.  1  credit. 

113 


Music  Organizations  (Area  IV) 

Opportunities  for  individual  performance  in  a  group  experience  are  provided  by 
music  organizations.  Membership  in  the  organizations  is  open  on  an  audition 
basis  to  all  students. 

• 

411.  Piano  Ensemble.  A  course  that  acquaints  students  with  problems  related  I 
to  piano  ensemble  performance.  Practical  experience  will  be  gained  through  study 
and  performance  of  appropriate  literature.  2  credits. 

480.  Chamber  Music.  Under  the  guidance  of  an  instructor,  the  student  studies 
and  performs  chamber  works  appropriate  to  his  or  her  performance  medium. 
Prepared  works  may  be  presented  in  recital.  1-2  credits. 

601.  Symphonic  and  Marching  Band.  The  symphonic  band  performs  original 
literature  as  well  as  arrangements  of  standard  repertoire.  During  the  football 
season  it  presents  half-time  performances.  Membership  is  by  audition  and  is 
dependent  upon  the  instrumentation  needs  of  the  organization.  All  music 
education  majors,  regardless  of  performance  medium,  are  required  to  be  in 
marching  band  for  a  minimum  of  two  semesters.  1  credit. 

603.  Symphony  Orchestra.  A  wide  variety  of  symphonic  literature  is  studied 
and  performed.  In  the  second  semester  the  orchestra  accompanies  soloists  in  a 
concerto-aria  concert  and  on  occasion  combines  with  choral  organizations  for  the 
performance  of  a  major  work.  1  credit. 

604.  Concert  Choir.  The  Concert  Choir  is  composed  of  approximately  fifty 
voices,  selected  by  audition.  All  phases  of  choral  literature  are  studied  intensively. 
In  addition  to  local  concerts,  the  choir  tours  annually.  1  credit. 

605.  College  Chorus.  The  College  Chorus  offers  the  opportunity  to  study  and 
perform  literature  of  various  styles  and  composers  including  major  choral  works. 
Choral  experience  is  preferred  but  not  required.  Required  of  all  majors  in  the 
department.  1/2  credit. 

613.  Clarinet  Choir.   1/2  credit. 

614.  Woodwind  Quintet.   1/2  credit. 

615.  Brass  Ensemble.  1/2  credit. 

616.  Percussion  Ensemble.  1/2  credit. 


114 


621.  Flute  Ensemble.  1/2  credit. 

623.  String  Ensemble.   1/2  credit. 

624.  Woodwind  Ensemble.   1/2  credit. 

625.  Low  Brass  Ensemble.  1/2  credit. 

626.  Jazz  Band.   1  credit. 

628.  Small  Jazz  Ensemble.  1/2  credit. 
630.  Chamber  Ensemble.   1/2  credit. 
635.  Handbell  Choir.   1/2  credit. 

The  History  and  Appreciation  of  Music  Courses  (Area  V) 

100.  History  and  Appreciation  of  Music.  For  the  non-music  major,  a  survey 
of  Western  music  from  ancient  to  modern  times.  The  course  is  designed  to  increase 
the  individual's  musical  perception.  May  not  be  taken  if  the  student  has  completed 
MSC  341  and/or  342.  3  credits. 

120.  American  Music  History.  A  historical  survey  of  American  music,  empha- 
sizing stylistic  developments  and  illustrative  musical  examples.  The  course 
emphasizes  the  Twentieth  Century  including  jazz,  pop,  rock  and  American 
musical  theatre.  3  credits. 

306.  History  and  Literature  of  the  Piano.  A  survey  of  the  development  of  the 
piano  and  its  literature  with  emphasis  on  piano  methods  books  and  related 
materials.  2  credits. 

321.  Hymnology.  A  study  of  the  historical  development  of  hymns  and  hymn 
singing,  as  well  as  an  in-depth  analysis  of  the  current  hymnodical  practices  of  the 
Christian  churches.  2  credits. 

322.  Sacred  Choral  Literature  Seminar.  A  study  of  standard  oratorios,  re- 
quiems, cantatas  and  anthems  with  emphasis  on  the  development  of  aesthetic 

I  udgement  in  selecting  literature  for  various  liturgical  settings.  2  credits. 


1326.  Vocal  Literature.  A  survey  of  solo  vocal  literature  with  emphasis  on 
peaching  repei'toire.  Extensive  listening  is  required.  Students  may  have  oppor- 
;unities  to  perform  works  studied.  2  credits. 


115 


341.  History  and  Literature  of  Music  I.  A  survey  course  in  the  history  of 
Western  Music,  with  emphasis  on  stylistic  developments  and  illustrative  musical 
examples.  Ends  with  Bach.  May  not  be  taken  if  student  has  completed  MSC  100. 
3  credits. 

342.  History  and  Literature  of  Music  II.  A  survey  course  in  the  history  of 
Western  Music,  with  emphasis  on  stylistic  developments  and  illustrative  musical 
examples.  Covers  Handel  to  the  present.  May  not  be  taken  if  student  has 
completed  MSC  100.  3  credits. 

351,352,354.  Organ  Seminar  I,II,IV.  Three  semesters  of  study,  preferably  in 
sequence,  based  on  the  investigation  of  the  following:  35 1-Organ  Design  and  Tonal 
Evolution;  352-Organ  History  and  Literature  (A  survey  from  early  periods  through 
contemporary  times);  354-Church  Service  Playing.  2  credits  per  semester. 

421.  Liturgy.  A  study  of  the  music  and  its  form  as  related  to  the  historical 
development  of  the  current  practice  of  the  service  of  the  Christian  churches.  2 
credits. 

462.  Music  Literature  Seminar.  A  study  of  music  literature  to  extend  the 
student's  familiarity  with  selected  works.  Application  of  accumulated  knowledge 
of  theory,  music  history,  form,  and  twentieth-century  music.  Each  student 
pursues  an  individual  project  of  particular  interest.  2  credits. 

Conducting  (Area  VI) 

246.  Principles  of  Conducting.  The  principles  of  conducting  and  baton  tech- 
nique. Students  conduct  ensembles  derived  from  class  personnel.  2  credits. 

345.  Instrumental  Conducting.  Emphasis  on  practical  work  with  instrumental 
groups.  Rehearsal  techniques  are  applied  through  individual  experience.  2  credits. 

347.  Choral  Conducting.  Basic  conducting  techniques  applied  to  the  choral 
idiom.  Rehearsal  procedures,  materials  and  specific  problems  of  the  choral 
conductor  are  stressed  through  laboratory  experience.  2  credits. 


Applied  Music  Instruction  (Area  VII) 

Private  instruction  in  the  principal  performance  medium,  as  required  by  the 
degree,  is  included  in  the  base  tuition  charge  for  full-time  students.  Other  private 
instruction  elected  by  the  student  is  subject  to  additional  fees. 


116 


510.  Class  Piano  Instruction.  1  credit. 

520.  Class  Voice  Instruction.  1  credit. 

530.  Individual  Instruction  (Voice,  Piano,  Orchestral  and  Band  Instru- 
ments).  1  credit. 

540.  Individual  Instruction  (Voice,  Piano,  Organ,  Orchestral  and  Band 
Instruments).  A  charge  is  made  for  the  second  half-hour  of  instruction  except 
where  required  by  the  degree.  2  credits. 

550.  Individual  Instruction.  Private  lessons  for  B.M.  majors.  Private  lessons 
in  the  principal  performance  medium,  as  required  by  the  degree,  are  included  in 
the  tuition.  3  credits. 

600.  Accompanying.  Under  the  guidance  of  a  piano  instructor  the  piano  major 
prepares  accompaniments  for  recital  performance.  One  credit  per  semester  is 
given  for  one  solo  recital  or  two  half  recitals.  A  maximum  of  six  credits,  usually 
distributed  over  the  last  three  years,  may  be  earned. 

Sound  Recording  Technology  Courses 

See  page  136. 

Philosophy  (PHL) 

The  Religion  and  Philosophy  Department  is  described  on  page  63. 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  major  in  philosophy. 

Major:  PHL  120,220,300;  at  least  one  course  from  PHL  301-336;  12  additional 
credits  in  philosophy  (24  credits). 

Minor:  PHL  220,300;  at  least  one  course  from  PHL  301-336;  9  additional  credits 
in  philosophy  (18  credits). 

Courses  in  Philosophy 

110.  Problems  of  Philosophy.  Examination  of  major  philosophical  issues  and 
the  ways  major  philosophers  have  dealt  with  them.  3  credits. 


11" 


120.  Basic  Logic.  An  introduction  to  the  rules  of  clear  and  effective  thinking. 
Attention  is  given  to  the  logic  of  meaning,  the  logic  of  valid  inference,  and  the  logic 
of  factual  inquiry.  Main  emphasis  is  upon  deductive  logic.  Students  are  introduced 
to  the  elements  of  symbolic  logic  as  well  as  to  traditional  modes  of  analysis.  3 
credits. 

220.  Ethics.  An  inquiry  into  the  central  problems  of  values  applied  to  human 
conduct,  with  an  examination  of  the  responses  of  major  ethical  theories  to  those 
problems.  3  credits. 

230.  Philosophy  of  Religion.  A  study  of  the  issues  raised  for  philosophy  by 
contemporary  religious  and  theological  thought.  The  course  includes  critical 
examinations  of  such  problems  as  faith  and  reason;  the  meaning  of  revelation, 
symbolism,  and  language;  the  arguments  for  the  existence  of  God;  faith  and 
history;  religion  and  culture.  3  credits. 

240.  American  Philosophy.  A  survey  of  philosophical  thought  in  the  United 
States  from  the  colonial  period  to  the  present,  with  emphasis  on  the  work  of  Peirce, 
James,  and  Dewey.  3  credits. 

260.  Ethical  Issues  in  Organizations.  An  examination  of  ethics  and  values 
within  the  context  of  modern  corporate  organizations.  The  course  considers  issues 
pertinent  to  corporate  responsibility,  whistle-blowing,  the  profit  motive,  con- 
sumerism, bribery,  conflict  of  interest,  and  cost/benefit  analysis.  Some  attention 
is  given  to  classical  ethical  theories;  a  considerable  portion  of  the  course  is  devoted 
to  case  analysis.  Prerequisite:  MGT  330  or  PHL  110  or  by  permission.  3  credits. 

300.  History  of  Philosophy.  The  development  of  philosophical  thought  from  the 
pre-Socratics  through  the  nineteenth  century,  with  emphasis  on  philosophy  as  a 
discipline  of  systematic  inquiry.  3  credits. 

301-335.  Major  Authors.  Intensive  studies  of  individual  great  philosophers  or 
principal  schools.  Prerequisite:  PHL  300  or  permission.  3  credits. 

336.  Twentieth  Century  Philosophy.  An  examination  of  representative 
American,  British,  and  Continental  philosophers  from  1900  to  the  present. 
Prerequisite:  PHL  300  or  permission.  3  credits. 

Physical  Education  (PED) 

The  Physical  Education  department  is  described  on  page  58. 

The  College  does  not  offer  a  major  or  minor  in  Physical  Education. 

118 


Courses  in  Physical  Education 

102.  Aerobic  Exercises.  A  combination  of  exercise  and  dance  steps  in  rhythmic 
movements.  The  course  promotes  the  value  of  a  total  fitness  program,  including 
diet  and  weight  control  and  heart  rate  monitoring.  1  credit. 

110.  Basketball.  Instruction  in  the  tactics,  techniques  and  strategies  of  the 
game.  1  credit. 

113.  Bowling.  Instruction  in  the  techniques,  etiquette,  history  and  method  of 
scoring.  1  credit. 

122.  Fitness.  Examination  of  varied  programs  for  fitness,  with  emphasis  on  diet 
and  weight  control,  cardiovascular  efficiency,  strength  improvement,  and  flexibility 
training.  1  credit. 

125.  Golf.  Instruction  in  the  techniques,  tactics,  rules  and  etiquette  of  golf.  1 
credit. 

131.  Racquetball.  Instruction  in  the  tactics,  techniques  and  different  forms  of 
competition  used  in  racquetball.  1  credit. 

146.  Tennis.  Instruction  in  the  techniques,  rules  and  tactics,  with  extensive 
practice  in  singles  and  doubles.  1  credit. 

160.  Beginning  Swimming.  Instruction  in  the  fundamentals  of  swimming.  1 
credit. 

165.  Intermediate  Swimming.  Advanced  instruction  in  swimming.   1  credit. 

170.  Skiing.  Beginning,  intermediate  and  advanced  instruction  at  Blue  Marsh 
Ski  Area.  1  credit. 

180.  Softball  and  Volleyball.  Instruction  in  the  techniques  and  tactics  of 
softball  and  volleyball  and  varied  forms  of  competition.  1  credit. 

One  semester  of  Music  601,  Symphonic  and  Marching  Band  (1  credit).  Fall 
semester  only,  may  be  used  to  satisfy  1  credit  of  Physical  Activity  (Area  9)  of  the 
General  education  requirements.  The  two  credit  requirement  of  Area  9  may  be 
satisfied  by  electing  Music  601,  Symphonic  and  Marching  Band  (1  credit).  Fall 
semester  only,  in  two  different  years. 


119 


Physics  (PHY) 

The  Physics  Department  is  described  on  page  58. 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Science  with  a  major  in  physics. 

Major:  PHY  111,  112,  211,  311,  312,  321,  322,  plus  6  additional  semester  hours 
(at  least  2  in  experimental  physics);  MAS  161, 162,  261  and  266  or  MAS  111,  112, 
211  and  266.  (43-46  credits) 

Courses  in  Physics 

100.  Physics  and  Its  Impact.  A  course  that  acquaints  the  student  with  some  of 
the  important  concepts  of  physics,  both  classical  and  modern,  and  with  the 
scientific  method,  its  nature  and  its  limitations.  The  role  of  physics  in  the  history 
of  thought  and  its  relationships  to  other  disciplines  and  to  society  and  government 
are  considered.  The  weekly  two-hour  laboratory  period  provides  experience  in  the 
acquisition,  representation,  and  analysis  of  experimental  data,  and  demonstra- 
tion of  the  physical  phenomena  with  which  the  course  deals.  4  credits. 

103,104.  General  College  Physics  1,11.  An  introduction  to  the  fundamental 
concepts  and  laws  of  the  various  branches  of  physics,  including  mechanics,  heat, 
sound,  electricity,  magnetism,  optics,  and  atomic  and  nuclear  structure,  with 
laboratory  work  in  each  area.  4  credits  per  semester. 

110.  The  Physics  of  Music.  The  study  of  wave  motion,  analysis  and  synthesis 
of  waves,  resonance,  physical  characteristics  of  music  sounds,  musical  instru- 
ments, the  reproduction  and  amplification  of  sound,  and  the  acoustical  properties 
of  rooms.  A  working  knowledge  of  algebra  is  required.  3  credits. 

111,112.  Principles  of  Physics  I,  II.  An  introductory  course  in  classical  physics, 
designed  for  students  who  desire  a  rigorous  mathematical  approach  to  college 
physics.  Calculus  is  used  throughout.  The  first  semester  is  devoted  to  mechanics 
and  heat,  and  the  second  semester  to  electricity,  magnetism,  and  optics,  with 
laboratory  work  in  each  area.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  MAS  111  or  161.  4 
credits  per  semester. 

211.  Atomic  and  Nuclear  Physics.  An  introduction  to  modern  physics,  includ- 
ing the  foundation  of  atomic  physics,  quantum  theory  of  radiation,  the  atomic 
nucleus,  radioactivity,  and  nuclear  reactions,  with  laboratory  work  in  each  area. 
Prerequisite:  PHY  104  or  112,  or  permission.  4  credits. 


120 


212.  Introduction  to  Electronics.  The  physics  of  electrons  and  electronic 
devices,  including  diodes,  transistors,  power  supplies,  amplifiers,  oscillators, 
switching  circuits,  and  integrated  circuits,  with  laboratory  work  in  each  area. 
Prerequisite:  PHY  104  or  112,  or  permission.  4  credits. 

311,312.  Analytical  Mechanics  1,11.  A  rigorous  study  of  classical  mechanics, 
including  the  motion  of  a  single  particle,  the  motion  of  a  system  of  particles,  and 
the  motion  of  a  rigid  body.  Damped  and  forced  harmonic  motion,  the  central  force 
problem,  the  Euler  description  of  rigid  body  motion,  and  the  Lagrange  generali- 
zation of  Newtonian  mechanics  are  among  the  topics  treated.  Prerequisites:  PHY 
111  and  MAS  266.  3  credits  per  semester. 

321,322.  Electricity  and  Magnetism  1,11.  Theory  of  the  basic  phenomena  of 
electromagnetism  together  with  the  application  of  fundamental  principles  of  the 
solving  of  problems.  The  electric  and  magnetic  properties  of  matter,  direct  current 
j  circuits,  alternating  current  circuits,  the  Maxwell  field  equations,  and  the 
i  propagation  of  electromagnetic  waves  are  among  the  topics  treated.  Prerequisites : 
PHY  112  and  MAS  266.  3  credits  per  semester. 

1327,328.  Experimental  Physics  1,11.  Experimental  work  selected  from  the  area 
|  of  mechanics,  AC  and  DC  electrical  measurements,  optics,  atomic  physics,  or 
|  nuclear  physics,  with  emphasis  on  experimental  design,  measuring  techniques, 
and  analysis  of  data.  Prerequisite:  PHY  211.  1  credit  per  semester. 

|350.  Audio  Electronics.  A  study  of  electronics  as  used  in  audio  engineering.  The 
course  examines  RC  and  LC  circuits,  filters,  impedance,  audio  frequency  amplifier 
circuits,  and  basic  digital  theory.  Laboratory  work  is  included.  Prerequisite:  PHY 
|212.  3  credits. 

421,422.  Modern  Physics  1,11.  A  study  of  selected  topics  in  modern  physics, 
utilizing  the  methods  of  quantum  mechanics.  The  Schrodinger  equation  is  solved 
for  such  systems  as  potential  barriers,  potential  wells,  the  linear  oscillator,  and 
the  hydrogen  atom.  Perturbation  techniques  and  the  operator  formalism  of 
quantum  mechanics  are  introduced  where  appropriate.  Prerequisites:  PHY  211 
and  MAS  266,  or  permission.  3  credits  per  semester. 

430.  The  Teaching  of  Physics  in  Secondary  Schools.  A  course  designed  to 
acquaint  the  student  with  some  of  the  special  methods,  programs,  and  problems 
!  in  the  teaching  of  physics  in  secondary  schools.  Required  for  secondary  certification 
in  physics.  1  credit. 


121 


Political  Science  (PSC) 

The  Political  Science  and  Economics  Department  is  described  on  page  59. 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  major  in  political  science. 

Major:  PSC  111,  112,  210,  220,  230  and  eight  additional  elective  courses  in 
Political  Science  (one  of  these  elective  courses  may  be  from  another  social  science 
with  the  approval  of  the  student's  major  advisor)  (39  credits). 

Minor:  PSC  111,  112, 210, 220, 230,  and  one  additional  elective  course  in  political 
science  (18  credits). 

Courses  in  Political  Science 

111.  American  National  Government  I.  The  nature  of  American  democracy, 
constitutional  foundations  of  American  government,  the  federal  system,  civil 
rights  and  liberties,  political  behavior,  political  parties,  and  campaigns  and 
elections.  3  credits. 

112.  American  National  Government  II.  The  structures  and  functions  of 
American  government  (Presidency,  Congress,  courts,  and  bureaucracy),  and  the 
foreign  and  domestic  policy  making  process.  3  credits. 

210.  Comparative  Government.  A  comparative  study  of  important  political 
systems  of  the  world,  including  an  introduction  to  the  basic  methodologies.  PSC 
111  and  112  strongly  recommended  as  preparation.  3  credits. 

216.  Quantitative  Methods  in  Behavioral  Science.  Evaluation  of  behavioral 
research  emphasizing  the  descriptive  and  inferential  statistics  used  in  experi- 
ments and  correlational  studies.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  PSY  100  or  120.  3 
credits.  {Cross-listed  as  Psychology  216.} 

220.  Political  Theory.  A  survey  of  the  different  philosophies  and  theories  of 
government,  ancient  and  modern,  but  especially  since  the  Sixteenth  Century. 
Prerequisite:  PSC  111  and  112.  3  credits. 

230.  International  Politics.  The  origin,  forms,  dynamics,  and  prospects  of  the 
international  political  pattern,  with  emphasis  on  current  developments  and 
changing  concepts  in  world  politics.  3  credits. 

240.  Public  Administration.  An  examination  of  the  structures  through  which 
governments  try  to  carry  out  their  policies.  The  course  covers  both  the  practical 

122 


matters  of  accountability  and  efficiency,  and  the  analytical  concerns  of  organiza- 
tional theory  and  bureaucratic  culture.  3  credits. 

250.  Public  Policy  Analysis.  This  course  gives  students  an  understanding  of  the 
public  policy  process  and  of  policy  analysis  at  the  national  level  of  government.  The 
course  includes  theories  of  policy-making  as  well  as  an  examination  of  such 
substantive  policy  areas  as  foreign,  defense,  subsidy,  and  redistributive  policies. 
Prerequisites:  PSC  111  and  112,  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  3  credits. 

310.  Scope  and  Methods  of  Political  Science.  A  course  in  the  conduct  and 
interpretation  of  research  in  political  science.  Topics  include  formulation  of  a 
research  problem,  research  design,  techniques  of  scaling  and  measurement,  data 
collection  and  analysis,  and  writing  the  research  report.  Prerequisite:  permis- 
sion; MAS  170,  is  strongly  recommended.  3  credits. 

i  312.  American  Foreign  Policy.  A  survey  of  the  external  relations  of  the 
I  American  government,  emphasizing  Twentieth  Century  developments.  Subjects 
:  include  diplomacy,  military  affairs,  geographic  and  regional  problems,  trade  and 
;  aid,  technology  and  underdevelopment,  alliances,  nuclear  problems,  and  opposing 
ideologies.  PSC  111  and  112  strongly  recommended  as  preparation.  3  credits. 

1315.  American  Constitutional  Law  I.  The  development  of  American  consti- 
tutional law  from  1776  to  1947.  Topics  include  judicial  review,  national  supremacy, 
private  property,  contracts,  commerce  powers,  equal  rights,  and  civil  liberties.  3 
credits. 

1316.  American  Constitutional  Law  II.  The  development  of  American  consti- 
tutional law  from  1947  to  the  present.  Emphasis  is  given  to  civil  liberties,  equal 
rights,  and  rights  of  the  accused,  with  some  treatment  of  presidential  powers,  the 

i  commerce  clause,  and  the  contract  clause.  3  credits. 

1 320.  Electoral  Politics.  The  dynamics  of  the  electoral  process,  with  emphasis  on 
presidential  and  congressional  elections  and  including  the  role  of  parties,  public 
opinion,  and  interest  groups.  3  credits. 

330.  State  and  Local  Government.  This  course  covers  the  governmental  insti- 
tutions and  characteristics  of  state  and  local  political  systems  and  the  major  inter- 

r.  governmental  problems  in  state  and  local  relations  with  the  federal  government. 

(3  credits. 

340.  The  Third  World.  A  survey  of  the  developing  nations  of  Latin  America, 
I  A.sia,  Africa,  and  the  Middle  East.  The  political  economy  of  development,  in  both 
its  domestic  and  international  dimensions  emphasized.  Prerequisites:  PSC  210 
and  230,  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  3  credits. 

123 


350.  Select  Problems.  A  course  to  give  students  a  chance  to  explore  in  depth  a 
topic  of  special  interest.  3  credits. 

360.  Modern  Communism.  A  survey  of  the  communist  world,  stressing  the 
development  of  Marxist  thought  and  its  evolving  application  in  the  Soviet  Union, 
China,  and  other  communist  states.  Prerequisite:  PSC  210  and  230,  or  permission 
of  the  instructor.  3  credits. 

415.  Foundations  of  American  Law.  A  historical  survey  of  the  Western  legal 
tradition  from  classical  times  through  the  Eighteenth  Century.  The  course 
examines  conceptions  of  English  common  law  and  its  relationship  to  the  evolution 
of  American  law.  Strongly  recommended  for  pre-law  students.  Prerequisite: 
permission.  3  credits. 

420.  Seminar  in  World  Politics.  A  consideration  of  significant  theories  of 
international  relations  and  their  applicability  to  such  selected  contemporary 
issues  as  superpower  relations,  conflict  resolution,  arms  control,  and  economic 
interdependence.  Prerequisites:  PSC  230,  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  3 
credits. 

Pre-Law  Program 

Although  there  is  no  Pre-Law  major  or  department,  a  Pre-Law  student  is  advised 
to  take  certain  courses  which  will  help  prepare  him  or  her  for  law  school  and  a  legal 
career.  Each  student  should  confer  with  the  Pre-Law  advisor  in  selecting  a  specific 
pattern  of  courses  appropriate  to  that  student's  objectives.  Generally  recommended 
courses  are  as  follows:  ACT  161,  MAS  371,  372,  PSC  111,  112,  314,  316,  and  415. 

Pre-Medical,  Pre-Dentistry,  Pre-Veterinary 

See  Health  Professions  on  page  94. 

Psychobiology  (PBI) 

The  major  in  psychobiology  is  offered  jointly  by  the  departments  of  Biology, 
described  on  page  37  and  Psychology,  described  on  page  61. 

This  inter-disciplinary  major  emphasizes  the  physiological  substrates  and  con- 
sequences of  behavior.  Consisting  of  a  balance  of  psychology  and  biology  course 
work,  the  program  prepares  students  for  graduate  study  in  medicine,  veterinary 
medicine,  graduate  programs  in  psychology,  animal  behavior,  physiological  psy- 


124 


chology,  psychopharmacology,  behavior  genetics,  and  neuroscience,  as  well  as 
research  positions  in  industry,  universities,  hospitals,  and  government  laboratories. 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Science  with  a  major  in  psychobiology. 

Major:  PSY200, 335, 444  plus  two  from  the  following:  PSY 120, 216, 236, 431  ( 15 
credits);  BIO  111,  112,  201,  322  (16  credits);  PSY  491  or  BIO  491,  BIO  499,  BIO 
500  or  PSY  500  (8  credits);  CHM  111,  112,  113,  114,  MAS  161,  CSC  170  (14 
credits);  plus  8  additional  credits  in  the  sciences,  in  consultation  with  advisor. 
Recommended  CHM  213,  214,  215,  216,  PHY  103,  104  or  111,  112  (8  credits).  61 
total  credits. 

Courses  in  Psychobiology 

444.  Physiological  Psychology.  A  study  of  the  biological  mechanisms  under- 
lying behavior  processes.  The  course  focuses  on  the  physiology  of  reflexes, 
sensation  and  perception,  learning  and  memory,  sleep,  and  motivation  and 
emotion.  The  laboratory  portion  of  the  course  includes  sheep  brain  dissection, 
rodent  stereotaxic  neurosurgery,  and  behavioral  observation.  Prerequisite:  PSY 
100  or  120  or  permission;  completion  of  a  biology  course  is  recommended.  3  credits. 
{Cross-listed  as  Psychology  444.} 

499.  Psychobiology  Seminar.  Readings,  discussions,  and  reports  on  selected 
topics  in  psychobiology.  This  course  may  be  repeated.  1  credit. 

Psychology  (PSY) 

The  Psychology  department  is  described  on  page  61. 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  major  in  psychology. 

Major:  PSY  100,  120,  200,  216,  236,  343,  443;  and  three  additional  courses  from 
a  single  specialty  area  (30  credits). 

Minor:  PSY  100,  120,  200,  216  and  three  elective  courses  in  psychology  (21 
credits).  For  an  emphasis  in  clinical/counseling  psychology  two  of  the  electives 
should  be  from  332,  343,  431,  432.  For  an  emphasis  in  experimental/physiological 
psychology  two  of  the  electives  should  be  from  235,  236,  335,  346,  443.  444.  For  an 
emphasis  in  organizational  psychology  two  of  the  electives  should  be  from  332. 
335,  337,  339,  346.  For  an  emphasis  in  developmental  psychology  two  of  the 
electives  should  be  from  321,  322,  326,  343. 


125 


Courses  in  Psychology 

100.  Psychology:  The  Individual  and  Society.  An  introduction  to  psychology 
as  a  social  science.  The  emphasis  is  on  the  interactions  of  the  individual  and 
society  that  influence  development,  learning,  motivation,  sexuality,  and  identity, 
as  well  as  social  and  emotional  adjustment.  3  credits. 

120.  Introduction  to  Experimental  Psychology.  This  introductory  course 
focuses  on  psychology  as  a  science.  It  emphasizes  laboratory  research,  and 
includes  topics  relevant  to  science  laboratory  research,  and  includes  topics 
relevant  to  science  in  general  (eg.  research  design,  experimental  methods,  data 
analysis  and  interpretation,  and  scientific  ethics)  and  content  topics  of  experimental 
psychology  (eg.  sensory  and  perceptual  processes,  learning  and  memory,  psy- 
chological testing,  and  social  behaviors).  3  credits. 

200.  Advanced  General  Psychology.  A  survey  course  examining  the  rela- 
tionship between  research  and  theory  in  the  field  of  psychology.  The  course  is 
intended  to  give  the  student  an  overview  of  all  areas  of  specialization  within 
psychology.  3  credits. 

216.  Quantitative  Methods  in  Behavioral  Science.  Evaluation  of  behavioral 
research  emphasizing  the  descriptive  and  inferential  statistics  used  in  experi- 
ments and  correlational  studies.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  PSY  100  or  120.  3 
credits.  (Cross-listed  as  Political  Science  216.) 

220.  Educational  Psychology.  Studies  of  cognitive,  behavioral,  emotional  and 
social  processes  in  the  school;  required  for  certification  in  elementary  and  music 
education.  Prerequisite:  PSY  100  or  120.  3  credits. 

235.  Sensory  and  Perceptual  Processes.  This  course  focuses  on  the  structures 
and  functions  of  sensory  systems.  It  includes  the  study  of  the  visual  system  as  a 
model  to  delineate  information  processing  strategy  differences  in  the  eye,  the  optic 
nerve,  and  the  brain.  The  course  will  delineate  sensory  from  perceptual  processes. 
The  perception  of  color,  space,  movement,  objects,  and  patterns  will  be  discussed 
from  experimental,  physiological,  and  philosophical  perspectives.  Prerequisite: 
PSY  100  or  120  or  permission.  3  credits. 

236.  Learning  and  Memory.  This  course  surveys  psychological  research  on 
learning  and  memory.  Topic  areas  covered  will  include  classical  and  instrumental 
conditioning,  verbal  learning,  problem  solving,  basic  memory  processes,  and 
models  of  learning  and  memory.  Prerequisite:  PSY  100  or  120  or  permission. 
3  credits. 


126 


237.  Laboratory  Investigations  I:  Research  Investigations  of  Psychologi- 
cal Phenomena.  This  course  involves  hands-on  empirical  investigations  in 
psychology.  Students  design  and  conduct  individual  research  projects.  Prerequi- 
site: permission.  1-3  credits. 

238.  Laboratory  Investigations  II:  Research  Investigations  of  Psycho- 
logical Phenomena.  This  course  involves  hands-on  empirical  investigations  in 
psychology.  Students  design  and  conduct  individual  research  projects.  Prerequisite: 

i  permission.   1-3  credits. 


321.  Psychology  of  Child  Development.  A  study  of  the  patterns  of  cognitive, 
social  and  emotional  developmental  changes  occuring  during  childhood.  Special 
attention  is  given  to  research  studies,  developmental  mechanisms  and  theories  of 
development.  Prerequisite:  PSY  100  or  120.  3  credits. 

322.  Psychology  of  Adolescent  Development.  A  study  of  the  psychological 
characteristics  and  changes  occuring  during  adolescence.  Topics  include  psycho- 
logical development,  social  influences,  cognitive  and  intellectual  development, 
emotional  development,  identity  and  self-concept,  sexual  development,  values, 
and  transition  to  adulthood.  Prerequisite:  PSY  100  or  120.  3  credits. 

i326.  Psychology  of  Adult  Development.  A  study  of  research  literature  and 
jtheories  concerned  with  psychological  change  in  the  adult,  from  late  adolescence 
|to  death.  The  course  includes  the  works  of  such  theorists  as  Maslow  and  Erikson. 
Prerequisite:  PSY  100  or  120.  3  credits. 

|332.  Psychological  Testing  and  Assessment.  An  introduction  to  the  principles 
of  psychological  measurement,  methods  of  test  design  and  construction,  and 
applications  and  interpretations  of  existing  psychological  tests.  Prerequisite:  PSY 
100  or  120.  3  credits. 

1335.  Research  Design  and  Statistics.  A  survey  of  experimental  designs  uti- 
lized in  psychological  investigations.  Designs  include  factorial  experiments,  field 
(studies,  correlative  designs  and  multivariate  techniques.  The  primary  readings 
lare  selected  from  current  research  in  clinical,  educational,  organizational,  and 
laboratory  settings.  Prerequisites:  PSY  100  or  120,  216  or  permission.  3  credits. 

337.  Organizational  Psychology.  A  study  of  psychological  principles  as  applied 
| to  problems  of  organizational  behavior,  with  emphasis  on  personnel  selection, 
[human  engineering,  group  dynamics,  systems  design,  training,  leadership,  and 
performance  evaluation.  Prerequisite:  PSY  100  or  120.  3  credits. 


127 


339.  Career  Counseling.  The  course  surveys  assessment  of  skills  and  compe- 
tencies, occupational  research,  decision-making,  and  job  search  strategies.  Stu- 
dents are  encouraged  to  apply  the  theories  of  career  counseling  to  their  own 
vocational  decisions  and  goals.  Prerequisite:  PSY  100  or  120  or  permission. 
3  credits. 

343.  Personality.  A  study  of  the  major  theories  of  personality,  with  emphasis  on 
psychoanalysis,  humanistic  psychology,  behaviorism,  social  learning,  and  trait 
theory.  Prerequisite:  PSY  100  or  120;  junior  or  senior  standing,  or  permission.  3 
credits. 

346.  Social  Psychology.  A  study  of  the  inter-  and  intra-personal  relationships 
between  individuals  and  groups,  with  emphasis  on  theories  and  research  studies. 
The  topics  covered  may  include  attitude  development  and  change,  conformity, 
persuasion,  person  perception,  attribution,  attraction,  and  group  processes. 
Prerequisites:  PSY  100  or  120;  junior  or  senior  standing,  or  permission.  3  credits. 

348.  Investigations  of  Social  Psychological  Processes.  Laboratory  exercises 
and  demonstrations  of  social  psychological  phenomena,  as  well  as  independent 
and  group  research  projects,  are  included.  Prerequisite:  PSY  100  or  120;  PSY  216 
highly  recommended.  Corequisite:  PSY  346.  1  credit. 

431.  Abnormal  Behavior  and  Experience.  A  study  of  mental,  emotional  and 
behavioral  problems,  including  alcohol  and  drug  abuse,  brain  disorders,  criminal 
and  psychopathic  behavior,  neuroses,  psychophysiological  reactions,  psychoses, 
sexual  deviations,  subnormal  intelligence,  and  suicide.  Prerequisites:  PSY  100  or 
120;  junior  or  senior  standing  or  permission.  3  credits. 

432.  Introduction  to  Clinical  Psychology.  A  study  of  the  ways  psychologists 
assist  persons  and  groups.  Particular  attention  is  given  to  assessment,  individual 
and  group  therapy,  marriage  and  family  counseling,  and  community  psychology. 
Prerequisites:  PSY  100  or  120;  PSY  431  or  nursing  training  with  psychiatric 
affiliation,  or  permission.  3  credits. 

443.  History  and  Theory.  A  study  of  the  history  of  psychology  including 
philosophical  concepts,  early  schools  of  psychology,  important  trends,  and  famous 
psychologists.  Prerequisites:  PSY  100,120,  236;  junior  or  senior  standing;  or 
permission.  3  credits. 

444.  Physiological  Psychology.  A  study  of  the  biological  mechanisms  under- 
lying of  behavioral  processes.  The  course  focuses  on  the  physiology  of  reflexes, 
sensation  and  perception,  learning  and  memory,  sleep,  and  motivation  and 
emotion.  The  laboratory  portion  of  the  course  includes  sheep  brain  dissection, 


128 


rodent  stereotaxic  neurosurgery,  and  behavioral  observation.  Prerequisite:  PSY 
100  or  120  or  permission;  completion  of  a  Biology  course  is  recommended.  3  credits. 
{Cross-listed  as  Psychobiology  444.) 

Recording  Technology 

See  Sound  Recording  Technology  on  page  136. 

Religion  (REL) 

The  Religion  and  Philosophy  Department  is  described  on  page  63. 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  major  in  religion. 

Major:  REL  110,  111,  112,  222,  331,  499;  one  from  202,  211,  212;  three  elective 
courses  in  religion  including  GRK  321,431  (30  credits). 

The  following  courses,  though  recommended,  are  not  required  for  a  major  in 
religion:  BIO  101;  GRK  101, 102,  111,  112;  PHL  110, 230;  PSY  100;  SOC  110, 230. 
Christian  Education  Concentration:  REL  110,  111,  112, 120,  211,  202  or  212, 222, 
241,  242,  243,  331,  3  credits  of  400  (36  credits).  Other  courses  in  areas  such  as 
communication,  education,  and  the  social  sciences  are  strongly  recommended  in 
consultation  with  the  program  advisor. 

Minor:  REL  110,  111  or  112,  120  or  140,  222,  two  elective  courses  in  religion  ( 18 
credits). 

Courses  in  Religion 

110.  Introduction  to  Religion.  An  exploration  of  the  many  dimensions  of  religion 
as  a  central  human  experience  through  an  examination  of  such  topics  as:  varieties 
of  religious  experience  and  expression,  religious  knowledge,  the  self  and  meaning, 
religion  in  its  sociocultural  context,  religion  and  the  natural  order,  and  such 
universal  issues  as  death,  the  End,  evil,  suffering,  and  the  moral  order.  3  credits. 

111.  Introduction  to  Biblical  Religion.  An  examination  of  some  of  the  basic 
themes  of  biblical  religion  in  relation  to  their  historical  context  and  their  contem- 
porary implications.  3  credits. 

112.  Introduction  to  Christianity.  A  study  of  the  rise  and  development  of  the 
major  forms  of  Christianity  (Roman  Catholic,  Eastern  Orthodox,  Protestant'  in 
Europe  and  America,  including  doctrine  and  theological  expression,  ethics, 
worship,  church  structure,  and  relationship  to  culture.  3  credits. 

129 


120.  Religion  in  America.  A  study  of  the  origin  and  development  of  religious 
expression  in  America,  with  particular  attention  to  Protestantism,  Roman 
Catholicism,  and  Judaism.  3  credits. 

140.  World  Religions.  An  examination  of  the  rise  and  development  of  religion 
with  a  study  of  the  ideas  and  cultic  and  ethical  practices  of  the  great  world  faiths. 
Special  attention  given  to  Asian  religions.  3  credits. 

202.  The  Prophets.  A  study  of  the  lives  and  writings  of  the  Old  Testament 
prophets  and  an  analysis  of  their  contributions  to  Hebrew-Christian  religious 
thought.  3  credits. 

206.  Near  East  Archaeology  and  the  Bible.  An  examination  of  archaeology  in 
biblical  lands,  its  methods,  objectives,  and  contributions  to  history,  culture,  and 
religion.  3  credits. 

211.  Life  and  Teachings  of  Jesus.  An  intensive  study  of  the  life  and  message 
of  Jesus  as  set  forth  in  the  Gospels.  3  credits. 

212.  Life  and  Epistles  of  Paul.  A  study  of  the  life,  writings,  and  theological 
thought  of  Paul  and  their  relationship  to  the  practices,  problems,  and  beliefs  of 
the  early  Church.  3  credits. 

222.  Christian  Ethics.  A  systematic  analysis  of  the  implications  of  the  Christian 
faith,  both  for  personal  moral  decision  and  for  social  policy  in  such  areas  as 
marriage  and  family,  government  and  political  life,  work  and  the  economic  order. 
3  credits. 

230.  American  Folk  Religion.  A  study  of  the  folk  traditions  of  selected  American 
denominations  and  sects  and  of  the  theological  implications  of  secular  folklore. 
Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  field  work  as  well  as  on  analysis.  3  credits. 

241.  Principles  of  Christian  Education.  A  study  of  the  overall  structure  and 
meaning  of  Christian  education,  including  education  as  ministry,  history  of 
religious  education,  theoretical  approaches,  the  impact  of  other  disciplines 
(sociology,  psychology,  education),  developmental  theories,  the  role  of  Bible  and 
theology,  and  contemporary  concerns  and  expressions  of  Christian  education. 
3  credits. 

242.  Methods  of  Christian  Education.  A  study  of  elements  involved  in  the 
implementation  of  a  program  of  Christian  education  in  the  local  parish,  including 
planning,  evaluation,  leader  development,  teaching  and  learning,  resources, 
skills,  and  work  in  the  age  levels.  3  credits. 


130 


243.  Selected  Problems  in  Christian  Education.  A  study  of  such  important 
;hemes  and  issues  in  Christian  education,  as  theology  and  education,  conversion 
ind  nurture,  indoctrination  and  reflection,  developmental  models  and  theological 
cachings,  content-centered  or  student-centered  approach,  and  the  role  of  the 
Drofessional.  3  credits. 

J31.  Christian  Tradition  and  Reform.  A  study  of  the  major  and  continuing 
strains  in  the  history  of  Christianity  and  the  principal  reform  movements. 
Required  of  majors  and  strongly  recommended  for  all  pre-theological  students. 
)  credits. 

$32.  The  Sacred  in  Modern  Writing.  Identification,  analysis,  and  interpre- 
ation  of  issues  of  special  theological  importance  raised  by  thinkers  representing 
ion-theological  disciplines.  Prerequisite:  REL  110  or  permission.  3  credits. 

103.  Classical  Christian  Thinkers.  An  intensive  study  of  the  thought  of  such 
:lassical  religious  thinkers  as  Augustine,  Aquinas,  Luther,  and  others.  3  credits. 

199.  Seminar:  Selected  Religious  Problems.  A  study  of  selected  problems 
irising  from  recent  theological  efforts.  Research  methodology  is  stressed.  Re- 
paired of  majors  and  strongly  recommended  for  all  pre-theological  students; 
)thers  by  permission.  Prerequisite:  REL  111  and  112.  3  credits. 

Secondary  Education  (Teacher  Certification)  (SED) 

Hie  Education  Department  is  described  on  page  40. 

rhere  is  no  separate  major  for  those  interested  in  secondary  education.  Interested 
itudents  major  in  a  subject  area  and  also  enroll  for  courses  in  the  Education 
Department. 

degree:  Bachelor  of  Arts  or  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  the  chosen  major. 

Secondary  Teacher  Certification:  Candidates  must  complete  21  credits  in 
professional  education  courses  and  the  approved  program  in  the  chosen  major. 
^DU  110  should  be  taken  in  the  sophomore  year  and  SED  430  in  the  junior  year. 
SED  280  should  be  taken  at  least  twice  prior  to  SED  440.  SED  420  and  440 
omprise  the  student  teaching  semester  of  the  senior  or  postgraduate  year. 

'he  minor  in  education  is  described  on  page  81. 


131 


Courses  in  Secondary  Education 

280.  Field  Practicum  in  the  Secondary  School.  Supervised  field  experience 
in  appropriate  school  settings.  Designed  to  offer  practical  experiences  for  prospec 
tive  secondary  teachers  or  students  planning  an  educational  ministry.  Prerequi 
sites:  permission.  1-3  credits. 

420.  Human  Growth  and  Development.  A  survey  of  human  characteristics 
research  in  developmental  psychology  and  their  implications  for  teaching  am 
learning.  Prerequisite:  EDU  110.    3  credits. 

430.  Practicum  and  Methods.  A  study  of  the  basic  principles  and  procedure 
for  secondary  classroom  management  and  instruction.  Prerequisite:  EDU  110. 
credits. 

431.  Social  Studies  in  Secondary  Education.  A  study  of  curricular  pattern 
for  areas  within  the  social  studies.  Students  will  prepare  instructional  objectives 
select  and  organize  subject  matter,  investigate  a  variety  of  learning  activities  am 
strategies  for  developing  inquiry  skills,  decision-making  ability  and  values.  l-\ 
credits. 

440.  Student  Teaching.  Students  spend  an  entire  semester  in  an  appropriat 
area  school  under  the  supervision  of  a  carefully  selected  cooperating  teacher.  Ope] 
to  seniors  only.  Requirements  are:  (1)  a  grade  point  average  of  at  least  2.00  in  th 
major  field;  (2)  completion  of  all  courses  required  of  the  major  for  student  teaching 

(3)  completion  of  professional  education  courses  required  for  student  teaching 

(4)  approval  of  the  major  advisor  and  of  the  director  of  secondary  student  teaching 
Prerequisites:  EDU  110,  430.  EDU  420  is  normally  taken  concurrently 
3-12  credits. 

Social  Work  (SWK) 

The  Sociology  and  Social  Work  Department  is  described  on  page  64. 
Degree:  Bachelor  of  Social  Work. 

Major:  SOC  110,  311;  SWK  262, 272,  331,  341  or  342, 499;  9  credits  of  SWK  400 

4  additional  courses  in  sociology  or  social  work  (42  credits). 

Minor:  SOC  110,  SWK  262, 272, 331, 341;  6  credits  of  SWK  400;  one  course  froij 
SOC  210, 230, 261, 278, 324, 331, 333, 351, 362, 372,  SWK272, 345, 499.  Student! 
majoring  in  sociology  shall  elect  SWK  499  and  one  course  in  sociology  in  additioi 
to  their  major  requirements  (24  credits). 

132 


Courses  in  Social  Work 

262.  Social  Welfare.  An  introduction  to  social  welfare  policies  and  institutions 
including  the  evolution  of  the  welfare  system  in  our  society  and  its  approach  to 
social  problems.  Focuses  upon  controversies  relevant  to  public  welfare.  Prerequi- 
site: SOC  110.  3  credits. 

272.  Human  Behavior  in  the  Social  Environment.  An  examination  of  the 
interrelation  of  biological,  psychological  and  sociocultural  systems  and  their 
effects  on  human  development  and  behavior.  A  life  span  perspective  is  used  to 
develop  an  understanding  of  the  total  person  as  he/she  functions  in  relation  to  his/ 
her  environment  at  each  stage  in  the  developmental  process.  The  impact  of 
diversity  in  ethnic  background,  race,  class,  sexual  orientation  and  culture  in  a 
pluralistic  society  will  also  be  addressed.  Prerequisite:  SOC  110.  3  credits. 

331.  Social  Work  Theory.  A  consideration  of  the  theories  that  underlie  social 
work  intervention,  introducing  the  social  systems  perspective  with  emphasis  on 
the  social  work  profession's  knowledge  base,  values  and  skills.  Prerequisite:  SWK 
262.  3  credits. 

341.  Social  Work  Practice  I.  An  examination  of  the  knowledge,  attitudes  and 
skills  required  for  social  work  practice  with  emphasis  on  social  casework  and 
group  work  dynamics.  Prerequisite:  SWK  331.  3  credits 

342.  Social  Work  Practice  II.  An  examination  of  the  knowledge,  attitudes,  and 
skills  required  for  social  work  practice  with  emphasis  on  modern  organizations, 
administration,  and  communities  issues.  Prerequisite:  SWK  331.  3  credits. 

345.  Family  Therapy.  An  introduction  to  family  and  small  group  intervention 
focusing  upon  the  family  as  a  system,  group  structure  and  dynamics,  and  theories 
and  techniques  of  intervention.  Prerequisite:  SOC  230  and  SWK  341  or 
permission.  3  credits. 

499.  Seminar.  Detailed  study  of  a  selected  social  work  area.  Topics  may  vary. 
This  course  is  conducted  as  a  seminar  requiring  extensive  student  participation. 
Prerequisite:  SWK  341  or  342.  3  credits. 

Sociology  (SOC) 

The  Sociology  and  Social  Work  Department  is  described  on  page  64. 
Degree:  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  major  in  sociology. 


133 


Major:  SOC  110,  311,  421,  499,  15  additional  credits  in  sociology  (27  credits). 

Minor:  SOC  110,  311, 421;  one  course  from  SOC  210,  278,  324,  or  331;  one  course 
from  SOC  211,  230,  261,  322,  333,  340,  351,  362,  372,  382;  one  elective  course  in 
sociology  (18  credits). 

Courses  in  Sociology 

110.  Introduction  to  Sociology.  A  study  of  the  basic  sociological  perspective 
including  the  nature  of  society,  the  influence  of  culture,  the  development  of  the 
self,  and  group  dynamics.  Specific  topics  include  deviance  and  social  control,  the 
family  and  other  institutions,  racism,  sexism  and  poverty.  3  credits. 

120.  Introduction  to  Anthropology.  Introduction  to  both  physical  and  cultural 
anthropology  including  human  evolution,  human  variation,  and  cross-cultural 
analysis,  and  comparison.  3  credits. 

210.  Social  Problems.  Contemporary  social  problems  as  seen  through  different 
analytical  perspectives.  Problems  covered  include  war  and  peace,  pollution  and 
environmental  exploitation,  crime  and  delinquency,  and  emotional  and  physical 
illness.  Prerequisite:  SOC  110  or  GED  140,  or  HON  202.  3  credits. 

211.  Urbanology.  An  analysis  of  the  city  as  a  unique  form  of  social  organization. 
From  a  multi-disciplinary  perspective,  the  course  presents  the  nature  of  urbaniza- 
tion and  the  impact  of  urbanism  on  contemporary  society.  Prerequisite:  SOC  110, 
or  GED  140,  or  HON  202.  3  credits. 

230.  Sociology  of  Marriage  and  the  Family.  An  overview  of  marriage  and  the 
family  focusing  upon  love,  mate  selection,  alternative  life  styles,  marital  commu- 
nication, conflict  resolution,  parenting,  divorce  and  widowhood.  Utilizes  a 
historical  and  cross-cultural  perspective  in  addition  to  sociological  analysis. 
Prerequisite:  SOC  110,  or  GED  140,  HON  202.  3  credits. 

261.  The  Aged  and  Aging.  An  investigation  of  the  process  of  aging  and 
contemporary  issues  related  to  the  elderly.  Topics  covered  include  Alzheimer's 
disease,  retirement,  stereotypes  of  the  elderly  and  contributions  of  the  elderly  to 
society.  Prerequisite:  SOC  110,  or  GED  140,  or  HON  202.  3  credits. 

278.  Juvenile  Delinquency.  An  examination  of  the  causes  and  effects  of 
juvenile  delinquency,  the  juvenile  justice  system  and  treatment  programs  for  the 
juvenile  offender.  Prerequisite:  SOC  110,  or  GED  140,  or  HON  202.  3  credits. 


134 


311.  Research  Methods.  A  study  of  the  basic  concepts  and  skills  involved  in 
critically  evaluating  and  carrying  out  social  scientific  research.  Topics  include 
values  and  ethics  of  research  on  human  behavior,  research  design,  interviewing 
and  questionnaire  construction.  Prerequisite:  SOC  110,  junior  standing  or 
permission.  3  credits. 

322.  Sociology  of  Religion.  The  structure  and  functions  of  religious  organiza- 
tions and  phenomena  with  emphasis  on  the  varieties  of  religious  expression  in 
America.  Prerequisite:  SOC  110,  or  GED  140,  or  HON  202.  3  credits. 

324.  Medical  Sociology.  An  examination  of  the  societal  bases  of  health,  illness 
and  health  care.  The  course  will  include  an  examination  of  the  three  components 
of  medicine:  the  patient,  the  medical  professional  and  the  health  care  organiza- 
tion. Specific  topics  will  include:  the  role  of  the  patient;  doctor-patient  relation- 
ships; the  socialization  of  medical  professionals;  the  hospital  as  a  complex 
organization,  cross-cultural  comparisons  of  health  care  and  current  topics  of 
concern  such  as  the  AIDS  epidemic,  new  technologies,  and  social  response  to  the 
terminally  ill  patient.  3  credits. 

331.  Criminology.  An  examination  of  the  causes  of  crime.  Special  attention  is 
given  to  violent  crime,  homicide,  and  rape.  In  addition,  such  property  crimes  as 
arson,  robbery,  burglary  and  shoplifting  are  covered.  The  question  of  whether  or 
not  such  victimless  crimes  such  as  pornography,  prostitution  and  drug  use  should 
be  considered  crimes  is  explored.  Prerequisite:  SOC  1 10,  or  GED  140,  or  HON  202. 
3  credits. 

333.  Criminal  Justice.  A  sociological,  historical,  and  philosophical  examination 
of  punishment  and  the  criminal  justice  system.  Rights  of  the  accused,  victimology, 
prisons,  and  the  death  penalty  are  studied.  Prerequisite:  SOC  110,  or  GED  140, 
or  HON  202.  3  credits. 

340.  Group  Structure  and  Dynamics.  An  overview  of  the  theory  and  research 
on  small  group  organization  and  process  including  issues  related  to  leadership, 
effective  communication  in  groups,  conformity  and  influence.  Application  of  basic 
principles  to  practical  situations.  Exercises  designed  to  improve  group  leadership 
and  participation  skills.  Prerequisite:  SOC  110,  or  GED  140,  or  HON  202.  3  credits. 

351.  Death  and  Dying.  Exploration  of  the  basic  legal,  medical,  ethical  and  social 
issues  related  to  contemporary  understanding  of  death  and  dying.  Examines  the 
stages  of  dying,  the  grief  process,  euthanasia,  suicide,  the  hospice  movement  and 
life  after  death.  Prerequisite:  SOC  110,  or  GED  140.  or  HON  202.  3  credits. 


135 


362.  Social  Inequality.  An  examination  of  the  patterns  of  structured  inequality 
in  American  society,  including  the  class  system  and  racial  and  ethnic  groups. 
Prerequisite:  SOC  110,  or  GED  140,  or  HON  202.  3  credits. 

372.  Substance  Abuse.  An  examination  of  the  problems  associated  with  sub- 
stance abuse  including  a  study  of  the  prevalent  myths  concerning  substance 
abuse,  an  exploration  of  the  causes  of  substance  abuse  and  an  exploration  of  how 
it  affects  the  individual,  the  family  and  society  as  a  whole.  In  addition,  the  course 
will  examine  current  methods  of  intervention  and  treatment.  Prerequisites:  SOC 
110,  or  GED  140,  or  HON  202.  3  credits. 

382.  Sociology  of  the  Mass  Media.  Seminar  on  how  society  shapes  the  mass 
media  and  the  effects  of  the  mass  media  on  individuals  and  society.  Topics  include 
propaganda,  television  violence  and  aggression,  and  advertising.  Special  atten- 
tion is  given  to  values  and  images  portrayed  by  the  mass  media.  Prerequisite:  6 
credits  in  sociology  or  permission.  3  credits. 

421.  Social  Theory.  An  intensive  examination  of  the  major  sociological  theorists 
and  movements.  Prerequisite:  12  credits  in  sociology.  3  credits. 

499.  Seminar.  A  critical  analysis  of  selected  themes  and  issues  in  contemporary 
sociology.  Topics  may  vary.  This  course  is  conducted  as  a  seminar  requiring 
extensive  student  participation.  Prerequisite:  SOC  421.  3  credits. 

Sound  Recording  Technology  (RCT) 

The  Music  Department  is  described  on  page  54. 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Music  with  emphasis  in  sound  recording  technology. 

Major  Requirements: 

Recording  Technology 

RCT  277  Recording  Technology  I  3 

RCT  278  Recording  Technology  II  3 

RCT  377  Recording  Technology  III  3 

RCT  386  Recital  Recording  Program  1 

RCT  388  Audio  Topics  Practicum  3 

RCT  487  Advanced  Audio  Topics  Practicum  3 

RCT  400  Internship  4 


136 


'hysics  (also  fills  Area  6  requirement) 


'HY103 

General  College  Physics  I 

4 

'HY104 

General  College  Physics  II 

4 

'HY110 

Physics  of  Music 

3 

'HY212 

Electronics 

3 

'HY350 

Audio  Electronics 

3 

lusic 

ISC  115 

Harmony  I 

2 

ISC  116 

Harmony  II 

2 

ISC  117 

Ear  Training/Sight  Singing  I 

2 

ISC  118 

Ear  Training/Sight  Singing  II 

2 

ISC  123 

Brass  I 

1 

ISC  127 

Percussion  I 

i 

ISC  215 

Harmony  III 

2 

ISC  217 

Basic  Concepts 

2 

ISC  226 

Form  and  Analysis  I 

2 

ISC  228 

Percussion  II 

i 

ISC  231 

Woodwinds  I 

1 

ISC  246 

Principles  of  Conducting 

2 

ISC  337 

String  I 

1 

ISC  345** 

Instrumental  Conducting 

2 

ISC  347** 

Choral  Conducting 

2 

ISC  416 

Orchestration 

2 

ISC  510 

Piano  Class  (3  semesters) 

3 

ISC  520 

Voice  Class  (2  semesters) 

2 

ISC  530 

Private  Lesson  (8  semesters) 

8 

ISC  605 

College  Chorus  (8  semesters) 

4 

ISC  6— 

Performing  Ensembles  (8  semesters) 

4 

lanagement 

CT  161 

Financial  Accounting 

3 

IGT  330 

Principles  of  Management 

and  Organization 

3 

omputer  Science 

SC  — 

3 

SC  — 

3 

SC  — 

3 

[athematics  (also  fills  Area  3  requirement) 

IAS  — 

3 

Students  may  choose  either  MSC  345  or  MSC  347. 


137 


Courses  in  Sound  Recording  Technology 

277.  Recording  Technology  I.  An  introduction  to  the  fundamentals  of  sound 
recording  technology.  Topics  include  sound  and  listening,  the  basic  audio  chain, 
microphones,  analog  tape  machines,  basic  mixers,  and  equipment  interface. 
Mastery  of  the  fundamentals  will  facilitate  students  to  engineer  simple  and  multi- 
microphone  two-track  stereo  recordings.  Prerequisite  for  non-majors:  permission 
of  the  instructor.  3  credits. 

278.  Recording  Technology  II.  This  course  begins  with  multi-track  consoles 
and  tape  machines,  and  continues  study  of  multi-track  techniques  and  mixdown, 
microphone  placement,  reverberation,  equalization,  compressors  and  expanders, 
noise  reduction,  and  the  decibel.  Emphasis  is  on  critical  listening  and  practical 
applications.  Students  learn  to  engineer  a  multi-microphone,  multi-track  recordings 
and  mixdown  sessions.  Prerequisite:  RCT  277.  3  credits. 

377.  Recording  Technology  III.  This  course  examines  advanced  techniques  of 
recording  and  mixing,  special  effects  and  digital  effects  processors,  and  analog 
tape  machine  theory  and  alignment.  Also  studied  are  digital  technologies,  and 
time  code  usage.  Mastery  of  these  topics  will  facilitate  students  to  engineer  multi- 
microphone  multi-track  productions.  Prerequisite:  RCT  278.  3  credits. 

386.  Recital  Recording  Practicum.  Students  record  a  chamber  music  perfor- 
mance, applying  researched  techniques,  and  produce  a  recording  comparable  to 
commercial  release  standards.  Prerequisite:  RCT  377.   1  credit. 

388.  Audio  Topics  Practicum.  Students  study  topics  of  individual  interest, 
ranging  from  research  to  production,  technique,  and  maintenance.  Prerequisite: 
RCT  377;  non-majors  require  permission  of  instructor.  3  credits. 

400.  Internship.  The  student  works  in  a  local  recording,  broadcasting,  or 
production  facility,  learning  special  techniques  in  a  professional  environment. 
Prerequisites :  RCT  388  and  RCT  487 ;  non-majors  require  permission  of  instructor. 
4  credits. 

487.  Advanced  Audio  Topics  Practicum.  Students  study  senior  level  topics 
of  individual  interest  including  advanced  research,  applications,  and  production. 
Prerequisite:  RCT  377;  non-majors  require  permission  of  instructor.  3  credits. 


138 


Spanish  (SPA) 

The  Foreign  Languages  Department  is  described  on  page  44. 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  major  in  Spanish. 

Major:  24  credits  in  Spanish  above  the  intermediate  level;  FLG  250  (27  credits). 
For  teaching  certification,  FLG  440  is  required. 

Minor:  18  credits  in  Spanish  above  the  intermediate  level.  Courses  in  advanced 
conversation  and  composition  as  well  as  in  culture  are  strongly  recommended. 

Courses  in  Spanish 

101,102.  Elementary  Spanish  1,11.  Introductory  courses  in  Spanish.  3  credits. 

201,202.  Intermediate  Conversational  Spanish  1,11.  A  review  of  Spanish 
grammar,  and  practice  in  conversation,  comprehension,  reading  and  writing. 
Prerequisite:  SPA  102  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

311.  Introduction  to  Spanish  Literature.  Practice  in  the  careful  reading  of 
literary  texts  and  in  the  four  basic  language  skills.  Prerequisite:  SPA  202  or 
equivalent.  3  credits. 

312.  Contemporary  Literature.  Readings  in  the  works  of  living  Spanish 
authors.  Attention  both  to  individual  style  and  the  relationship  of  the  writer  to 
current  problems.  Prerequisite:  SPA  202  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

315.  Hispanic  Culture.  A  study  of  Hispanic  culture  and  language,  with 
emphasis  on  the  culture  as  found  in  modern  Spain  and  its  reflection  in  America. 
Prerequisite:  SPA  202  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

316.  Advanced  Conversation  and  Composition.  Intensive  practice  in  spoken 
and  written  Spanish  on  an  advanced  grammatical  and  stylistic  level,  with 
emphasis  on  the  use  of  language  in  practical  situations.  Prerequisite:  SPA  202  or 
equivalent.  3  credits. 

320.  Business  Spanish.  An  introduction  to  the  language  of  business  and 
business  practices.  Prerequisite:  SPA  202  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

410.  Spanish  Literature  of  the  Middle  Ages  and  Renaissance.  A  study  of  the 
outstanding  works  of  the  period.  Prerequisite:  SPA  3 1 1  or  3 16  or  permission.  3  credits. 


139 


420.  Spanish  Literature  of  the  Golden  Age.  A  study  of  the  major  works  of  the 
period.  Prerequisite:  SPA  311  or  316  or  permission.  3  credits. 

430.  Spanish  Literature  and  the  Eighteenth  and  Nineteenth  Centuries. 

Readings  from  the  Enlightenment  in  Spain,  and  an  examination  of  the  major 
works  of  romanticism  and  realism.  Prerequisite:  SPA  311  or  316  or  permission. 
3  credits. 

440.  Spanish  Literature  of  the  Twentieth  Century.  A  study  of  the  literary 
movements  of  the  century,  starting  with  the  Generation  '98  and  modernism. 
Prerequisite:  SPA  311  or  316  or  permission.  3  credits. 

450.  Spanish-American  Literature  of  the  Twentieth  Century.  A  study  of 
the  important  writers  of  the  century,  with  emphasis  on  recent  developments  in 
the  literature  of  Spanish-America.  Prerequisite:  SPA  311  or  316  or  permission. 
3  credits. 

Teacher  Certification 

See  Elementary  Education  on  page  81  or  Secondary  Education  on  page  131. 


140 


Graduate  Academic  Programs 

MBA  Program 

The  Lebanon  Valley  College  MBA  Program  is  an  interdisciplinary  program 
designed  to  prepare  graduates  for  managerial  responsibilities  at  various  levels  of 
business  organizations.  The  program  provides  a  strong  theoretical  foundation  as 
well  as  operational  expertise  in  the  areas  of  finance,  management,  marketing, 
human  resource  management  and  production  and  service  management. 

The  MBA  Program  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  is  a  unique  program  that  combines 
liberal  arts/general  education  coursework  with  career  preparation  in  the  field  of 
business  administration.  The  interdisciplinary  nature  of  the  curriculum  includes 
standard  MBA  level  courses  along  with  exposure  to  courses  in  Corporate  and 
Executive  Communications,  Executive  Leadership  and  Organizational  Ethics. 

Every  MBA  candidate  must  complete  27  credits  of  core  courses  and  9  credits  of 
electives.  All  courses  in  the  undergraduate  common  body  of  knowledge  also  must 
be  completed  successfully. 

MBA  Faculty 

Sharon  F.  Clark,  Graduate  Associate  Professor  of  Business  Law  and  Labor 
Relations.  J.D.,  University  of  Richmond.  Dr.  Clark  has  several  years  experience 
in  private  law  practice  and  several  years  as  a  Supervisory  Tax  Attorney  with  the 
Internal  Revenue  Service. 

Dennis  N.  Eshleman,  Graduate  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Marketing. 
M.B.A.,  Columbia  University.  Mr.  Eshleman  is  a  manager  for  New  Product 
Development  for  Hershey  Foods. 

Bryan  V.  Hearsey,  Graduate  Professor  of  Quantitative  Studies.  Ph.D.,  Wash- 
ington State  University.  Dr.  Hearsey's  specialty  is  actuarial  science. 

Edward  H.  Krebs,  Graduate  Assistant  Professor  of  Managerial  Economics  and 
Entrepreneurship.  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University.  Dr.  Krebs  previously 
served  as  an  economic  Assistant  to  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture  and  as  a  private 
consultant.  His  interests  are  in  environmental  and  resource  economics. 

David  I.  Lasky,  Graduate  Professor  of  Organizational  Behavior.  Ph.D..  Temple 
University.  Organizational  behavior,  research  design,  and  career  counseling  are 


141 


the  focus  of  his  teaching  interests.  His  current  research  is  in  the  area  of 
organizational  change  in  the  public  sector  and  patients  rights. 

Robert  W.  Leonard,  Graduate  Assistant  Professor  of  Management.  M.B.A., 
Ohio  State  University.  Mr.  Leonard's  teaching  specialties  include  finance, 
production  and  service  management,  organizational  behavior  and  development, 
and  labor  and  industrial  relations. 

Leon  E.  Markowicz,  Graduate  Professor  of  Communications  and  Leadership 
Studies.  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania.  He  serves  local  business  as  a 
communications  consultant.  Dr.  Markowicz  is  a  Fellow  of  the  Pennsylvania 
Writing  Project  and  is  active  in  the  Lancaster-Lebanon  Writing  Council. 

Daniel  B.  McKinley,  Graduate  Assistant  Professor  of  Leadership.  M.A.,  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland.  M.A.L.S.,  Wesleyan  University.  Mr.  McKinley  maintains  an 
interest  in  small  group  development  and  offers  leadership  laboratories  for  com- 
munication skills  development. 

Gail  Sanderson,  Graduate  Assistant  Professor  of  Managerial  Accounting.  M.B.A, 
Boston  University,  CPA.  Ms.  Sanderson  has  professional  experience  in  accounting 
(public  and  private  sectors);  income  tax;  computer  systems  analysis  and  design. 

Warren  K.  A.  Thompson,  Graduate  Associate  Professor  of  Organizational 
Ethics.  M.A.,  University  of  Texas.  His  teaching  specialties  are  philosophical 
ethics  and  business  and  organizational  ethics. 

MBA  Admissions 

All  candidates  must  have  a  bachelor's  degree  from  an  accredited  college  or 
university. 

All  candidates  must  submit  a  completed  application  form  with  the  required 
application  fee.  They  must  take  a  GMAT  examination  and  have  the  official  test 
results  sent  to  the  Continuing  Education  Center.  They  must  ask  two  supervisors 
at  their  place  of  employment  to  complete  and  forward  confidentially  to  the 
Continuing  Education  Center  evaluation  and  recommendation  forms.  Official 
transcripts  of  all  undergraduate  work  and  anv  °raduate  courses  to  be  considered 
for  transfer  must  be  sent  by  the  respective  colleges  or  universities  to  the 
Continuing  Education  Center. 

All  candidates  are  required  to  visit  the  campus  for  a  personal  interview  prior  to 
admission. 


142 


Graduate  admissions  are  on  a  rolling  basis;  action  will  be  taken  quickly  after  all 
paperwork  has  been  processed.  Candidates  must  confirm  their  acceptance  in 
writing  within  30  days  of  the  date  of  the  admissions  letter. 

MBA  Academic  Policies 

Academic  Advising  and  Registration 

MBA  students  should  meet  with  the  MBA  Academic  Advisor  as  soon  as  possible 
after  being  accepted  into  the  graduate  program.  The  advisor  will  develop 
graduation  plans  with  the  student.  All  course  registrations  require  the  MBA 
advisor's  signature. 

Veteran  Registration 

The  College  meets  all  of  the  criteria  of  Veterans  Education  under  the  provisions 
of  Title  38,  United  States  Code,  Section  1775.  The  MBA  program  has  been 
approved  for  payment  assistance.  Veterans  pay  the  cost  of  tuition,  fees,  books  and 
supplies  directly  to  the  College.  They  are  reimbursed  by  the  Veterans  Adminis- 
tration on  a  monthly  basis.  Applicants  having  any  questions  concerning  their 
veteran's  benefits  should  contact  the  College's  veterans  representative  in  the 
Registrar's  Office. 

Graduation  Requirements 

A.  candidate  for  the  MBA  must  complete  a  minimum  of  36  credits,  of  which  30  must 
be  earned  at  Lebanon  Valley  College.  There  are  nine  required  core  courses  (27 
credits)  and  any  three  electives  of  the  student's  choice  (9  credits)  for  a  total  of  36 
credits.  A  candidate  must  achieve  at  least  a  3.00  cumulative  average  with  only 
one  C  within  the  36  graduate  credits  to  be  certified  for  graduation. 

Transfer  Credit 

A.  maximum  of  six  credits  may  be  transferred  from  another  accredited  graduate 
program  with  the  approval  of  the  Director  of  Continuing  Education.  No  transfer 
credit  shall  be  accepted  if  the  grade  earned  at  another  institution  was  less  than 

B.  Students  wishing  to  transfer  credits  may  be  asked  to  submit  course  outlines, 
textbook  used,  and  any  reading  materials  so  proper  credit  may  be  given. 

Concurrent  Courses 

A  student  enrolled  for  the  MBA  degree  may  not  take  courses  concurrently  at  any 
jther  educational  institution  without  prior  consent  of  the  MBA  Academic  Advisor 
ind  the  Registrar. 


143 


Grading 

Student  achievement  is  graded  A  (distinguished  performance),  B  (superior  work), 
C  (minimum  passing  grade,  but  unsatisfactory  work),  F  (course  requirements  not 
met).  No  MBA  courses  may  be  taken  pass/fail.  A  cumulative  grade  point  average 
of  3.00  (4.00  =  A)  with  only  one  C  within  the  36  graduate  credits  is  required  for 
graduation.  Graduate  courses  are  not  graded  plus  or  minus. 

In  addition  to  the  above  grades,  the  symbols  I  and  W  also  are  used.  I  indicates  that 
student  work  is  incomplete  (certain  required  work  postponed  by  the  student  for 
substantial  reason  with  the  prior  consent  of  the  instructor  and  the  Registrar),  but 
otherwise  satisfactory.  The  work  must  be  completed  within  the  first  eight  weeks 
of  the  following  semester  including  summer  semesters  or  the  I  automatically 
becomes  an  F.  W  indicates  withdrawal  from  a  course. 

Review  Procedure 

Every  student's  academic  progress  shall  be  reviewed  at  the  end  of  each  academic 
period  by  the  MBA  Academic  Advisor.  Any  student  whose  average  falls  below  3 .  00 
or  who  earns  a  C  or  F  in  three  or  more  credit  hours  may  be  placed  on  academic 
probation.  A  student  on  academic  probation  may  be  required  to  retake  courses  or 
correct  other  academic  deficiencies.  Students  who  fail  to  correct  deficiencies  may 
be  dropped  from  the  program.  A  student  may  appeal  any  decision  of  the  Director 
of  Continuing  Education  to  the  MBA  Operations  Committee. 

Course  Withdrawal  and  Tuition  Refund 

Any  student  who  withdraws  from  courses  for  which  he  or  she  is  registered  must 
notify  the  Director  of  Continuing  Education  and  the  Registrar  in  writing.  The 
effective  date  of  withdrawal  is  the  date  on  which  the  student  notifies  these  offices. 
Failure  to  give  notice  of  withdrawal  will  result  in  a  grade  of  F. 

Tuition  charges  shall  be  refunded  for  withdrawals  according  to  the  following 
schedule: 

Fall  &  Spring  Semesters 

During  the  first  week  of  classes:  100% 

During  the  second  week  of  classes:  80% 

During  the  third  week  of  classes:  50% 

After  the  third  week  of  classes:  0% 

Summer  School 

During  the  first  week  of  classes:  100% 

During  the  second  week  of  classes:  50% 

After  the  second  week  of  classes:  0% 
144 


Part-time  and  continuing  education  students  should  also  consult  the  refund 
schedule  published  by  the  Continuing  Education  Office. 

A  student  who  is  absent  from  college  because  of  sickness  or  any  other  reason  and 
who  retains  his  place  in  class  pays  in  full  during  his  or  her  absence. 

Time  Restriction 

The  maximum  time  for  completion  of  the  MBA  program  is  seven  years  from  the 
date  of  the  admission  letter.  Students  who  have  not  earned  the  graduate  degree 
during  this  period  shall  have  their  academic  standing  reviewed  and  may  be  asked 
to  meet  additional  requirements  in  order  to  graduate. 

[Academic  Dishonesty 

'Students  are  expected  to  uphold  the  principles  of  academic  honesty.  Academic 
dishonesty  shall  not  be  tolerated. 

For  the  first  academic  dishonesty  offense,  failure  in  the  course  is  mandatory  and 
Ithe  faculty  member  is  required  to  inform  the  Director  of  Continuing  Education  in 
writing.  A  letter  of  warning  shall  be  sent  to  the  student  by  the  Director  of 
Continuing  Education  explaining  the  consequences  and  the  right  of  appeal. 

For  the  second  offense,  failure  in  the  course  and  expulsion  from  the  MBA  program 
nd  College  are  mandatory  and  without  appeal. 


Address  Changes 

'Any  change  of  address  must  be  reported  to  the  Continuing  Education  Center  as 
soon  as  possible.  A  forwarding  address  should  also  be  given  to  the  Postal  Sendee. 

Privacy  of  Student  Records 

[n  accordance  with  the  Family  Educational  Rights  and  Privacy  Act  of  1974  (P.L. 
39-380)  Lebanon  Valley  College  releases  no  student  education  records  without 
written  consent  and  request  of  the  student  or  as  prescribed  by  the  law.  Each 
tudent  has  access  to  their  education  records  with  exclusions  only  as  specified  by 
the  law. 

Financial  Aid 

Students  may  participate  in  the  Stafford  Loan  Program,  a  low,  simple-interest 
oan  that  is  available  from  most  lending  institutions.  The  interest  on  the  loan  is 
subsidized  by  the  federal  government  while  attending  college  and  payments  do  not 
become  due  until  six  months  after  graduation  or  enrollment  as  less  than  a  half- 
:ime  student. 

raduate  students  should  contact  the  Financial  Aid  Office  at  717-  867-6 IS  1  to 
iiscuss  alternative  financial  aid  programs. 

145 


Employee  Tuition  Reimbursement 

Students  are  encouraged  to  inquire  about  tuition  remission  programs  at  their 
places  of  employment.  Most  employers  of  current  students  provide  education 
subsidies  of  50-100%  of  tuition.  Students  must  pay  50%  of  tuition  costs  plus 
comprehensive  fee  at  the  time  of  registration. 

Withdrawal  from  Program  and  College  and  Readmission 

To  withdraw  from  Lebanon  Valley  College,  an  MBA  student  must  complete  an 
official  withdrawal  form  obtained  from  the  MBA  Academic  Advisor.  To  apply  for 
readmission,  an  MBA  student  must  have  the  written  approval  of  the  Director  of 
Continuing  Education. 

Graduate  Degree  Requirements 
and  Course  Descriptions 

Degree:  MBA 

Requirements: 

Undergraduate  Core  (Common  body  of  knowledge):  ACT  151  or  161,  ACT 
152  or  162;  ECN  110,  120;  MAS  111  or  150  or  160  or  161,  170  or  270;  MGT  222, 
233  or  CSC  170,  330,  340,  361,  460. 

Graduate  Core:  MAS  800,  MGT  805,  PSY  810,  MGT  815,  MGT  820,  ENG  825, 
PHL  830,  LSP  835,  MGT  895  (27  credits)  and  three  of  the  following  MGT  850,  MGT 
855,  MGT  860,  ECN 865,  MGT  870,  ACT  875,  MGT 880,  ECN  885  (9  credits).  Total 
of  36  credits. 

MBA  Courses 

MAS  800.  Quantitative  Analysis.  A  survey  of  management  science.  Topics 
include  linear  programming,  transportation  and  assignment  problems,  decision 
and  network  analysis,  stochastic  processes,  queueing,  and  simulation.  Includes 
an  introduction  to  appropriate  computer  software.  3  credits. 

MGT  805.  Financial  Policy.  A  quantitative  approach  to  managerial  problems 
of  long  term  financing,  asset  management,  dividend  policy,  and  ethics  in  the  firm 
and  marketplace.  Emphasis  placed  on  the  application  of  experience  to  class 
discussion  based  on  the  use  of  the  Wall  Street  Journal.  Required  presentation  of 
a  current  topic.  3  credits. 


146 


PSY  810.  Organizational  Behavior.  Systematic  presentation  of  theory  and 
research  in  areas  of  organizational  behavior;  including  motivation,  group  dynam- 
ics, leadership,  decision-making,  organization-change,  career  planning,  and 
communication.  3  credits. 

MGT  815.  Marketing  Management.  Seminar  focusing  on  issues  arising  from 
the  interplay  between  marketing  and  society.  Examples  include  ethics  of  selling, 
advertising,  marketing  research  and  the  social  responsibility  of  marketers. 
Governmental  intervention  and  regulations  are  analyzed.  3  credits. 

MGT  820.  Production  and  Service  Management.  The  production  and  service 
functions  cast  in  the  systems  framework,  recognizing  relationships  among  various 
components  of  the  organization.  Specific  problems  in  analysis  planning,  design  and 
control  of  operations,  processes,  services,  and  human  resources  are  examined.  Models 
surveyed  include  process  planning,  product  planning,  scheduling  and  control.  3  credits. 

ENG  825.  Executive  Communications.  Organizational  communications  skills, 
emphasizing  writing  and  speaking  techniques.  Interpersonal  communication. 
Information  sharing  at  group  and  organizational  levels.  3  credits. 

PHL  830.  Corporate  and  Organizational  Ethics.  The  ethical  assumptions 
and  implications  of  corporate  and  organizational  policies  and  practices.  Intensive 
readings  in  the  literature  of  both  theoretical  and  applied  ethics.  Case-study 
analyses.  Topics  include:  corporate  and  organizational  social  and  political 
responsibility,  ethics  and  business,  ethics  and  organizational  life,  governmental 
relations,  and  social  auditing.  3  credits. 

LSP  835.  Executive  Leadership.  Theories  and  concepts  of  leadership.  Exami- 
nation of  the  forces  in  the  leader-follower  interaction.  Analysis  of  the  skills, 
behaviors,  attitudes,  and  values  of  effective  and  ethical  leaders  and  followers. 
Application  of  concepts,  information,  and  experience  to  case  studies.  3  credits. 

MGT  850.  Human  Resource  Management.  A  survey  of  personnel  management 
activities  in  organizations  including  exploration  of  recent  developments  in  the 
field  of  human  resource  management.  Topics  include  human  resource  planning, 
recruitment,  selection,  training,  equal  employment  opportunity,  performance 
appraisal,  discipline,  career  planning,  compensation,  safety  and  health.  Instruction 
method  includes  case  study,  readings  and  classroom  lecture.  3  credits. 

MGT  855.  Legal  Environment  of  Business.  Legal  concepts  and  principles 
important  to  business  decision  making  including  employment  law,  labor-man- 
agement relations  and  relevant  legislation,  tax  consequences  of  business  trans- 
actions, government  regulation,    contract  law  and  application  of  the  Uniform 


147 


Commercial  Code  to  business  transactions.  Case  study,  readings  and  classroom 
lecture.  3  credits. 

MGT  860.  International  Business  Management.  Theories,  concepts,  prac- 
tices and  techniques  of  conducting  business  in  foreign  countries.  The  strategic 
issues,  the  operational  practices,  and  the  governmental  relations  of  multi- 
national companies  are  analyzed  through  use  of  case  study,  lecture  and  speakers. 
Topics  include:  economic,  political  and  cultural  integration;  trade  restrictions 
and  barriers;  overseas  investment  and  financing;  entry  into  foreign  markets  and 
marketing  strategies.  3  credits. 

ECN  865.  Entrepreneurship.  Entrepreneurship,  intrapreneurship,  small 
business,  and  acquisitions.  Special  attention  to  sources  of  funding,  and  the  role  ol 
government  in  the  development  of  new  enterprises.  3  credits. 

MGT  870.  Labor  Management  Relations.  Labor  Management  Relations  is 
directed  primarily  to  the  understanding  of  the  issues  and  alternatives  arising  out 
of  the  work  place.  The  course  provides  both  an  overview  of  what  has  been  identified 
as  industrial  relations  as  well  as  familiarity  with  the  tools  used  by  its  practi- 
tioners. Also  it  will  review  closely  some  of  the  more  interesting  and  developing 
areas  of  the  subject  matter.  Students  will  study  negotiation,  administration, 
wage/fringe  issues  and  contents  of  labor  agreements.  3  credits. 

ACT  875.  Managerial  Accounting.  This  course  provides  students  previously 
exposed  to  basic  financial  and  managerial  accounting  principles  with  an  oppor- 
tunity to  study  the  structure  and  use  accounting  systems  designed  to  aid  man- 
agement in  controlling  costs  and  profits.  The  course  stresses  the  the  following: 
financial  statement  analysis,  sources  and  uses  of  funds  analysis,  tax  implications 
on  managerial  decisions,  responsibility  accounting  and  the  impact  of  inflation. 
3  credits. 

MGT  880.  Investments  and  Portfolio  Management.  This  course  will  ac- 
quaint the  student  with  the  tools  essential  for  sound  money  management. 
Investment  management  begins  by  considering  the  goals  of  the  investor  with 
respect  to  risk  exposure,  tax  environment,  liquidity  needs  and  appreciation  versus 
income  potentials.  Strategies  will  be  developed  to  satisfy  these  objectives. 
Mathematical  models  of  portfolio  selection  to  help  reduce  risk  through  diversifi- 
cation will  be  developed.  Special  attention  will  be  paid  to  the  theories  of  determinants 
of  asset  prices,  including  the  capital-asset  pricing  model.  3  credits. 

ECN  885.  Managerial  Economics.  This  course  focuses  on  economic  planning 
and  decision-making  in  the  firm.  The  study  of  actual  problems  is  provided  by 
means  of  case  analysis  and  independent  study.  3  credits. 


148 


MGT  895.  Business  Policy.  The  strategic  management  of  large  business  enti- 
ties, including  the  formulation  and  evaluation  of  missions,  strategies,  objectives 
and  policies.  Historical  and  current  situations  are  discussed.  Cases  are  used  and 
outside  research  is  required.  Prerequisite:  24  hours  of  graduate  credit.  3  credits. 


149 


DIRECTORY 

BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES  - 
LEBANON  VALLEY  COLLEGE 

Officers 

THOMAS  C.  REINHART  Chairperson 

ELAINE  G.  HACKMAN  Vice-Chairperson 

JOHN  R.  EBY  Vice-Chairperson 

EDWARD  H.  ARNOLD  Vice-Chairperson 

HARRY  B.  YOST  Secretary 

DEBORAH  R.  FULLAM  Treasurer 

HARLAN  R.  WENGERT  Assistant  Treasurer 

ALLAN  W.  MUND  Chairperson  Emeritus 

F.  ALLEN  RUTHERFORD,  JR.  Chairperson  Emeritus 

ELIZABETH  K.  WEISBURGER  Chairperson  Emerita 


Trustees 

EDWARD  H.  ARNOLD,  B.S.,  L.H.D.;  President,  Arnold  Industries;  Lebanon,  PA 

(1993). 
KATHERINE  J.  BISHOP,  B.A.,  M.B.A.;  General  Manager,  Lebanon  Chemical 

Corporation;  Lebanon,  PA  (1991). 
RAYMOND  H.  CARR;  President  and  Chairman  of  the  Board,  The  Pickering 

Group;  Lionville,  PA  (1991). 
JAMES  J.  DAVISON;  Retired  Business  Executive;  Freehold,  NJ  (1992). 
WESLEY  T.  DELLINGER,  B.S.;  Vice  President,  J.C.  Hauer's  Sons,  Inc.; 

Palmyra,  PA  (1991). 
JOHN  R.  EBY,  B.S.;  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer,  Commonwealth 

Communications  Services,  Inc.;  Lancaster,  PA  (1992). 
RUFUS  A.  FULTON,  B.A.;  President,  Fulton  Financial  Corp.;  Lancaster,  PA 

(1992). 
DARWIN  G.  GLICK,  B.S.;  Partner,  Glick,  Stanilla  and  Siegel;  Lebanon,  PA 

(1993). 
MARTIN  L.  GLUNTZ;  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.;  Vice  President,  Manufacturing  and 

Distribution  Services,  Hershey  International  Ltd.,  Hershey  Foods  Corporation, 

Hershey,  PA  (1993). 


150 


ARTHUR  L.  GOLDBERG,  Esq.,  A.B.,  LL.B.;  Attorney,  Goldberg,  Katzman  and 

Shipman;  Harrisburg,  PA  (1992). 
ELAINE  G.  HACKMAN,  B.A.;  Retired  Business  Executive;  Akron,  PA  (1991). 
CAROLYN  R.  HANES,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.;  Professor  of  Sociology  and  Social 

Work, Chairperson;  Professor  of  Leadership  Studies,  Lebanon  Valley  College; 

Annville,  PA  (1991). 
SUSAN  WOLFE  HASSINGER,  B.A.,  M.Div.;  Conference  Consultant,  Eastern 

Pennsylvania  Conference,  United  Methodist  Church;  Downingtown,  PA  ( 1991 ). 
BRYAN  V.  HEARSEY,  B.A.,  M.A.,  Ph.D;  Professor  of  Mathematics,  Lebanon 

Valley  College;  Annville,  PA  ( 1991). 
LOIS  G.  JOHNSON,  B.S.,  M.Ed.;  Chairperson,  Department  of  English,  Delaware 

Technical  and  Community  College;  Glen  Mills,  PA  (1992). 
GERALD  D.  KAUFFMAN,  A.B.,  B.D.,  D.D.,  Retired  Pastor,  United  Methodist 

Church;  Carlisle,  PA  (1991). 
FELTON  E.  MAY,  B.A.,  M.Div.,  D.D.;  Resident  Bishop  of  the  Harrisburg  Area, 

United  Methodist  Church;  Harrisburg,  PA  ( 1991 ). 
SUSAN  M.  MORRISON,  B.A.,  M.Div.;  Resident  Bishop  of  the  Philadelphia  Area 

United  Methodist  Church,  Valley  Forge,  PA  (1991). 
JOHN  D.  NORTON,  III,  A.B.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.;  Professor  of  Political  Science,  Chair- 
person; Political  Science  and  Economics  Department,  Lebanon  Valley  College; 

Annville,  PA  (1993). 
KENNETH  H.  PLUMMER;  Retired  President,  E.D.  Plummer  Sons,  Inc.; 

Chambersburg,  PA  ( 1993). 
THOMAS  C.REINHART,B.S.;  President,  T.C.R.  Packaging,  Inc.,  Albee-Campbell, 

Inc.,  and  People  Seekers;  Wyomissing,  PA  (1993). 
RIDGLEY  P.  SALTER,  Student,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  Annville.  PA  (1991). 
DONALD  R.  SHOVER,  JR.,  B.A.,  M.Div.,  D.  Min.;  District  Superintendent. 

United  Methodist  Church;  Harrisburg,  PA  (1991). 
JOHN  J.  SHUMAKER,  B.A.,  J.D.,  Member,  Pennsylvania  State  Senate; 

Grantville,  PA  (1991). 
JOAN  S.  SOWERS,  B.A.,  M.A.;  Homemaker;  Lebanon,  PA  (1991). 
MORTON  SPECTOR;  Vice  President  and  Treasurer,  D  &  H  Distributing  Co.; 

Harrisburg,  PA  (1992). 
E.  PETER  STRICKLER,  B.S.;  President,  Strickler  Insurance  Agency.  Inc.; 

Lebanon,  PA  (1992). 
JOHN  A.  SYNODINOS,  B.S.,  M.S.;  President,  Lebanon  Valley  College;  Annville,  PA. 
KATHRYNSEIVERLING  TAYLOR,  B.A.;  Supervisor,  Derry  Township;  Hershey. 

PA  (1991). 
JOHN  A.  WALTER,  B.S.,  J.D.;  Judge,  Lebanon  County  Court  of  Common  Pleas; 

Mt.  Gretna,  PA  (1992). 
ELIZABETH  K.  WEISBURGER,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  D.  Sci.;  Retired  Chief  of  Carcinogen 

Metabolism  and  Toxicology  Branch,  National  Cancer  Institute;  Bethesda.  MD 

(1991). 


151 


HARLAN  R.  WENGERT,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  D.Sci.;  Chairman,  Wengert's  Dairy; 

Lebanon,  PA  (1993). 
E.D.  WILLIAMS,  JR.,  L.H.D.;  Private  Investor;  Lebanon,  PA  (1993). 
J.  DENNIS  WILLIAMS,  B.A.,  M.Div.,  D.Min.;  Pastor,  District  Superintendent, 

Anthracite  District,  United  Methodist  Church;  Orwigsburg,  PA  (1991). 
SAMUEL  A.  WILLMAN,  B.S.,  M.Com.;  Vice  President,  Marketing,  York 

Container  Company;  Red  Lion,  PA  (1993). 
CHARLES  W.  WOLFE,  B.A.,  M.Div.;  Emeritus  Vice  President  for  University 

Relations,  Bucknell  University;  Denver,  PA  (1992). 
HARRY  B.  YOST,  Esq.,  LL.B.,  LL.M.;  Attorney,  Hassell,  Yost  and  Sorrentino; 

Lancaster,  PA  (1991). 

Emeriti 

WILLIAM  D.  BOSWELL,  Esq.,  Ph.B.,  LL.B.;  Attorney,  Boswell  Synder  Tintner  & 

Piccola;  Harrisburg,  PA. 
WILLIAM  D.  BRYSON,  LL.D.;  Retired  Executive,  Walter  W.  Moyer  Company; 

Ephrata,  PA. 
CURVINN.  DELLINGER,  B.S.;  President,  J.C.  Hauer's  Sons,  Inc.;  Lebanon,  PA. 
DEWITT  M.  ESSICK,  A.B.,  M.S.;  Retired  Manager  of  Education  and  Training, 

Armstrong  World  Industries;  Lancaster,  PA. 
EUGENE  C.  FISH,  Esq.,  B.S.,  LL.B.,  J.D.;  President,  Peerless  Industries,  Inc.; 

Chairman  of  the  Board,  Eastern  Foundry  Company;  Attorney,  Romeika,  Fish 

and  Scheckter;  Senior  Partner,  Tax  Associates;  Jenkintown,  PA. 
THOMAS  W.  GUINIVAN,  A.B.,  B.D.,  D.D.;  Retired  Pastor,  United  Methodist 

Church;  Mechanicsburg,  PA. 
PAUL  E.  HORN,  A.B.,  B.D.,  D.D.;  Retired  Pastor,  United  Methodist  Church; 

Harrisburg,  PA. 
ALLAN  W.  MUND,  LL.D.;  Retired  Chairman,  Ellicott  Machine  Corporation; 

Towson,  MD. 
HAROLD  S.PEIFFER,A.B.,B.D.,S.T.M.,D.D.;RetiredPastor,UnitedMethodist 

Church;  Lancaster,  PA. 
JESSIE  A.  PRATT,  B.S.;  Retired  Administrative  Assistant,  Legal  Division,  City 

of  Philadelphia;  Philadelphia,  PA. 
EZRA  H.  RANCK,  A.B.,  B.D.,  D.D.;  Retired  Pastor,  United  Methodist  Church; 

Lancaster,  PA. 
MELVIN  S.  RIFE;  Retired  Executive,  St.  Regis  Paper  Company;  York,  PA. 
F.  ALLEN  RUTHERFORD,  Jr.,  B.S.,  LL.D.;  Retired  Principal,  Arthur  Young  and 

Company;  Richmond,  VA. 
DANIEL  L.  SHEARER,  A.B.,  B.D.,  S.T.M.,  D.D.;  Executive  Assistant  to  the 

Bishop  of  the  Harrisburg  Area,  United  Methodist  Church;  Hummelstown,  PA 


152 


Honorary 

JEFFERSON  C.  BARNHART,  Esq.,  A.B.,  LL.B;  Attorney,  McNees,  Wallace  and 

Nurick;  Hershey,  PA. 
HORACE  E.  SMITH,  Esq.,  A.B.,  LL.B.;  Attorney,  Smith  and  McCleary:  York,  PA. 
ANNE  B.  SWEIGART,  B.S.;  Chairman  of  the  Board  and  Chief  Executive 

Officer,  Denver  and  Ephrata  Telephone  Company;  Ephrata,  PA. 
WOODROW  W.  WALTEMYER,  Business  Executive;  York,  PA. 

ADMINISTRATION 

President 

JOHN  A.  SYNODINOS,  1988-;  B.S.,  Loyola  College,  1959;  M.S.Ed.,  Temple 
University,  1977. 
DIANE  E.  WENGER,  1989-;  Administrative  Assistant  to  the  President,  1990-. 

General  College  Officers 

HOWARD  L.  APPLEGATE,  1983-;  Secretary  of  the  College,  1989-.  B.A.,  Drew 

University,  1957;  M.A.,  Syracuse  University,  1960;  Ph.D.,  1966. 
RICHARD  F.  CHARLES,  1988-;  Vice  President  for  Advancement,  1988-.A.B.. 

Franklin  and  Marshall  College,  1953. 
DEBORAH  R.  FULLAM,  1982-;  Controller  and  Treasurer,  1990-.  B.S.,  Lebanon 

Valley  College,  1981;  M.B.A.,  Philadelphia  College  of  Textiles  &  Science,  1987. 
ROBERT  E.  HAMILTON,  1986-;  Vice  President  for  Administration,  1990-.  A.B.. 

Messiah  College,  1962;  M.Ed.,  Shippensburg  University,  1966;  D.Ed.,  The 

Pennsylvania  State  University,  1972. 
WILLIAM  J.  McGILL,  Jr.,  1986-;  Vice  President  and  Dean  of  the  College.  1986-. 

A.B.,  Trinity  College,  1957;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1958;  Ph.D.,  1961. 
GREGORY  G.  STANSON,  1966-;  Dean  of  Enrollment  Management  Services. 

1980-.  B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1963;  M.Ed..  University  of  Toledo.  1966. 

Administrative  Officers 

Academic  and  Student  Affairs 

WILLIAM  J.  McGILL,  Vice  President  and  Dean  of  the  College. 

KAREN  D.  BEST,  1990-;  Registrar,  1990-.  B.A..  Dickinson  College.  1989. 
ARTHUR  L.  FORD,  1965-;  Associate  Academic  Dean,  1990-.  A.B..  Lebanon 
Valley  College,  1959;  M.A.,  Bowling  Green  State  University,  1960:  Ph.D..  1964. 

153 


ELAINE  D.  FEATHER,  1989-;  Director  of  Continuing  Education,  1989-.B.S., 
State  University  of  New  York  College  at  Cortland,  1965;  M.S.,  State  Univer- 
sity of  New  York  College  at  Brockport,  1973. 
ELIZABETH  A.  CALVARIO,  1988-;  Continuing  Education  Academic 
Advisor,  1988-.  B.S.,  University  of  Southern  Colorado,  1984;  M.B.A., 
Shippensburg  University,  1986. 
BARBARA  JONES  DENISON,  1987-;  Director  of  Continuing  Education 
Support  Services,  Continuing  Education  Academic  Advisor,  1989-. 
B.A.,Lebanon  Valley  College,  1979;  M.A.,  University  of  York,  1981; 
Ph.D.,  Northwestern  University,  1985. 
DALE  J.  ERSKINE,  1983-;  Director,  Youth  Scholars  Institute,  1985-. 
B.A.,  University  of  Maine  at  Portland,  1974;  M.A.,  State  University  of 
New  York  at  Buffalo,  1976;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Oklahoma,  1981. 
SUZANNE  CALDWELL  RIEHL,  1982-;  Director  of  Special  Music  Pro- 
grams, 1989-.  B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1979;  M.M.,  Westminster 
Choir  College,  1982. 
WILLIAM  E.  HOUGH,  III,  1970-;  Librarian,  Associate  Professor,  1970-.  A.B., 
King's  College,  1955;  Th.M.,  Dallas  Theological  Seminary,  1959;  M.S.L.S., 
Columbia  University,  1965;  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1987. 
ALICE  S.  DIEHL,  1966-;  Technical  Processes  Librarian,  1966-.  A.B., 
Smith  College,  1956;  B.S.,  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology,  1957; 
M.L.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1966. 
DONNA  L.  MILLER,  1986-;  Readers'  Services  Librarian,  1986-.  B.S., 
Millersville  University,  1984;  M.L.S.,  Drexel  University,  1986. 
LEON  E.  MARKOWICZ,  1971-;  Director  of  Academic  Support  Programs, 
1990-;  A.B.,  Duquesne  University,  1964;  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania, 
1968;  Ph.D.,  1972. 

DANIEL  B.  McKINLEY,  1988-;  Director  of  Leadership  and  Student  Develop- 
ment Programs,  1990-.  B.S.,  United  States  Coast  Guard  Academy,  1968; 
M.A.L.S.,Wesleyan  University,  1973;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1982. 
DAVID  C.  EVANS,  1981-;  Director  of  Career  Planning  and  Placement, 
1981-.B.A.,  Slippery  Rock  University,  1969;  M.Ed.,  Rutgers 
University,  1970. 
JOHN  J.  UHL,  1980-;  Director  of  Media  Services,  1980-.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley 
College,  1979. 
VIRGINIA  L.  SOLOMON,  1987-;  Assistant  Director  of  Media  Services, 
1987-.  A.A.,  Pennsylvania  State  University-New  Kensington,  1976; 
B.S.,  Slippery  Rock  University,  1979;  M.A.Ed.,  Western  Carolina 
University,  1986. 
ROSEMARY  YUHAS,  1973-;  Associate  Dean  for  Students,  1983-.  B.S.,  Lock 
Haven  University,  1966;  M.Ed.,  West  Chester  University,  1970. 
DAVID  A.  CALVARIO,  1987-;  Director  of  Student  Life,  1990-.  B.S., 
Shippensburg  University,  1982;  M.S.,  1986. 


154 


LAURA  L.  ETZWEILER,  1990-;  Residence  Hall  Director,  1990-.  B.S., 

Delaware  Valley  College,  1989. 
DONALD  FRIDAY,  1990-;  Residence  Hall  Director,  1990-.  B.S., 
Lebanon  Valley  College,  1990. 
JOHN  T.  HOWER,  1988-;  Counselling  Psychologist,  1988-.  B.A.,  Wheaton 
College,  1970;  M.A.,  Rosemead  School  of  Psychology ,  1974;  Ph.D.,  1977. 
JULIANA  Z.  WOLFE,  1975-1978;  1979-;  Director  of  Health  Center  and  Head 
Nurse,  1979-.  R.N.,  Diploma,  St.  Joseph's  Hospital,  1963. 
ROBERT  F.  EARLY,  1971-;  College  Physician,  1971-.  B.S.,  Lebanon 

Valley  College,  1949;  M.D.,  Thomas  Jefferson  University,  1952. 
RUSSELL  L.  GINGRICH,  1971-;  College  Physician,  1971-.  B.S.,  Leba- 
non Valley  College,  1947;  M.D.,  Thomas  Jefferson  University,  1951. 
ROBERT  M.  KLINE,  1970-;  College  Physician,  1970-.  B.S.,  Lebanon 
Valley  College,  1950;  M.D.,  Thomas  Jefferson  University,  1955;  B.A., 
Lebanon  Valley  College,  1971. 
VERONICA  FABIAN,  1984-;  Staff  Nurse,  1984-.  R.N.,  Diploma,  Spencer 

Hospital,  1961. 
JEAN  W.  ZELEK,  1983-;  Staff  Nurse,  1983-.  R.N.,  Diploma,  St.  Anthony's 
Hospital,  1952. 

Religious  Affairs 

JOHN  ABERNATHY  SMITH,  1980-;  College  Chaplain  and  Church  Relations 
Officer,  1980-.  B.A.,  Vanderbilt  University,  1961;  M.Div.,  Drew  University, 
1965;  M.A.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1967;  Ph.D.,  1971. 
THOMAS  H.  SMITH,  1988-;  Adjunct  Catholic  Chaplain,  1988-.  B.A.. 
Saint  Charles  Seminary,  1953. 

Admission  and  Financial  Aid 

GREGORY  G.  STANSON,  Dean  of  Enrollment  Management  Services. 
RUTH  E.  ANDERSEN,  1986-;  Assistant  Director  of  Financial  Aid  and 

Assistant  Director  of  Admission,  1988-.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1986. 
SUSAN  K.  BORELLI,  1990-;  Admission  Counselor,  1990-.  B.A.,  Albright 

College,  1989. 
MARK  A.  BREZITSKI,  1986-;  Admission  Counselor,  1989-.  B.A.. 

Shippensburg  University,  1985. 
WILLIAM  J.  BROWN,  Jr.,  1980-;  Director  of  Financial  Aid.  1986-;  Associate 

Dean  of  Admission,  1984-.  B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1979;  M.B.A., 

Philadelphia  College  of  Textiles  and  Science,  1988. 


155 


TIMOTHY  M.  EBERSOLE,  1986-;  Admission  Counselor,  1990-.  B.S., 

Shippensburg  University,  1983. 
RONALD  K.  GOOD,  1983-;  Assistant  Dean  of  Admission,  1983-.  B.S.  in  Ed., 

Millersville  University,  1959;  M.Ed.,  1966. 
BARBARA  A.  LEER,  1988-;  Assistant  Director  of  Admission,  1990-.  B.A., 

Lebanon  Valley  College,  1987. 
JAMES  P.  MONOS,  Jr.,  1986-;  Admission  Counselor,  1986-.  B.S., 

Shippensburg  University,  1972;  M.Ed.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1978. 

Advancement 

RICHARD  F.  CHARLES,  Vice  President  for  Advancement. 

ELLEN  H.  ARNOLD,  1988-;  Director  of  Annual  Giving,  1988-.  B.A., 

Bucknell  University,  1964. 
C.  PAUL  BRUBAKER,  Jr.,  1989-;  Director  of  Planned  Giving,  1989-.  B.S., 
Franklin  and  Marshall  College,  1952;  M.B.A.,  Wharton  Graduate  School, 
University  of  Pennsylvania,  1955. 
MATTHEW  A.  HUGG,  1987-;  Director  of  Corporate  and  Foundation  Rela- 
tions, 1990-.  B.S.,  Juniata  College,  1983. 
INGEBORG  M.  SNOKE,  1987-;  Records  and  Research  Assistant,  1989-; 

B.A.,  Marwritski  Institute,  Germany,  1948. 
MONICA  E.  KREISER,  1988-;  Director  of  Alumni  Programs,  1990-.  B.A., 

Lebanon  Valley  College,  1988. 
JUDITH  PEHRSON,  1989-;  Director  of  College  Relations,  1989-.  B.A., 
University  of  Michigan,  1968;  M.A.,  1972. 
JOHN  B.  DEAMER,  Jr.,  1986-;  Associate  Director  of  College  Relations 
and  Director  of  Sports  Information,  1990-.  B.A.,  LaSalle  University, 
1985. 
DAWN  T.  THREN,  1987-;  Director  of  Publications,  1989-.  B.A, 
Bloomsburg  University,  1986. 

Financial  Affairs 

DEBORAH  R.  FULLAM,  Controller  and  Treasurer. 

MICHAEL  J.  GALLAGHER,  1990-;  Assistant  Controller,  1990-.  B.S.,  Leba- 
non Valley  College,  1983. 
DANA  LESHER,  1990-;  Assistant,  Business  Services,  1990-. 

Computer  Services 

ROBERT  A.  RILEY,  1976-1978,  1988-;  Director  of  Computer  Services,  1988-. 
B.S.,  Elizabethtown  College,  1976. 


156 


ROBERT  J.  DILLANE,  1985-;  Administrative  Coordinator,  Computer 

Services,  1986-.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1977. 
STEPHEN  SHOOP,  1977-;  Technical  Coordinator,  Computer  Services, 

1986-.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1974. 
CURT  S.  TOMLINSON,  1990-;  Computer  Systems  Implementation 

Specialist,  1990-.  B.S.,  Millersville  University,  1982. 
MICHAEL  C.  ZEIGLER,  1990-;  Coordinator  of  User  Services,  1990-. 

B.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1979. 


Administrative  Affairs 

ROBERT  E.  HAMILTON,  Vice  President  for  Administration. 

ROBERT  E.  HARNISH,  1967-;  Manager  of  the  College  Store,  1967-.  B.A., 

Randolph  Macon  College,  1966. 
GEORGE  F.  LOVELL,  Jr.,  1988-;  Superintendent  of  Buildings  &  Grounds, 
1988-. 
HAROLD  L.  FESSLER,  1984-;  Director  of  Maintenance,  1984-. 
MARGARET  A.  LAHR,  1988-;  Director  of  Housekeeping,  1988-. 
KEVIN  R.  YEISER,  1982-;  Director  of  Grounds,  1982-. 
RUSSELL  J.  OWENS,  1988-;  Director  of  E.  H.  Arnold  Sports  Center,  1988-. 

B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1960. 
WALTER  L.  SMITH,  1961-1969;  1971-;  Director  of  Telephone  Services,  1990-. 
B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1961;  M.S.  in  Ed.,  Temple  University.  1967. 
LOUIS  A.  SORRENTINO,  1971-;  Director  of  Athletics,  1981-.  B.A..  Lebanon 

Valley  College,  1954;  M.A.,  Bucknell  University,  1961. 
KATHLEEN  TIERNEY,  1983-;  Assistant  Director  of  Athletics,  Director  of  Sum- 
mer Sports  Camps,  1988-.  B.S.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Brockport. 
1979. 
ALLEN  R.  YINGST,  1989-;  Director  of  Security,  1990-. 

Athletics 

LOUIS  A.  SORRENTINO,  Director  of  Athletics,  1971-;  Assistant  Mens 
Basketball  Coach,  1986-;  Golf  Coach,  1989-. 
TIMOTHY  M.  EBERSOLE,  1986-;  Baseball  Coach,  1990-. 
PATRICK  J.  FLANNERY,  1989-;  Men's  Basketball  Coach;  Assistant  Baseball 

Coach,  1989-.  B.A.,  Bucknell  University,  1980,  M.S.,  1983. 
LAWRENCE  M.  LARTHEY,  1988-;  Wrestling  Coach,  1988-.  B.S..  Lebanon 

Valley  College,  1972. 
JAMES  P.  MONOS,  Jr.,  1986-;  Football  Coach.  1986-. 

KATHLEEN  M.  NELSON,  1990-;  Women's  Basketball  Coach.  Women's  Soft  - 
ball  Coach,  1990-.  B.S.,  Edinboro  University.  1979;  M.A..  Central  Michigan 
University,  1987. 

157 


RUSSELL  J.  OWENS,  1988-;  Men's  and  Women's  Swimming  Coach,  1989-. 

WAYNE  PERRY,  1987-;  Women's  Volleyball  Coach,  1988-.  B.S.,  Lebanon 
Valley  College,  1978. 

O.  KENT  REED,  197 1-;  Men's  Track  and  Field  Coach,  Men's  and  Women's 
Cross  Country  Coach,  1971-.  B.S.,  Otterbein  College,  1956;  M.A.,  Eastern 
Kentucky  University,  1970. 

HARRY  A.  SHIRK,  Jr.,  1987-;  Soccer  Coach,  1987-. 

JAMES  E.  STARK,  1986-;  Athletic  Trainer,  1986-.  B.S.,  Lock  Haven  Univer- 
sity, 1983;  M.Ed.,  Shippensburg  University,  1986. 

KATHLEEN  M.  TIERNEY,  1983-;  Assistant  Director  of  Athletics,  1988-; 
Field  Hockey  Coach,  1983-. 

THE  CHRISTIAN  R.  AND  MARY  F.  LINDBACK 
DISTINGUISHED  TEACHING  AWARDS 

The  Lindback  Awards  for  distinguished  teaching  are  supported  by  grants  from  the 
Christian  R.  and  Mary  F.  Lindback  Foundation.  The  Lindback  Award  recipients, 
who  must  be  full-time  members  of  the  Lebanon  Valley  College  faculty,  are  selected 
by  the  President  of  the  College  after  appropriate  consultation  with  alumni, 
students,  faculty  and  staff. 

Previous  Awardees: 

1985  Leon  E.  Markowicz,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  English 

1986  Carolyn  R.  Hanes,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Sociology  and  Social  Work 
and  Leadership  Studies 

1987  Donald  E.  Byrne,  Jr.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Religion 

1987  MarkA.  Townsend,  Ed.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences 

1988  William  H.  Fairlamb,  Mus.B.,  Professor  of  Music 

1989  Paul  L.  Wolf,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Biology 

1990  Owen  A.  Moe,  Jr.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Chemistry 


158 


THE  NEVELYN  J.  KNISLEY  AWARD 
FOR  INSPIRATIONAL  TEACHING 

In  1988,  Lebanon  Valley  College  created  an  award  for  part-time  and  adjunct 
members  of  the  College  faculty  similar  to  the  philosophy  of  the  Lindback  Award. 
The  first  awardee  was  Nevelyn  J.  Knisley.  After  the  presentation  of  the  first 
award,  the  President  of  the  College  named  this  series  of  awards  for  Mrs.  Knisley 
in  recognition  for  her  twenty-four  years  of  inspired  teaching  in  music. 

Previous  Awardees: 

1988  Nevelyn  J.  Knisley,  M.F.A.,  Adjunct  Associate  Professor  of  Music 

1989  Carolyn  B.  Scott,  B.A.,  Lecturer  in  French 

1990  Michael  J.  Asken,  Ph.D.,  Adjunct  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 

SEARS-ROEBUCK  FOUNDATION  TEACHING 
EXCELLENCE  AND  CAMPUS  LEADERSHIP  AWARD 

In  1989,  the  Sears-Roebuck  Foundation  created  an  award  to  recognize  teaching 
excellence  and  campus  service.  The  recipient,  who  must  be  a  full-time  member  of 
the  Lebanon  Valley  College  faculty,  is  selected  by  a  special  committee. 

Previous  Awardee: 

1990  Diane  M.  Iglesias,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Spanish 

FACULTY 

Active 

SHARON  DARMOFALL  ARNOLD,  1986-;  Associate  Professor  of  Sociology.  B.A.. 

University  of  Akron,  1964;  M.A.,  1967. 
SUSAN  ATKINSON,  1987-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Education.  B.S..  Shippensburg 

University,  1972;  M.Ed.,  (Elementary  Education)  1973;  M.Ed..  (Special 

Education)  1979;  D.Ed.,  Temple  University,  1987. 
PHILIP  A.  BILLINGS,  1970-;  Professor  of  English.  B.A.,  Heidelberg  College, 

1965;  M.A.,  Michigan  State  University,  1967;  Ph.D..   1974. 
MARIE  BONGIOVANNI,  Visiting  Assistant  Professor  of  English.  B.A..  Temple 

University,  1977;  M.B.A.,  Drexel  University,  1982. 

159 


DONALD  C.  BOONE,  1988-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Hotel  Management.  B.A, 

Michigan  State  University,  1964;  M.B  A.,  1966. 
JAMES  H.  BROUSSARD,  1983-;  Professor  of  History,  Chairperson  of  the 

Department  of  History  and  American  Studies.  A.B.,  Harvard  University,  1963; 

M.A.,  Duke  University,  1965;  Ph.D.,  1968. 
DONALD  EUGENE  BROWN,  1983-;  Professor  of  Political  Science.       B.S., 

Western  Illinois  University,  1969;  M.A.,  State  University  of  New  York  at 

Binghamton,  1973;  Ph.D.,  1982. 
DONALD  E.  BYRNE,  JR.,  1971-;  Professor  of  Religion;  Director  of  the  American 

Studies  Program.  B. A.,  St.  Paul  Seminary,  1963;  M.A.,  Marquette  University, 

1966;  Ph.D.,  Duke  University,  1972. 
VOORHIS  C.  CANTRELL,  1968-;  Professor  of  Religion  and  Greek.  B.A, 

Oklahoma  City  University,  1952;  B.D.,  Southern  Methodist  University,  1956; 

Ph.D.,  Boston  University,  1967. 
SHARON  F.  CLARK,  1986-;  Associate  Professor  of  Management;  Chairperson  of  the 

Department  of  Management.  B. A.,  University  of  Richmond,  1969;  J. D.,  1971. 
RICHARD  D.  CORNELIUS,  1985-;  Professor  of  Chemistry;  Chairperson  of 

the  Department  of  Chemistry.  B.A.,  Carleton  College,  1969;  Ph.D.,  University 

of  Iowa,  1974. 
SALVATORE  CULLARI,  1986-;  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology .  B.A.,  Kean 

College,  1974;  M.A.,  Western  Michigan  University,  1976;  Ph.D.,  1981. 
GEORGE  D.  CURFMAN,  1961-;  Professor  of  Music,  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College, 

1953;  M.M.,  University  of  Michigan,  1957;  D.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State 

University,  1971. 
DONALD  B.  DAHLBERG,  1980-;  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry.  B.S., 

University  of  Washington,  1967;  M.S.,  Cornell  University,  1969;  Ph.D.,  1971. 
MICHAEL  A.  DAY,  1987-;  Associate  Professor  of  Physics.  B.S.,  University  of 

Idaho,  1969;  M.A.,  1975,  Ph.D.,  1977,  University  of  Nebraska  (Philosophy). 

M.S.,  1978,  Ph.D.,  1983,  University  of  Nebraska  (Physics). 
PHYLIS  DRYDEN,  1987-;  Assistant  Professor  of  English.  B.A.,  Atlantic  Union 

College,  1976;  M.A.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Albany,  1985;  Ph.D.,  1988. 
SCOTT  H.  EGGERT,  1983-;  Associate  Professor  of  Music.  B.F.A,  University 

of  Wisconsin  (Milwaukee),  1971;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1974;  D.M.A., 

University  of  Kansas,  1982. 
SUSAN  L.  EGNER,  1988-;  Instructor  in  Spanish.  B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  College, 

1982;  M.A.,  Middlebury  College,  1987. 
DALE  J.  ERSKINE,  1983-;  Associate  Professor  of  Biology.  Director  of  the  Youth 

Scholars  Institute.  B.A.,  University  of  Maine  at  Portland,  1974;  M.A.,  State 

University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo,  1976;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Oklahoma,  1981. 
ARTHUR  L.  FORD,  1965-;  Professor  of  English.  A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College, 

1959;  M.A.,  Bowling  Green  State  University,  1960;  Ph.D.,  1964. 
MICHAEL  D.  FRY,  1983-;  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences.  B.A., 

Immaculate  Heart  College,  1975;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1980. 


160 


CHAEL  A.  GRELLA,  1980-;  Professor  of  Education;  Chairperson  of  the 

Department  of  Education.  B.A.,  St.  Mary's  Seminary  and  University,  1958; 

M.A.,  West  Virginia  University,  1970;  Ed.D.,   1974. 

lRY  GRIEVE-CARLSON,  1990-;  Assistant  Professor  of  English.  B.A.,  Bates 

College,  1977;  M.A.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Binghamton,  1980; 

Ph.D.,  Boston  University,  1988. 

,EMENT  M.  HAMBOURG,  1982-;  Associate  Professor  of  Music.  A.T.C.M., 

Royal  Conservatory  of  Music,  1946;  L.R.A.M.,  Royal  Academy  of  Music,  1962; 

\.R.C.M.,  Royal  College  of  Music,  1962;  L.T.C.L.,  Trinity  College  of  Music 

London),  1965;  Fellow,  1966;  D.M.A.,  University  of  Oregon,  1977. 

HOLYN  R.  HANES,  1977-;  Professor  of  Sociology  and  Social  Work  and 

Leadership  Studies,  Chairperson  of  the  Department  of  Sociology  and  Social 

Work.  B.A.,  Central  Michigan  University,  1969;  M.A.,  University  of  New 

Hampshire,  1973;  Ph.D.,  1976. 

YAN  V.  HEARSEY,  1971-;  Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences.  B.A.,  Western 

Washington  State  College,  1964;  M.A.,  Washington  State  University,  1966; 

Ph.D.,  1968. 

>BERT  H.  HEARSON,  1986-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Music.  B.  Music, 

University  of  Iowa,  1964;  M.A.,  1965;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1983. 

HN  H.  HEFFNER,  1972-;  Professor  of  Philosophy;  Chairperson  of  the 

Department  of  Religion  and  Philosophy.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1968; 

B.A.,  1987;  A.M.,  Boston  University,  1971;  Ph.D.,  1976. 

ANNE  C.  HEY,  1989-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics.  B.A.,  Bucknell 

University,  1954;  M.B.A.,  Lehigh  University,  1982;  Ph.D.,  1990. 

[NE  R.  HIGGINBOTTOM,  1990-;  Assistant  Professor  of  English.  B.A.,  Syracuse 

University,  1970;  M.A., State  University  of  New  York  at  Binghamton,  1983. 

JIRY  L.  HURST,  1982-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics;     Chairperson  of  the 

Department  of  Physics.  B.S.,  Juniata  College,  1972;  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Delaware,  1982. 

ANE  M.  IGLESIAS,  1976-;  Professor  of  Spanish;  Chairperson  of  the 

Department  of  Foreign  Languages.  B.A.,  Queens  College,  1971;  M.A.,  1974; 

Ph.D.,  City  University  of  New  York,  1979. 

3HARD  A.  ISKOWITZ,  1969-;  Associate  Professor  of  Art;  Chairperson  of  the 

Department  of  Art.  B.F.A.,  Kent  State  University,  1965;  M.F.A.,  1967. 

2HARD  A.  JOYCE,  1966-;  Associate  Professor  of  History.  A.B.,  Yale 

University,  1952;  M.A.,  San  Francisco  State  College,  1963. 

HN  P.  KEARNEY,  197 1-;  Professor  of  English;  Chairperson  of  the  Department 

rf  English.  B.A.,  St.  Benedict's  College,  1962;  MA.,  University  of  Michigan. 

1963;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1968. 

WARD  H.  KREBS,  1976-80;  1989-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics.  B.S.. 

rhe  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1965;  M.S.,  University  of  Massachusetts, 

1967;  Ph.D.  Michigan  State  University,  1970. 

iVID  I.  LASKY,  1974-;  Professor  of  Psychology ;  Chairperson  of  the  Department 

Df  Psychology.  A.B.,  Temple  University,  1956;  M.A.,  1958;  Ph.D..  1961. 

161 


ROBERT  W.  LEONARD,  1988-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Management.   B.A.,  Ohio 

University,  1977;  M.A.,  St.  Francis  School  of  Industrial  Relations,  1978, 

M.B.A.,  The  Ohio  State  University,   1986. 
THOMAS  JYH-CHENG  LIU,  1990-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematical 

Sciences.  B.S.,  Tatung  Institute  of  Technology,  1979;  M.S.  in  Chemical  Engineering, 

University  of  Illinois  at  Chicago,  1983;  M.S.  in  Mathematics,  1985;  Ph.D.,  1988. 
LEON  E.  MARKOWICZ,  1971-;  Professor  of  Leadership  Studies.  A.B.,  Duquesne 

University,  1964;  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1968;  Ph.D.,  1972. 
JOERG  W.  P.  MAYER,  1970-;  Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences.  Dipl.  Math., 

University  of  Giessen,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1954. 
MARK  L.  MECHAM,  1990-;  Associate  Professor  of  Music;  Chairperson  of  the 

Department  of  Music.  B.M.,  University  of  Utah,  1976;  M.M.,  1978;  D.M.A., 

University  of  Illinois,  1985. 
OWEN  A.  MOE,JR.,  1973-;  Professor  of  Chemistry.  B.A.,  St.  Olafs  College,  1966; 

Ph.D.,  Purdue  University,  1971. 
PHILIP  G.  MORGAN,  1969-;  Associate  Professor  of  Music.  B.M.E.,  Kansas  State 

College,  1962;  M.S.,  1965. 
JOHN  D.  NORTON,  1971-;  Professor  of  Political  Science;  Chairperson  of  the 

Department  of  Political  Science  and  Economics.  B.A.,  University  of  Illinois, 

1965;  M.A.,  Florida  State  University,  1967;  Ph.D.,  American  University,  1973. 
JAN  PEDERSEN,  1989-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology.  B.A.,  State 

University  of  New  York  at  Stony  Brook,  1978;  Ph.D.,  1985. 
SIDNEY  POLLACK,  1976-;  Professor  of  Biology.  B.A.,  New  York  University, 

1963;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1970. 
BARNEY  T.  RAFFIELD,  III,  1990-;  Associate  Professor  of  Management.  B.B.A., 

Southern  Methodist  University,  1968;  M.B.A.,  1971;  Ph.D.,  Union  Graduate 

School,  1982. 
SHARON  HALL  RAFFIELD,  1990-;  Associate  Professor  of  Sociology  and  Social 

Work.  A.B.,  Wheaton  College,  1963;  M.S.W.,  Washington  University,  1967. 
O.  KENT  REED,  1971-;  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education;  Chairperson 

of  the  Department  of  Physical  Education.  B.S.,  Otterbein  College,  1956;  M.A., 

Eastern  Kentucky  University,  1970. 
C.  ROBERT  ROSE,  1981-;  Associate  Professor  of  Music.  B.M.Ed.,  Southern 

Illinois  University,  1964;  M.M.,  1966;  D.M.,  Indiana  University,  1978. 
GAIL  SANDERSON,  1983-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Accounting.  B.A.,  Hobart 

and  William  Smith  Colleges,  1970;  M.B.A.,  Boston  University,  1977. 
JAMES  W.  SCOTT,  1976-;  Professor  of  German.  B.A.,  Juniata  College,  1965; 

Ph.D.,  Princeton  University,  1971. 
STEPHEN  R.  SEXSMITH,  1988-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry.  A.B.,Kenyon 

College,  1980;  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York,  1988. 
STEVEN  M.  SPECHT,  1989-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology. B.S.,  State 

University  of  New  York  at  Oswego,  1982;  M.A.,  State  University  of  New  York 

at  Binghamton,  1987;  Ph.D.,  1988. 


162 


JOELLE  L.  STOPKIE,  1989-;  Assistant  Professor  of  French.  Licence,  Sorbonne, 

1960;  M.A.,  New  York  University,  1963;  Ph.D.,  Bryn  Mawr  College,  1979. 
DALE  E.  SUMMERS,  1990-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Education;  Director  of 

Elementary  and  Secondary  School  Relations.  B.S.,  Ball  State  University, 

1971;  M.A.,  1973;  Ed.D.,  1978. 
DENNIS  W.  SWEIGART,  1972-;  Associate  Professor  of  Music.  B.S.,  Lebanon 

Valley  College,  1963;  M.M.,  University  of  Michigan,  1965;  D.M.A.,  University 

of  Iowa,  1977. 
WARREN  K.  A.,  THOMPSON,  1967-;  Associate  Professor  of  Philosophy.  A.B., 

Trinity  University,  1957;  M.A.,  University  of  Texas,  1963. 
HORACE  W.  TOUSLEY,  1981-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences; 

Chairperson  of  the  Department  of  Mathematical  Sciences.  A.B.,  Ripon 

College,  1951;  M.S. I.E.  (OR),  University  of  Alabama,  1970. 
MARK  A.  TOWNSEND,  1983-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences. 

B.S.,  Bethany  Nazarene  College,  1965;  M.A.,  Oklahoma  University,  1969; 

Ed.D.,  Oklahoma  State  University,  1983. 
PERRY  J.  TROUTMAN,  I960-;  Professor  of  Religion.  B.A.,  Houghton  College,  1949; 

M.Div.,  United  Theological  Seminary,  1952;  Ph.D.,  Boston  University,  1964. 
SUSAN  E.  VERHOEK,  1974-;  Professor  of  Biology.  B.A.,  Ohio  Wesleyan  Univer- 
sity, 1964;  M.A.,  Indiana  University,  1966;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1975. 
JACQUELINE  J.  VIVELO,  1987-;  Assistant  Professor  of  English.  B.A., 

University  of  Tennessee,  1965;  M.A.,  1970. 
STEPHEN  E.  WILLIAMS,  1973-;  Professor  of  Biology.  B.A.,  Central  College, 

1964;  M.S.,  University  of  Tennessee,  1966;  Ph.D.,  Washington  University,  1971. 
BARBARA  S.  WIRTH,  1987-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Accounting,  1988.  B.A., 

Lehigh  University,  1979;  M.B.A.,  1985. 
PAUL  L.  WOLF,  1966-;  Professor  of  Biology;  Chairperson  of  the  Department  of 

Biology.  B.S.,  Elizabethtown  College,  1960;  M.S.,  University  of  Delaware. 

1963;  Ph.D.,  1968. 
ALLAN  F.  WOLFE,  1968-;  Professor  of  Biology.  B.A.,  Gettysburg  College.  1963; 

M.A.,  Drake  University,  1965;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Vermont,  1968. 

Emeriti 

MADELYN  J.  ALBRECHT,  1973-1990;  Associate  Professor  Emerita  of 
Education.  B.A.,  Northern  Baptist  College,  1952;  M.A.,  Michigan  State 
University,  1958;  Ph.D.,  1972. 

RICHARD  C.  BELL,  1966-1987;  Associate  Professor  Emeritus  of  Chemistry.  B.S.. 
Lebanon  Valley  College,  1941;  M.Ed.,  Temple  University.  1955. 

JAMES  O.  BEMESDERFER,  1959-1976;  Chaplain  Emeritus.  A.B..  Lebanon 
Valley  College,  1936;  M.Div.,  United  Theological  Seminary,  1939;  S.T.M..  Lutheran 
Theological  Seminary,  Philadelphia,  1945;  S.T.D.,  Temple  University,  1951. 


163 


ELOISE  P.  BROWN,  1961-1987;  Readers'  Services  Librarian  Emerita.  B.S.L.S., 

Simmons  College,  1946. 
D.  CLARK  CARMEAN,  1933-1972;  Director  Emeritus  of  Admission.  A.B.,  Ohio 

Wesleyan  University,  1926;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1932. 
CHARLES  T.  COOPER,  1965-1979;  Associate  Professor  Emeritus  of  Spanish. 

B.S.,  United  States  Naval  Academy,  1942;  M.A.,  Middlebury  College,  1965. 
HILDA  M.  DAMUS,  1963-1976;  Professor  Emerita  of  German.  M.A.,  University 

of  Berlin  and  Jena,  1932;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Berlin,  1945. 
ROBERT  S.  DAVIDON,  1970-1984;  Professor  Emeritus  of  Psychology,  1985.  A.B., 

University  of  Illinois,  1940;  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1946;  Ph.D.,  1951. 
CARL  Y.  EHRHART,  1947-1983;  Professor  Emeritus  of  Philosophy  and  Dean  of 

the  College  Emeritus.  A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1940;  M.Div.,  United 

Theological  Seminary,  1943;  Ph.D.,  Yale  University,  1954. 
WILLIAM  H.  FAIRLAMB,  1947-1990;  Professor  Emeritus  of  Music.  Mus.B.,  cum 

laude,  Philadelphia  Conservatory,  1949. 
ALEX  J.  FEHR,  1951-1982;  Professor  Emeritus  of  Political  Science.  A.B.,  Lebanon 

Valley  College,  1950;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1957;  Ph.D.,  Syracuse  Univer- 
sity, 1968. 
ELIZABETH  M.  GEFFEN,  1958-1983;  Professor  Emerita  of  History.  B.S., 

University  of  Pennsylvania,  1934;  M.A.,  1936;  Ph.D.,  1958. 
PIERCE  A.  GETZ,  1959-1990;  Professor  Emeritus  of  Music.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley 

College,  1951;  M.S.M.,  Union  Theological  Seminary  School  of  Sacred  Music, 

1953;  A.M.D.,  Eastman  School  of  Music,  1967. 
JUNE  E.  HERR,  1959-1980;  Associate  Professor  Emerita  of  Elementary 

Education.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1943;  M.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania 

State  University,  1954. 
THOMAS  A.  LANESE,  1954-1978;  Associate  Professor  Emeritus  of  Strings, 

Conducting,  and  Theory.  B.Mus.,  Baldwin- Wallace  College,  1938;  Fellow, 

Julliard  Graduate  School;  M.Mus.,  Manhattan  School  of  Music,  1952. 
JEAN  O.  LOVE,  1954-1985;  Professor  Emerita  of  Psychology.  A.B.,  Erskine 

College,  1941;  M.A.,  Winthrop  College,  1949;  Ph.D.,  University  of  North 

Carolina,  1953. 
ANNA  D.  FABER  McVAY,  1954-1976;  Professor  Emerita  of  English.  A.B.,  Leba- 
non Valley  College,  1948;  M.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1950;  Ph.D.,  1954. 
HOWARD  A.  NEIDIG,  1948-1985;  Professor  Emeritus  of  Chemistry.  B.S.,  Leba- 
non Valley  College,  1943;  M.S.,  University  of  Delaware,  1946;  Ph.D.,  1948. 
AGNES  B.  O'DONNELL,  1961-1987;  Professor  Emerita  of  English.  A.B., 

Immaculata  College,  1948;  M.Ed.,  Temple  University,  1952;  M.A.,  University 

of  Pennsylvania,  1967;  Ph.D.,  1976. 
J.  ROBERT  O'DONNELL,  1961-1987;  Associate  Professor  Emeritus  of  Physics. 

B.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1950;  M.S.,  University  of 

Delaware,  1953. 
GERALD  J.  PETROFES,  1963-1988;  Associate  Professor  Emeritus  of  Physical 

Education.  B.S.,  Kent  State  University,  1958;  M.Ed.,  1962. 

164 


SARA  ELIZABETH  PIEL,  1960-1975;  Professor  Emerita  of  Languages.  A.B., 

Chatham  College,  1928;  M.A.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1929;  Ph.D.,  1938. 
JACOB  L.  RHODES,  1957-1985;  Professor  Emeritus  of  Physics.  B.S.,  Lebanon 

Valley  College,  1943;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1958. 
ROBERT  C.  RILEY,  1951-1986;  Professor  Emeritus,  Economics  and  Business 

Administration;  Vice  President  and  Controller,  Emeritus;  B.S.,  Shippensburg 

State  College,  1941;  M.S.,  Columbia  University,  1947;  Ph.D.,  New  York 

University,  1962;  C.P.M.,  1976. 
MALIN  PH.  SAYLOR,  1961-1980;  Professor  Emerita  of  French,  1985.  Fil  Kand., 

Universities  of  Upsala  and  Stockholm,  1938. 
RALPH  S.  SHAY,  1948-1951;  1953-1984;  Professor  Emeritus  of  History  and 

Assistant  Dean  of  the  College  Emeritus.  A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1942; 

A.M.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1947;  Ph.D.,  1962. 
ROBERT  W.  SMITH,  1951-1983;  Professor  Emeritus  of  English,  B.S.,  Lebanon 

Valley  College,  1939;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1950. 
GEORGE  STRUBLE,  1931-1970;  Professor  Emeritus  of  English.  B.S.  in  Ed., 

University  of  Kansas,  1922;  M.S.  in  Ed.,  1925;  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Wisconsin,  1931. 
JAMES  M.  THURMOND,  1954-1979;  Professor  Emeritus  of  Music  Education  and 

Brass.  Diploma,  Curtis  Institute  of  Music,  1931;  A.B.,  American  University,  1951; 

M.A.,  Catholic  University,  1952;  Mus.D.,  Washington  College  of  Music,  1944. 
C.F.JOSEPH  TOM,  1954-1989;  Professor  Emeritus  of  Economics.  B.A.,  Hastings 

College,  1944;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1947;  Ph.D.,  1963. 
L.  ELBERT  WETHINGTON,  1963-1983;  Professor  Emeritus  of  Religion.  B.A., 

Wake  Forest,  1944;  B.D.,  Duke  University,  1947;  Ph.D.,  1949. 
GLENN  H.  WOODS,  1965-1990;  Associate  Professor  Emeritus  of  English.  A.B.. 

Lebanon  Valley  College,  1951;  M.Ed.,  Temple  University,  1962. 

Adjunct 

BEVERLY  T.  ANDREWS,  1989-;  Lecturer  in  Leadership  Studies.  B.A..  Bir- 
mingham-Southern College,  1969;  M.A.,  East  Texas  State  University,  1970. 

MICHAEL  J.  ASKEN,  1986-;  Adjunct  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology.  B.  A.,  The 
Johns  Hopkins  University,  1972;  M.A.,  West  Virginia  University,  1974; 
Ph.D.,  1976. 

PAUL  B.  BAKER,  1984-;  Lecturer  in  English.  B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  College.  1979. 

ROBERT  W.  BIDDLE,  Jr.,  1989-;  Lecturer  in  Hotel  Management.  B.S..  The 
Pennsylvania  State  University,  1977;  M.S.,  1988. 

CAROLE  BITTS,  1989-;  Lecturer  in  English.  B.S.,  Millersville  University. 

TERESA  M.  BOWERS,  1978-;  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Music.  B.M.,  Susquehanna 
University,  1973;  M.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1974. 

DAVID  L.  BRODERIC,  1988-;  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Health  Care 
Management.  M.B.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1975. 


165 


MICHAEL  A.  CASEY,  1989-;  Instructor  in  Military  Science.  B.A.,  University  of 

Notre  Dame;  Captain,  United  States  Army. 
ERWINP.  CHANDLER,  1978-;  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Music.  B.S.,  Ithaca 

College,  1966;  M.M.,  Indiana  University,  1971. 
TIMOTHY  M.  DEWALD,  Lecturer  in  Mathematical  Sciences.  B.A.,  Dickinson 

College,  1970;  M.Div.,  Andover  Newton  Theological  School,  1975. 
JOHN  R.  EBY,  1989-;  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Accounting.  B.S.,  Lebanon 

Valley  College,  1957. 
JAN  W.  EDWARDS,  1985-;  Lecturer  in  Social  Work.  M.A.,  Ohio  University,  1972. 
JAMES  A.  ERDMAN,  II,  1983-;  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Music. 
TIMOTHY  M.  ERDMAN,  1988-;  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Music.  B.S.,  Temple 

University,  1970. 
DENNIS  N.  ESHLEMAN,  1985-;  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Management. 

M.B.A.,  Columbia  University,  1977. 
V.  CARL  GACONO,  1985-;  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Real  Estate.  B.S., 

Susquehanna  University,  1953. 
ROBERT  D.  GINGRICH,  1985-;  Lecturer  in  Social  Work.  M.S.,  Moravian  College, 

1968. 
RICHARD  J.  GOEDKOOP,  1986-;  Adjunct  Associate  Professor  of  English.  PhD., 

The  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1980. 
RALPH  W.  HESS,  1990-;  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Political  Science.  B.S., 

Millersville  University,  1962;  M.S.,  San  Diego  State  University,  1969. 
JAMES  S.  HUME,  1983-;  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences. 

M.S.,  Virginia  State  College,  1970. 
ALFRED  T.  JELINEK,  1989-;  Instructor  in  Military  Science.  M.B.A,  Columbus 

College,  1984;  Captain,  United  States  Army. 
NEVELYN  J.  KNISLEY,  1954-1958;  1963;  1970-;  Adjunct  Associate  Professor  of 

Music.  Mus.  B.,  Oberlin  Conservatory  of  Music,  1951;  M.F.A.,  Ohio 

University,  1953. 
ROBERT  C.  LAU,  1968-;  Adjunct  Professor  of  Music.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley 

College,  1965;  M.A,  Eastman  School  of  Music,  1970;  Ph.D.,  Catholic 

University,  1979. 
GREGORY  A.  MILLER,  1988-;  Instructor  in  Military  Science.  M.Ed.,  Western 

Maryland  College,  1975;  Major,  United  States  Army. 
CHARLES  D.  MINTZ,  1984-;  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Religion.  M.S., 

Hebrew  Union  College,  1956. 
ROBERT  A.  NOWAK,  1988-;  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Music.  B.S.,  Mansfield  State 

College,  1973;  M.M.,  University  of  Miami,  1975. 
LAWRENCE  ONCLEY,  1989-;  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Music.  B.S.,  University  of 

Puget  Sound,  1963;  B.  Mus.,  1964;  M.Mus.,  Indiana  University,  1968;  Ph.D.,  1975. 
JOSEPH  E.  PETERS,  1974-;  Adjunct  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology.  Ph.D., 

The  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1973. 
HOLLY  L.  PRESTON,  1987-;  Lecturer  in  Sociology.  B.S.W.,  Shippensburg 

University,  1977;  M.S.W.,  Marywood  College,  1981. 

166 


MARIE  E.  RIEGLE,  1985-;  Lecturer  in  Art.  M.F.A.,  The  Pennsylvania  State 

University,  1979. 
CAROLYN  B.  SCOTT,  1987-;  Lecturer  in  French.  B.A.,  Juniata  College,  1965. 
DAVID  STAFFORD,  1981-;  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Music.  B.M.,  Combs  College  of 

Music,  1967. 
WILLIAM  F.  STINE,  III,  1989-;  Lecturer  in  Sound  Recording  Technology.  B.S., 

Lebanon  Valley  College,  1969;  M.A.,  West  Chester  University,  1975. 
THOMAS  M.  STROHMAN,  1977-1983;  1987-;  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Music.  B.S., 

Lebanon  Valley  College,  1975. 
FORD  S.  THOMPSON,  1985-;  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology.  M.A., 

George  Washington  University,  1967. 
ANNA  F.  TILBERG,  1982-;  Lecturer  in  Biology.  B. A. ,  University  of  Pennsylvania, 

1969. 
RICHARD  J.  TUSHUP,  1989-;  Lecturer  in  Psychology.  A.B.,  St.  Vincent 

Seminary;  M.A.,  1971;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Delaware,  1977. 
WILLIAM  D.  WILGUS,  1987-;  Professor  of  Military  Science.  M.A.,  Webster 

University,  1985;  Lieutenant  Colonel,  United  State  Army,  Aviation. 
R.  GORDON  WISE,  1973-;  Adjunct  Professor  of  Art.  Ed.D.,  University  of 

Missouri,  1970. 

Adjuncts  in  Medical  Technology 

Harrisburg  Hospital:  Medical  Director  of  Laboratories,  Him  Kwee,  M.D.,  Program 

Director,  Janice  M.  Fogelman,  M.Ed.,  M.T.  (ASCP) 
Jersey  Shore  Medical  Center:  Medical  Director,  Martin  Krummerman,  M.D., 

Educational  Coordinator,  Florence  M.  Cook,  M.T.  (ASCP) 
Lancaster  General  Hospital:  Director,  Gerald  Fahs,  M.D.;  Program  Director, 

Nadine  Gladfelter,  M.S.,  M.T.  (ASCP) 
Polyclinic  Medical  Center  of  Harrisburg:  Director,  Julian  Potok,  D.O.;  Education 

Director,  Lynn  L.  Russell,  M.T.  (ASCP),  CLS,  MA. 
Reading  Hospital  and  Medical  Center:  Director,  I.  Donald  Stuard,  M.D.;  Program 

Director,  Sharon  Strauss,  CLS  (NCA)  M.T.  (ASCP) 
Sacred  Heart  Hospital:  Director,  Francis  V.  Kostelnik,  M.D.;  Program  Director. 

Sandra  A.  Neiman,  M.T.  (ASCP),  CLS. 

College  Support  Staff 

KATHLEEN  R.  ANSPACH,  Print  Shop 
CHARLES  R.  BEAMESDERFER,  Garber  Science  Center 
MARILYN  E.  BOESHORE,  Alumni  Office 
LESLIE  L.  BOJANIC,  Financial  Aid  Office 

DONNA  L.  BRICKLEY,  Mathematical  Sciences  Department/Administration  and 
Controller  Offices 

167 


LEWIS  H.  COOKE,  Jr.,  Athletic  Equipment  Manager 

NAOMI  R.  EMERICH,  Advancement  Office 

DENISE  FOLK,  Humanities  Department 

BEVERLY  J.  GAMBLE,  Student  Affairs  Office 

JO  LYNN  GERBER,  Advancement  Office 

SUSAN  M.  GREENAWALT,  Continuing  Education  Office 

NANCY  J.  HARTMAN,  Business  Office 

PAMELA  S.  HILLEGAS,  Athletic  Office 

BARBARA  A.  ICEMAN,  Library 

ALICE  L.  KOHR,  Student  Activities  Office 

G.  ROZ  KUJOVSKY,  Library 

PATRICIA  A.  LAUDERMILCH,  Registrar's  Office 

DIANA  L.  LEVENGOOD,  Advancement  Office 

BONITA  L.  LINGLE,  Music  Office 

KAREN  R.  McLUCAS,  Admission  Office 

H.  GRACE  MORRISSEY,  Religion  and  Philosophy  Department,  Chaplain's  Office 

GWENDOLYN  W.  PIERCE,  Administration  and  Controller  Offices 

CYNTHIA  A.  PLASTERER,  Admission  Office 

CHRISTINE  M.  REEVES,  Vice  President  for  Advancement  Office 

CHARLOTTE  J.  RITTLE,  Management  Office 

SALLY  A.  RIVERA,  Biology,  Psychology,  and  Sociology  Departments 

MARIAN  C.  ROGERS,  Secretary  of  the  College  Office 

PATRICIA  A.  SCHOOLS,  Career  Planning  and  Placement  Office 

PAMELA  V.  SHELLENBERGER,  Business  Office 

JACQUELINE  F.  SHOWERS,  Telephone  Services 

BARBARA  A.  SMITH,  Vice  President  and  Dean  of  the  College  Office 

ELLA  K.  STOTT,  Library 

LINDA  S.  STRATTON,  Mail  Services 

MARY  BETH  STREHL,  College  Relations  Office 

LINDA  L.  SUMMERS,  Registrar's  Office 

BERNICE  K.  TEAHL,  Art,  Chemistry  and  Physics  Departments 

BONNIE  C.  TENNEY,  Buildings  and  Grounds  Office 


168 


INDEX 

Academic  dishonesty  policy,  undergraduate....  20 

Academic  dishonesty  policy,  graduate 145 

Academic  procedures,  undergraduate 13 

Academic  procedures,  graduate 143 

Accounting  Program 

courses 66 

department 46 

faculty 47 

major 66 

Accreditation Inside  Back  Cover 

Actuarial  Science  Program 

courses 68 

department 49 

faculty 51 

major 68 

Admissions,  undergraduate  full  time 

students 8 

Admissions,  undergraduate  part  time  and 

continuing  education  students 10 

Admissions,  graduate  students 142 

Administration  Directory 153 

Advanced  Placement  16 

Allied  Health  Sciences  Cooperative 

Program 30 

American  Studies  Program 

courses 68 

department 45 

major 68 

Anthropology  courses  134 

Archeology  courses  130 

Art  courses  69 

department 36 

faculty 36 

minor 69 

Associate  Degrees.... 11 

Attendance  policy  15 

Auditing  policy 14 

Baccalaureate  Degrees 11 

Biochemistry  Program 

courses 70 

major 70 

requirements 70 

Biology  Program 

courses 71 

department 37 

faculty 37 

major 71 

Botany  courses 72 

Business  History  courses  102 

Calendar 

1990-1991 4 

1991-1992 5 

Certificate  Programs  10 

Challenge  examinations  policy 17 

Chemistry  Program 

courses 74 


department 38 

faculty 39 

major 74 

Christian  Education  courses  130 

CLEP 17 

College  Staff  Directory 167 

Communications  Program 

courses  84 

department 42 

faculty 43 

major 84 

minor 84 

Computer  Science  Program 

courses  77 

department 50 

faculty 51 

major 76 

minor 77 

Concurrent  Courses  15 

Cooperative  Programs 30 

Courses,  undergraduate 

concurrent 15 

external 15 

repetition  of 15 

descriptions 66 

Courses,  graduate  146 

Credit  for  life  experience  17 

Criminal  Justice  courses 135 

Degrees,  undergraduate  11 

Degrees,  graduate  141 

Dean's  List 19 

Departmental  Honors 20 

Diploma  programs 10 

Dismissal  policy,  undergraduate 21 

Economics  Program 

courses  79 

department 59 

faculty 60 

major 78 

minor 79 

Education  Program 

courses  81 

department 40 

faculty 42 

major 81 

minor 81 

Elementary  Education  Program 

courses  82 

department  40 

faculty 42 

major 81 

minor 81 

Engineering  Cooperative  Program 30.  83 

English  Program 

courses  84 

department 42 


169 


faculty 43 

major 84 

minor 84 

Environmental  Studies  Cooperative 

Program 31,  86 

External  Summer  Courses 15 

Faculty  Directory 159 

Finance  courses 103 

Finances,  student  8 

Fine  Arts  Course 87 

Foreign  Languages  Program 

courses 87 

department 44 

faculty 45 

major 87 

Foreign  Study  Opportunities 23 

Forestry  Cooperative  Programs 31,  88 

French  Program 

courses 88 

department 44 

faculty 45 

major 88 

minor 88 

General  Education  Program 

courses 24,  89 

requirements 24 

General  Studies  Program 

major 90 

requirements 90 

Geography  courses 90 

German  Program 

courses 91 

department 44 

faculty 45 

major 91 

minor 91 

Gerontology  courses 134 

Grade  Point  Average  18 

Grading  system 18 

Graduation  Honors 20 

Graduation  Requirements,  undergraduate 12 

Graduation  Requirements,  graduate 146 

Greek  courses 93 

Health  Care  Management  Program 

courses 80,  104,  135 

major 93 

requirements 93 

Health  Professions  Cooperative  Programs 30 

History  Program 

courses 95 

department 45 

faculty 46 

major 94 

minor 95 

Honors  Program 

courses 28 

Honors,  departmental  20 

Honors,  graduation 20 


Hotel  Management  Program 

courses 98 

department 46 

faculty 47 

major 98 

minor 98 

Independent  Study  policy 34 

International  Business  Program 

major 100 

Internship  policy 32 

Japanese  courses  100 

Knisley  Teaching  Awards 159 

Leadership  Studies  Scholar  Program 

courses 27,  100 

requirements 27 

Limit  of  Hours 13 

Lindback  Teaching  Awards 158 

Literature  courses 85 

Management  Program 

courses 101 

department 46 

faculty 47 

major 101 

Map  of  Campus 6 

Marketing  courses  102 

Mathematical  Sciences  Program 

courses 105 

department 48 

faculty 51 

major 105 

minor 105 

Mathematics  courses 105 

MBA  Program 

academic  policies  143 

admission 142 

concurrent  courses 143 

courses 146 

faculty 141 

financial  aid  145 

grading  system 144 

privacy  of  student  records 145 

refund  policy  144 

requirements 143,  146 

review  procedure 144 

time  restriction  policy 145 

transfer  policy 143 

withdrawal  policy  144,  146 

Medical  Technology  Cooperative 

Program 31,  107 

Military  Science  Program 

courses 108 

department 52 

faculty 53 

requirements 108 

Mission  Statement 7 

Music  Program 

courses 110 

department 54 


170 


faculty 55 

major 109 

minor  109 

Music  Education  courses Ill 

Non-Traditional  Credit  policy 16 

Nuclear  Medicine  Technology 

Cooperative  Program 31 

Off-Campus  Programs 

Study  Abroad 23 

Washington  Semester 23 

Officers,  General  College 153 

Pass/Fail  policy 15 

Payment  plans  9 

Phi  Alpha  Epsilon 20 

Philosophy  Program 

courses 117 

department 63 

faculty 64 

major 117 

minor 117 

Physical  Education  Program 

courses 119 

department 58 

faculty 58 

Physics  Program 

courses 120 

department 58 

faculty 59 

major 120 

Placement  examinations,  undergraduate  16 

Political  Science  Program 

courses 122 

department 59 

faculty 60 

major 122 

minor 122 

Pre-Law  Program 124 

Privacy  of  Student  Records 12 

Probation,  undergraduate 21 

Probation,  graduate 144 

Psychobiology  Program 

courses 125 

major 125 

Psychology  Program 

courses 126 

department 61 

faculty 62 

major 125 

minor  125 

Readmission  policy  22 

Refund  policy,  undergraduate 9 

Refund  policy,  graduate 144 

Registration,  change  of  policy 14 

Religion  Program 

courses 129 

department 63 

faculty 64 

major 129 


minor 129 

Repitition  of  courses  policy, 

undergraduate  15 

Repitition  of  courses  policy,  graduate 144 

ROTC  Program 

courses 108 

faculty 53 

requirements 108 

Sears-Roebuck  Teaching  Award 159 

Second  Bachelor's  Degree  policy 16 

Secondary  Education  Program 

courses 132 

department 40 

faculty 42 

major 131 

Serviceman's  Opportunity  College  (SOC)  22 

Sociology  Program 

courses 134 

department 64 

faculty 65 

major 134 

minor 134 

Social  Work  Program 

courses 133 

department 64 

faculty 65 

major 132 

minor 132 

Sound  Recording  Technology'  Program 

courses 136 

department 55 

faculty 55 

major 136 

Spanish  Program 

courses 139 

department 44 

faculty 45 

major 139 

minor 139 

Special  Topics  courses 36 

Study  Abroad 23 

Suspension  policy,  undergraduate 21 

Teacher  Certification  for 

Non-Matriculated  Students  23 

Teacher  Certification  for 

Matriculated  Students  81 

Thanatology  courses 135 

Transfer  policy,  undergraduate 13 

Transfer  policy,  graduate 143 

Trustees,  Board  of  Directory 150 

Tutorial  Study  courses  36 

Veteran's  Services 22,  143 

Washington  Semester 23 

Withdrawal  procedure,  undergraduate 22 

Withdrawal  procedure,  graduate 144.  146 

Zoology  courses 73 


171 


Accreditation 

Lebanon  Valley  College  is  accredited  by  the  Commission  on  Higher  Education  of 
the  Middle  States  Association  of  Colleges  and  Schools. 

Lebanon  Valley  College  is  also  accredited  by  the  Pennsylvania  Department  of 
Education,  the  National  Association  of  Schools  of  Music  and  the  American 
Chemical  Society. 

Lebanon  Valley  College  is  on  the  approved  list  of  the  Regents  of  the  State 
University  of  New  York  and  of  the  American  Association  of  University  Women. 

Lebanon  Valley  College  is  a  member  of  the  following:  National  Association  of 
Independent  Colleges  and  Universities;  Pennsylvania  Foundation  for  Indepen- 
dent Colleges;  College  Entrance  Examination  Board;  College  Scholarship  Service; 
National  Collegiate  Athletic  Association;  Middle  Atlantic  States  Collegiate  Ath- 
letic Conference;  Penn-Mar  Athletic  Conference;  Central  Pennsylvania  Field 
Hockey  Association;  Eastern  College  Athletic  Conference. 


Lebanon  Valley  College 
101  North  College  Avenue 
Annville,  PA  17003-0501 
Address  Correction  Requested 


Non-Profit  Organization 

U.S.  POSTAGE  PAID 

PERMIT  NO.  9 

Annville,  PA  17003 


Lebanon  Valley  College 

Annville,  Pennsylvania  17003-0501 

(717)  867-6100